Important JEE Main Physics PYQs 2002-20 @JEEAdvanced - 202

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024
ALLEN Physics Gutka 99
CBSE }kjk CONDUCT AIEEE ds dq N egRoiw. kZ QUESTIONS
7. One end of massless rope, which passes over a massless and

frictionless and frictionless pulley P is tied to a hook C while
the other end is free. Maximum tension that the rope can
bear is 360 N. With what value of maximum safe acceleration
1. A wave y = a sin (wt – kx) on a string meets with another
(in ms–2) can a man of 60 kg climb on the rope?
wave producing a node at x=0. Then the equation of the
unknown wave is- (lehdj.k y = a sin (wt – kx) }kjk iznf'kZr ,d rjax]
,d vizxkeh rjax cukus ds fy, ,d vU; rjax ds lkFk v/;kjksfir gksrh gS] P
ftlls fd x=0 ij fuLiUn cusA nwljh rjax dh lehdj.k g)S
C
(1) y = a sin (wt + kx) (2) y = –a sin (wt + kx)
(3) y = a sin (wt – kx) (4) y = – a sin (wt – kx)
2. A charged particle q is placed at the centre O of cube of length ,d nzO;eku jfgr jLlh ds ,d fljs dks ,d gqd (C) ls tksM+dj ,d ?k"kZ.kjfgr
L (ABCDEFGH). Another same charge q is placed at a distance
f?kjuh P ds Åij ls xqtkjk tkrk gSA jLlh }kjk vf/kdre 360 N dk ruko lgu
L from O. Then the electric flux through BCFG is:–( ,d vkos 'k q
fd;k tk ldrk gSA 60 kg dk O;fDr vf/kdre fdrus Roj.k ls jLlh ij p<+
dks L yEckbZ ds ?ku ds dsUnz O ij j[kk x;k gAS ,d leku vkos'k q ls L nwjh ij
ldrk gS ?
j[kk x;k gAS BCFG ls xqtjus okyk o| S rq ¶yDl gS) (1)16 (2) 6 (3) 4 (4) 8
E 8. A particle of mass m moves along line PC with velocity n as
F
D shown. What is the angular momentum of the particle about
C
O O ? (nzO;eku m dk ,d d.k v osx ls js[kk PC ds vuqfn'k xfr dj jgk gSA fcUnq
q q
O ds ifjr% d.k dk dks.kh; laox
s gksxk)
H G
A
(1) q/4 pe0 L (2) zero

B
(3) q/2 pe0 L (4) q/3y pe0 L
E E
3.
y J
An astronomical telescope has a large aperture to-
([kxksyh; nwjn'khZ es]a vfHkn`';d ysUl dk }kjd cM+k gksrk gS)
(1) Reduce spherical aberration (xksyh; foiFku de djus ds fy;s)
P
d e m
(2) Have high resolution (vf/kd foHksnu {kerk ds fy;s)
(3) Increase span of observation (izs{k.k ijkl c<+kus ds fy;s)
(4) Have low dispersion (fo{ksi.k de djus ds fy;s)
9.
(1) mnL (2) mnl (3) mnr
Wires 1 and 2 carrying currents i 1 and i 2 respectively are
inclined at an angle q to each other. What is the force on a
(4) Zero
4.
c a
When temperature increases, the frequency of a tuning fork
(tc rki c<+rk g]S rks Lofj= dh vko`fÙk&)
small element dl of wire 2 at a distance r from wire 1 (as
shown in figure) due to the magnetic field of wire 1 ?
q dks.k ij >qds nks rkjksa 1 o 2 esa /kkjk,¡ Øe'k% i1 o i 2 gSaA rkj 2 ds dl yEckbZ
s A
(1) Increases (c<+rh g S)
(2) Decreases (?kVrh g S)
ds vo;o ij tks rkj (1) ls r nwjh ij g]S yxus okyk pqEcdh; cy gksxk&
1 2
k e r
(3) Remains same (vifjofrZr jgrh gS)
(4) Increases or decreases depending on the material
(?kVuk ;k c<+uk inkFkZ ij fuHkZj djrk gS)
i1
q
dl
i2
5.
a n
Even Carnot engine cannot give 100% efficiency because
we cannot (dkuksa batu dh n{krk 100% ugha gksrh] D;ksafd ge %)
(1) Prevent radiation (fofdj.k gkfu ugha jksd ldrs)
q
R(2) Find ideal sources (vkn'kZ L=ksr

(3) Reach absolute zero temperature
(ije 'kwU; rki ugha izkIr dj ldrs)
(4) Eliminate friction
izk Ir ugha dj ldrs)
(?k"kZ. k dks 'kwU; ugha dj ldrs)

(1)
(3)
m0
2pr
m0
2pr
i1i2dl tan q
i1i2dl cos q (4)

(2)
m0
2pr
m0
4pr
i1i2 dl sin q
i1i2dl sin q
Z:\NODE02\B0B0-BA\GUTKA\11 NOTE.P65
10. Formation of covalent bonds in compounds exhibits-

6. When forces F1, F2,F3 are acting on a particle of mass m such (;kSfxdksa esa lgla;ksth ca/k dk cuuk n'kkZrk gS)
that F2 and F3 are mutually perpendicular, then the particle (1) Wave nature of electron
remains stationary. If the force F1 is now removed then the (bysDVªkWu dh rjax izd`fr)
acceleration of the particle is- (2) Particle nature of electron
(cy F1, F2,F3 ,d m nzO;eku ds d.k ij bl izdkj dk;Z dj jgs fd F2 rFkk (bysDVªkWu dh nzO; izd`fr)
F3 ijLij yEcor~ g]Sa ijUrq d.k fLFkj jgrk gSA ;fn cy F1 dks gVk fn;k tk, rks (3) Both wave and particle nature of electron
(bys DVªk Wu dh }Sr izd` fr)
d.k dk Roj.k gksxk)
(4) None of the above (buesa ls dksbZ ugha)
(1) F1/m (2) F2F3/mF1 (3) (F2 – F3)/m (4) F2/m

100 Physics Gutka ALLEN
6. Two identical photocathodes receive light of frequencies f 1

and f2. If the velocities of the photo electrons of mass m coming
out are respectively v1 and v2, then (nks loZle izdkf'kd dSFkksM
f1 rFkk f2 vko`fÙk;ksa dk izdk'k xzg.k djrs gSaA ;g mRlftZr izdkf'kd bysDVªkWuksa
1. Two spherical bodies of mass M and 5M and radii R and
2R respectively are released in free space with initial (nzO;eku m ds) ds Øe'k% osx v1 rFkk v2 gSa] rks&)
separation between their centres equal to 12R. If they attract 1/2
2h é 2h ù
each other due to gravitational force only, then the distance 2 2
(1) v1 - v 2 =
m
( f1 - f2 ) (2) v1 + v 2 = ê ( f1 + f2 ) ú
covered by the smaller body just before collision is :- ëm û
(M rFkk 5M nzO;eku ds nks xksyh; fi.M] ftudh f=T;k,¡ Øe'k R rFkk 2R 1/ 2
2h é 2h ù
gSa] eqDr vkdk'k esa NksMs+ tkrs gSa rFkk vkjEHk esa muds dsUnzkas ds chp i`Fkdu 2 2
(3) v1 + v 2 =
m
( f1 + f2 ) (4) v1 + v 2 = ê ( f1 - f2 ) ú
ëm û
12R gSA ;fn ;s nksuksa fi.M dsoy xq:Rokd"kZ.k cy ds dkj.k gh ,d nwljs
7. Which of the following cannot be emitted by radioactive
dks vkdf"kZr djrs gS]a rks la?kV~V ls iwoZ NksVs fi.M }kjk pyh xbZ nwjh gS)
(1) 2.5 R (2) 4.5 R (3) 7.5 R (4) 1.5 R substances during their decay ? (jsfM;ks,fDVo inkFkksZ }kjk muds {k;
ds le; fuEufyf[kr esa ls fdldk mRltZu ugha gks ldrk)
2. Three forces start acting simultaneously (1) Protons (2) Neutrino
(3) Helium nuclei (4) Electrons
r
on a particle moving with velocity v . 8. A sheet of aluminium foil of negligible thickness is introduced
These forces a re repre se nted in between the plates of a capacitor. The capacitance of the
magnitude and direction by the three capacitor:- (ux.; eksVkbZ dh ,syfq efu;e iUuh dh dksbZ pknj fdlh laèkkfj=
sides of a triangle ABC (as shown). The dh ifV~Vdkvksa ds chp j[kh tkrh gSA laèkkfj= dh /kkfjrk)
particle will now move with velocity :-
r (1) Decreases (?kV tkrh gS)
(v osx ls xfr'khy fdlh d.k ij rhu cy ;qxir~ :i ls dk;Z djuk vkjEHk (2) Remains unchanged (vifjofrZr jgrh g S)
djrs gSaA ;s rhuksa cy ifjek.k rFkk fn'kk esa ,d f=Hkqt ABC dh rhu Hkqtkvksa (3) Becomes infinite (vuUr gks tkrh gS)
}kjk fp= esa n'kkZ, vuqlkj fu:fir fd, x, gSAa ;g d.k vc ftl osx ls
xfr djsxk og gS)
r
9.
(4) Increases (c<+ tkrh g S)
E E
The displacement of a particle varies according to the relation
(1) Less than v
r
(3) Greater than v
r
(4) v , remaining unchanged
J
(2) v in the direction of the largest force BC
r
y
x = 4(cos pt + sin pt). The amplitude of the particle is:-
(fdlh d.k dk foLFkkiu fn, x, lac/a k ds vuqlkj ifjorZu gksrk gS%
x = 4(cos pt + sin pt).
(1) –4
bl d.k dk vk;ke gS)
(2) 4 (3) 4 2 (4) 8
3.
e m
A horizontal force of 10N is necessary to
just hold a block stationary against a wall.
d
The coefficient of friction between the
10. During an adiabatic process, the pressure of a gas is found
to be proportional to the cube of its absolute temperature.
The ratio C P/C V for the gas is :-
(fdlh :¼ks"e izØe es]a fdlh xSl dk nkc mlds fujis{k rki ds ?ku ds
c a
block and the wall is 0.2. The weight of
the block is:- (fdlh xqVds dks nhokj ds lkFk Bhd
fLFkj voLFkk esa j[kus ds fy, 10N {kSfrt cy dh
vuqØekuqikrh ik;k tkrk gSA ml xSl ds fy, vuqikr CP/CV dk eku gS)
4 5 3
A
vko';drk gksrh gSA nhokj rFkk xqVds ds chp ?k"kZ.k
xq.kkad 0.2 gSA xqVds dk Hkkj gS )
(1) 20 N
s (2) 50 N (3) 100 N (4) 2 N

(1)
3
(2) 2 (3)
3
11. Which of the following parameters does not characterize the
(4)
thermodynamic state of matter?(fuEufyf[kr izkpyksa esa ls dkSu nzO;

2
4.
e r
Two coils are placed close to each othe r. The mutual
inductance of the pair of coils depends upon (nks dq.Mfy;k¡ ,d&nwljs
k
ds ikl j[kh gaAS dq.Mfy;ksa ds bl ;qXe dk vU;ksU; izjs dRo fuHkZj djrk gS)%&
dh Å"ekxfrd voLFkk dk vfHky{k.k ugha gS\)
(1) Temperature (rki)
(3) Work (dk;Z)
(2) Pressure (nkc)
(4) Volume (vk;ru)
a n
(1) The rates at which currents are changing in the two coils
(nksuksa dq.Mfy;ksa esa izokfgr /kkjkvksa esa ifjorZu dh nj ij)
12. A rocket with a lift-off mass 3.5 × 104 kg is blasted upwards
with an initial acceleration of 10 m/s2. Then the initial thrust
of the blast is :-
R
(2) Relative position and orientation of the two coils (3.5 × 104 kg ds mRFkkiu nzO;eku ds lkFk fdlh jkWdsV dk mifjeq[kh LQksVu
(nksuksa dq.Mfy;ksa dh vkisf{kd fLFkfr rFkk vfHkfoU;kl ij 10 m/s2 ds vkjfEHkd Roj.k ds lkFk fd;k tkrk gSA rc LQksVu dk vkjfEHkd
(3) The materials of the wires of the coils iz.kksn gS)
(dq.Mfy;ksa ds rkjksa ds inkFkksZ ij) (1) 3.5 × 10 5 N (2) 7.0 × 10 5 N
(4) The currents in the two coils (3) 14.0 × 10 5 N (4) 1.75 × 10 5 N
13. The earth radiates in the infra-red region of the spectrum.
(nksuksa dq.Mfy;ksa esa izokfgr /kkjkvksa ij)

5. The escape velocity for a body projected vertically upwards from The spectrum is correctly given by :-
the surface of earth is 11 km/s. If the body is projected at an (i`Foh LisDVªe ds vojDr {ks= esa fofdj.k mRlftZr djrh gSA ;g LisDVªe
angle of 45° with the vertical, the escape velocity will be :- fuEu fu;eksa esa ls fdlds }kjk lgh izdkj ls fn;k tkrk gS)
(i`Foh ds i`"B ls Å/okZ/kj Åij iz{ksfir fdlh fi.M dk iyk;u osx 11 km/s gAS ;fn (1) Rayleing Jeans law (jSys &thUl fu;e)
fi.M dks Å/okZ/kj ls 45° ij iz{ksfir fd;k tk,] rks iyk;u osx gksxk) (2) Planck's law of radiation (Iykad fofdj.k fu;e)
11 (3) Stefan's law of radiation (LVsQu fofdj.k fu;e)
(1) 11 2 km/s (2) 22 km/s (3) 11 km/s (4) km/s
2 (4) Wien's law (ohu fu;e)

7. The maximum number of possible interference maxima

for slit–separation equal to twice the wavelength in
Young's double–slit experiment is (;ax ds f}f>jh ç;ksx esa
rjax n/S ;Z ds nks xqus ds cjkcj f>jh&i`Fkdu ds fy, laHkkfor O;frdj.k
1. A particle moves in a straight line with retardation proportional mfPp"Bksa dh vf/kdre la[;k gksrh gS)
to its displacement. Its loss of kinetic ene rgy for any
(1) Infinite (vuUr) (2) Five (ik¡p )
displacement x is proportional to :– (dksbZ d.k fdlh ljy js[kk
(3) Three (rhu) (4) Zero ('kwU ;)
esa bl izdkj xfr djrk gS fd mldk eanu vius foLFkkiu ds vuqØekuqikrh
gSA fdlh foLFkkiu x ds fy, bl d.k dh xfrt ÅtkZ dk {k; fuEufyf[kr 8. An a–particle of energy 5 MeV is scattered through
esa ls fdlds vuqØekuqikrh gS) 180° by a fixed uranium nucleus. The distance of
(1) x 2 (2) e x (3) x (4) loge x closest approach is of the order of (5 MeV ÅtkZ dk dksbZ
2. A machine gun fires a bullet of mass 40 g with a velocity a–d.k fdlh fLFkj ;jwfs u;e ukfHkd ls 180° }kjk çdhf.kZr gks tkrk
1200 ms–1. The man holding it can exert a maximum force gSA vR;Ur lehi mixeu dh nwjh dh dksfV g)S
of 144 N on the gun. How many bullets can he fire per second (1) 1Å (2) 10 –10 cm (3) 10 –12 cm (4) 10 –15 cm
at the most (fdlh e'khuxu ls 40g nzO ;eku dh dksb Z xksy h
9. When p–n junction diode is forward biased, then
1200 ms–1 osx ls NksM+h tkrh gSA tks O;fä bl e'khuxu dks idM+s gq,
(tc ,d p–n taD'ku Mk;ksM dks vxz&ck;flr djrs gSa rc)
gS og bl ij vf/kdre 144 N cy vkjksfir dj ldrk gSA og O;fä çfr (1) The depletion region is reduced and barrier height is
lsd.M vfèkd ls vf/kd fdruh xksyh NksM+ ldrk gS) increased vo{k; {ks= ?kVrk gS rFkk jksf/kdk dh Å¡pkbZ c<+rh gSA
(1) One (,d) (2) Four (pkj) (3) Two (nks ) (4) Three (rhu) (2) The depletion region is widened and barrier height is
reduced (vo{k; {ks= c<+rk gS rFkk jksf/kdk dh Å¡pkbZ ?kVrh gS)
3. A ball is thrown from a point with a speed 'v0 ' at an
(3) Both the depletion region and barrier height are reduced
elevation angle of q. From the same point and at the
same instant, a person starts running with a constant (vo{k; {ks= rFkk jksf/kdk dh Å¡pkbZ nksuksa ?kVrh gS)
speed v0/2 to catch the ball. Will the person be able (4) Both the depletion region and barrier height are increased
to catch the ball? If yes, what should be the angle of
projection q – (dksbZ xsna fdlh fcUnq ls mUu;u dks.k q ij pky
'v0' ls Qsd
a h tkrh gSA mlh fcUnq ls mlh {k.k dksbZ O;fä fdlh
(vo{k; {ks= rFkk jksf/kdk dh Å¡pkbZ nksuksa c<+rh gS)
E E
q dk D;k eku gksuk pkfg,)
y J
fu;r pky v0/2 ls xsna dks yidus ds fy, nkM
(1) Yes, 60° (2) Yes, 30° (3) No

S u+ k vkjEHk dj nsrk
gAS D;k og O;fä ml xsna dks yid ik,xk\ ;fn gk¡] rks ç{ksi dks.k
(4) Yes, 45°

1. The relation between time t and distance x is t = ax2 + bx where
a and b are constants. The acceleration is :- (le; t rFkk njw h x ds
e/; lEcU/k t = ax2 + bx gS tgk¡ a o b fu;rkad gSA Roj.k gksxk)
4.
e m
A particle at the end of a spring executes S.H.M. with a
period t1, while the corresponding period for another spring
d
is t2. If the period of oscillation with the two springs in series is
2.
(1) 2 av 2 (2) –2 av 3 (3) 2 bv3 (4) –2 abv2
The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination f is perfectly

smooth while the lower half is rough. A body starting from rest
at the top will again come to rest at the bottom if the coefficient
c a
T, then – (fdlh dekuh ds fljs ij dksbZ d.k vkorZdky t1 ls ljy vkorZ
xfr djrk gS] tcfd vU; dekuh ds fy;s rnuq:ih vkorZdky t2 gAS ;fn nksuksa
dekfu;ksa ds Js.kh la;kstu dk vkorZdky T g]S rks)
of friction for the lower half is given by :-
f >qdko okys ,d ur ry dk mGijh v¼Z Hkkx iw.kZr% fpduk gS rFkk fupyk v¼Z
Hkkx [kqjnjk gSA ,d oLrq 'kh"kZ ij fojkekoLFkk ls xfr izkjEHk djds ryh ij okil
s A
(1) T = t 1 + t 2
(3) T–1 = t 1–1 + t 2–1
(2) T2 = t 12 + t 22
(4) T–2 = t 1–2 + t 2–2
3.
fojkekoLFkk esa tkrh gS ;fn fupys v¼Z Hkkx dk ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad gks%&
(1) tanf (2) 2 tanf (3) 2 cosf
An annular ring with inner and outer radii R1 and R2 is rolling

(4) 2 sinf
r
5. In forced osscillation of a particle the amplitude is maximum
for a frequency w1 of the force, while the energy is maximum without slipping with a uniform angular speed. The ratio of the
k e
for a frequency w2 of the force; then –
fdlh d.k ds ç.kksfnr nksyuksa esa cy dh vko`fÙk w1 ds fy, nksyu
forces experienced by the two particles situated on the inner and
F1
outer parts of the ring F is :-
2
n
dk vk;ke vf/kdre gS] tcfd cy dh vko`fÙk w2 ds fy, ÅtkZ
chp esa ls [kks[kyh oy; dh vkUrfjd vkjS cká f=T;k Øe'k% R1 o R2 gAS ;g ,d
vf/kdre g]S rc
6. R a
(1) w1 = w 2 (2) w1 > w 2 (3) w1 < w 2
(4) w1 < w2 when damping is small and w1 > w2 when damping
is larger (w1 < w2 tc voeanu de gS rFkk w1 > w2 tc voeanu vfèkd gS)
Two thermally insulated vessels (1)& (2) are filled with
leku dks.kh; pky ls fcuk fQlys yq<+d jgh gAS oy; ds vkUrfjd vkjS cká Hkkxksa
ij fLFkr nks d.kksa }kjk vuqHkfor cyksa dk vuqikr
R1
(1) R
2
(2) 1
æ R1 ö
(3) ç ÷
è R2 ø
F1
F2
2
gksxk :-
R2
(4) R
air at temperatures (T 1 , T 2 ), volume (V 1 , V 2 ) and 1
pressure (P1 , P2 ) respectively. If the valve joining the

two vessels is opened, the temperature inside the vessel 4. The block of mass M moving on
M
at equilibrium will be (nks Å"ekjks/kh ik= (1) rFkk (2) Øe'k% the frictionless horizontal surface
collides with the spring of spring
rki (T1,T2) vk;ru (V1, V2) rFkk nkc (P1, P2) ij ok;q ls Hkjs constant K and compresses it by
gAaS ;fn nksuksa ik=ksa dks la;ksftr djus okys okYo dks [kksy fn;k tk, length L. The maximum momentum
rks lkE;koLFkk esa ik= ds Hkhrj dk rki gksxk) of the block after collision is :
(1) T1 + T2 (,d ?k"kZ.k jfgr {kSfrt lrg ij xfreku M nzO;eku dk ,d CykWd K fu;rkad
(2) (T 1 + T2 )/2
okyh fLaizx ls Vdjkrk gS vkSj mldks L yEckbZ rd laihfM+r djrk gSA VDdj
ds i'pkr~ CykWd dk vf/kdre laosx gksxk )
(3) T 1 T2 (P1 V1 + P2V 2)/(P1 V1 T2 + P2 V2 T1 )
ML2 KL2
(4) T1T2 (P 1V 1 + P2 V2 )/(P1V1 T1 + P2 V2 T2 ) (1) (2) zero ('kwU;) (3) (4) L MK
K 2M

5. A particle of mass 0.3 kg is subjected to a force F = –kx with 11. A Young's double slit experiment uses a monochromatic source.
k = 15 N/m. What will be its intial acceleration if it is released The shape of the interference fringes formed on a screen is:
from a point 20 cm away from the origin ?
;ax ds f}&fLyV iz;ksx esa ,do.khZ; L=ksr dk iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA insZ ij cuus
0.3 kg nzO ;eku ds ,d d.k ij cy F =–kx yxk;k tkrk gS tgk¡
okyh O;frdj.k fÝatksa dh vkd`fr gS %&
k = 15 N/m gSA ;fn bl d.k dks ewy fcUnq ls 20 cm nwj fLFkr fcUnq ls
(1) parabola (ijoy;) (2) straight line (ljy js[kk )
NksMk+ tkrk gS rks bldk izkjfEHkd Roj.k D;k gksxk\
(1) 10 m/s2 (2) 5 m/s2 (3) 15 m/s2 (4) 3 m/s2 (3) circle (o`Ùk ) (4) hyperbola (vfrijoy;)
6. A 'T' shaped object with dimension shown l 12. The function sin2(wt) represents (Qyu sin2(wt) iznf'kZr djrk gS)
in the figure is lying on a smooth floor. A A B p
r (1) a simple harmonic motion with a period
force ' F ' is applied at the point P parallel w
to AB, such that the object has only the F p
translational motion without rotation. What P 2l (,d ljy vkorZ xfr ftldk vkorZdky w gS)
will be the location of P with respect to C.
'T' vkd`fr dh ,d oLrq] ftldh foek;as fp= esa n'kkZ;h p
(2) a simple harmonic motion with a period
xbZ gS] dks ,d fpdus Q'kZ ij j[kk x;k gSA AB ds w
r C p
lekukUrj fcUnq P ij ,d cy F bl izdkj yxk;k (,d ljy vkorZ xfr ftldk vkorZdky w gS)
tkrk gS fd oLrq fcuk ?kw.kZu ds dsoy LFkkukUrj.kh; xfr
djrh gSA C ds lkis{k P dh fLFkfr D;k gksxh\ p
(3) a periodic, but not simple harmonic motion with a period
w
4 3 2
(1) l (2)
3
l (3)
2
l (4)
3
l p
(,d vkorhZ xfr] ysfdu ljy vkorZ xfr ugha ftldk vkorZdky w gS)
7. The electrical conductivity of a semiconductor increases when
electromagnetic radiation of wavelength shorter than 2480 nm 2p
is incident on it. The band gap in for the semiconductor is:-
,d v¼Zpkyd ij 2480 usuksehVj ls de rjaxn/S ;Z dh fo|qr pqEcdh; fofdj.k
(4) a periodic, but not simple harmonic motion with a period
(,d vkorhZ xfr] ysfdu ljy vkorZ xfr ugha ftldk

E E
vkorZdky w gS)
2p
w
J
vkifrr gksus ij bldh pkydrk c<+rh gSA v¼Zpkyd ds fy, cSM
a vUrjky gS
(1) 0.7 eV (2) 0.5 eV (3) 2.5 eV (4) 1.2 eV 13. The bob of a simple pendulum is a spherical hollow ball filled
with water. A plugged hole near the bottom of the oscillation
8.
m y
The temperature entropy diagram of
a reversible engine cycle is given in the

2T0
T bob gets suddenly unplugged. During observation, till water is
coming out, the time period of oscillation would :
,d ljy yksyd dk xksyd ty ls Hkjh gqbZ ,d [kks[kyh xksykdkj xsna gAS nksyu
e
figure. Its efficiancy is :-
d
T0 djrs gq, xksyd ds isna s esa MkV yxs gq, lqjk[k ij ls ;fn vpkud MkV gVk fn;k
tk, rks isz{k.k ds nkSjku tc rd ikuh ckgj fudyrk gS nksyu dk vkorZdky
c a
fp= esa ,d mRØe.kh; batu pØ dk rki&,UVªkiW h
oØ n'kkZ;k x;k gSA bldh n{krk gS %&
S0 2S 0
S
(1) increase towards a saturation value (larÌr
(2) remain unchanged (vifjofrZr jgsx k)

eku dh vksj c<s+xk)
(1)
2
3
s A (2)
1
3
(3)
1
4
(4)
1
2
(3) first decrease and then increase to the original value
(igys ?kVsxk rFkk fQj izkjfEHkd eku gksus rd c<+x
s k)
9.
e r
The figure shows a system of two
concentric spheres of radii r1 and r2
kept at temperature T 1 and T 2 ,
k
respectively. The radial rate of flow
r1
T1
(4) first increase and then decrease to the original value
(igys c<+x
s k rFkk fQj izkjfEHkd eku gksus rd ?kVsxk)
n
of heat in a substance between the
two concetric spheres is proportional
a
to :-
r2 T2
14. One conducting U tube can slide inside
another as shown in figure, maintaining
electrical contacts between the tubes. The
x
x
x
A
x
x
x
x
x
v
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
v
x
x
B
x
x
x
R
fp= esa r1 rFkk r2 f=T;k ds nks ladUs æh; xksyksa ds fudk; dks iznf'kZr fd;k x;k magnetic field B is perpendicular to the x x x x x x x
gS tks fd Øe'k% T1 rFkk T2 rki ij gSA nksuksa ladsUæh; xksyksa ds chp okys inkFkZ plane of the figure. If each tube moves xD x x x x xCx
esa f=T;h; fn'kk eas mG"ek ds izokg dh nj fuEu ds lekuqikrh gksxh%& towards the other at a constant speed v,
then the emf induced in the circuit in
terms of B, l and v where l is the width
r1r2 æ r2 ö (r2 – r1 )
(1) (r 2 – r 1 ) (2) (r – r ) (3) ln ç r ÷ (4) (r1r2 )
è 1ø
2 1
of each tube, will be :
10. Two point white dots are 1 mm apart on a black paper. They ,d pkyd U-uyh ,d vU; uyh ds vUnj ,d nwljs ds e/; fo|qr lEidZ
are viewed by eye of pupil diameter 3 mm. Approximately,
what is the maximum distance at which these dots can be cuk;s j[krs gq, fp= esa n'kkZ;s vuqlkj fQly ldrh gSA pqEcdh; {ks= B fp=
resolved by the eye ? (Take wavelength of light = 500 nm) ds ry ds yEcor gSA ;fn izR;sd uyh ,d nwljs dh vksj fu;r pky v ls xfr
,d dkys dkxt ij 1 mm dh nwjh ij nks lQsn fcUnq vafdr gSA mUgsa 3 mm djrh gS rks ifjiFk esa iszfjr fo-ok- cy] B, l o v ds inksa esa D;k gksxk tgk¡ l
O;kl dh iqryh dh vk¡[k }kjk ns[kk tkrk gSA og vf/kdre nwjh D;k gksxh ftl
izR;sd uyh dh pkSM+kbZ gS %&
ij bu fcUnqvksa dks vk¡[k }kjk foHksfnr fd;k tk ldrk gS\
(1) 3m (2) 6m (3) 1m (4) 5m (1) 2Bl v (2) zero ('kwU;) (3) –Bl v (4) Bl v

15. A fully charged capacitor has a capacitance 'C'. It is discharged 3. The time taken by a photoelectron to come out after the
through a small coil of resistance wire embedded in a thermally photon strikes is approximately :- (QksVkWu ds Vdjkus ds i'pkr~ izdk'k
insulated block of specific heat capacity 's' and mass 'm'. If the
bysDVªkuW }kjk ckgj fudyus esa fy;k x;k le; yxHkx gS)
temperature of the block is raised by 'DT', the potetial difference
'V' across the capacitance is : (1) 10 –10 s (2) 10 –16 s (3) 10 –1 s (4) 10 –4 s
,d iw.kZr% vkosf'kr la/kkfj= dh /kkfjrk C gAS bls izfrjks/k rkj dh ,d NksVh dq.Myh 4. Two rigid boxes containing different ideal gas are placed on
}kjk fujkosf'kr fd;k tkrk gS tks fd m nzO;eku rFkk s fof'k"V mG"ek /kkfjrk ds a table. Box A contains one mole nitrogen at temperature
Å"ekjks/kh CykWd ds vUnj fLFkr gSA ;fn CykWd dk rki DT ls c<+k fn;k tk, T0, while box B contains one mole of helium at temperature
(7/3) T0. The boxes are then put into thermal contact with
rks la/kkfj= ds fljksa ij foHkokUrj V gksxk : each other, and heat flows between them till the gases reach
2msDT msDT mCDT 2mCDT a common final temperature (Ignore the heat capacity of
(1) (2) (3) (4) boxes). Then, final temperature of the gases, Tf, in terms of
C C s s
16. Two voltameters, one of copper and another of silver, are joined T0 is :-
in parallel. When a total charge q flows through the voltameters, ,d Vscy ij nks n`<+ ckWDl j[ks gq, gSa] ftuesa fHkUu&fHkUu vkn'kZ xSlas Hkjh gqbZ
equal amount of metals are deposited. If the electrochemical gS aA ckWDl A es a T0 rki ij 1 eksy ukbVªk s t u gS tcfd ckWD l B es a
equivalents of copper and silver are z1 and z2 respectively then
(7/3)T0 rki ij 1 eksy ghfy;e gSA vc ckWDlksa dks ,d nwljs ds lkFk Å"eh;
charge which flows through the silver voltameter is :
nks oksYVkehVj ,d rk¡cs dk o nwljk pk¡nh dk] lekUrj Øe esa la;ksftr gSaA tc lEidZ esa j[kk tkrk gS rFkk muds e/; Å"ek rc rd izokfgr gksrh gS tc rd
oksYVkehVjksa esa ls dqy q vkos'k izokfgr gksrk gS rks /kkrqvksa dh leku ek=k tek fd xSl vfUre mHk;fu"B vfUre rki rd ugha igqp ¡ tk, (ckWDlksa dh Å"ek
gksrh gSA ;fn rk¡cs rFkk pk¡nh ds fo|qr jklk;fud rqY;kad Øe'k% z1 o z2 gS] rks èkkfjrk ux.; gSA) rks xSlksa dk vfUre rki Tf , T0 ds inksa esa gksxk:-
pk¡nh ds oksYVkehVj esa ls izokfgr vkos'k gksxk %& 7 3 5 3
(1) Tf = T0 (2) Tf = T0 (3) Tf = T0 (4) Tf = T0
z2 z1 3 2 2 7
q q
(1) q (2) q (3)z (4)
z1 z2 z 5. The potential energy of a 1 kg particle free to move along
1+ 2 1+ 1
z1 z2 æ x 4 x2 ö
17. A moving coil galvanometer has 150 equal divisions. Its curent
sensitivity is 10 divisions per millampere and voltage sensitivity
is 2 divisions per millivolt. In order that each division reads
the x-axis is given by V (x) = ççç – ÷÷÷ J . The total mechanical
çè 4 2 ÷ø
energy of the particle is 2 J. Then, the maximum speed of
E E
J
1 volt, the resistance in ohms needed to be connected in series
the particle (in m/s) is :-
with the coil will be :
x-v{k ds vuqfn'k xfr djus ds fy, Lora= 1 fdxzk æO;eku ds ,d d.k
,d py dq.Myh /kkjkekih esa 150 cjkcj Hkkx gSA bldh /kkjk lqxzkfgrk
y
10 Hkkx izfr feyh ,Eih;j rFkk oksYVrk lqxzkfgrk 2 Hkkx izfr feyh oksYV gSA
izR;sd Hkkx dk ikB~;kad 1 oksYV djus ds fy;s blds fy, dq.Myh ds Js.khØe
m
esa yxk;s tkus ds fy, vko';d izfrjks/k dk eku vkse esa gksxk :
dh fLFkfrt ÅtkZ
æ x 4 x2 ö÷
ç
V (x) = ççç 4 – 2 ÷÷÷ J
è ø
}kjk O;ä dh tkrh gSA d.k dh
e
dqy ;kaf=d ÅtkZ 2 twy gSA rks d.k dh vf/kdre pky eh@ls esa gksxh :-
(1) 9995 (2) 99995 (3) 10 5 (4) 10 3
d
1 3
18. The resistance of hot tungsten filament is about 10 times the (1) 2 (2) (3) 2 (4)
a
cold resistance. What will be the resistance of 100 W and 2 2
c
200 V lamp when not in use :
6. A force of ,Fk̂ acts on O, the origin Z
,d xeZ VaxLVu rUrq dk izfrjks/k] B.Ms izfrjks/k dk yxHkx 10 xquk gSA mi;ksx
A
esa ugha fy;s tkus ij 100 W o 200 V ds ysEi dk izfrjks/k D;k gksxk : of the coordinate system. The torque
about the point (1, –1, 0) is
(1) 200W (2) 400W (3) 20W (4) 40WHINTS
,d cy ,Fk̂ funsZ'k ra= ds ewy fcUnq O ij O Y
s
(
r
yx jgk gSA fcUnq (1, –1, 0) ds lkis{k cy
X
e
vk?kw.kZ gksxk)
1. A whistle producing sound waves of frequencies 9500Hz and
n k
above is a pproa chi ng a sta tiona ry pe rson with spe ed
v ms–1. The velocity of sound in air is 300 ms–1. If the person
can hear frequencies upto a maximum of 10,000 Hz, the 7.
(1) –F (iˆ + ˆj) (2) F (iˆ + ˆj) (3) –F (iˆ – ˆj) (4) F (iˆ – ˆj)
If the lattice constant of the semiconductor is decreased, then
R a
maximum value of v upto which he can hear the whistle is
,d lhVh 9500 Hz rFkk blls vf/kd vko`fÙk dh /ofu rjaxs mRiUu dj jgh gS
rFkk v m/s dh pky ls ,d fLFkj O;fDr ds ikl vk jgh gAS ok;q esa /ofu dk osx
300 ehVj/lsd.M gSA ;fn O;fDr vf/kdre 10,000 Hz rd dh vko`fÙk;k¡
lqu ldrk gS rks v dk vf/kdre eku tgk¡ rd og lhVh lqu ldrk gS] gksxk :-
which of the following is correct ?
Eg
Ec
15 Ev
(1) (2) 15 ms–1 (3) 30 ms–1 (4) 15 2 ms -1
2 ms -1
2. A solid which is not transparent to visible light and whose ;fn v¼Zpkyd dk tkyd fu;rkad de fd;k tk, rks fuEu esa ls dkSulk dFku
conductivity increases with temperature is formed by :- lR; gS ?
,d Bksl tks fd n`'; izdk'k ds fy, ikjn'khZ ugha gS rFkk ftldh pkydrk (1) E c and E V increase, but E g decrease
rki ds lkFk c<+rh gS] fuEu cUèku }kjk curk gS %& Ec o EV c<+rk gS ysfdu Eg ?kVrk gSA
(1) Covalent binding (lgla;kstd cU/k) (2) E c and E V decrease, but Eg increase
(2) Vander waals binding (okUMjoky cU/k) Ec o EV ?kVrk gS ysfdu Eg c<+rk gSA
(3) Metallic binding (/kkfRod cU/k)
(3) All Ec, Eg, EV decrease (Ec, Eg o E V rhuksa ?kVrs gSaA)
(4) Ionic binding (vk;fud cU/k )
(4) All Ec, Eg, EV increase (Ec, Eg o EV rhuksa c<+rs gSaA)

8. The anode voltage of a photoce ll is ke pt fixed. The

wavelength l of the light falling on the cathode is gradually
changed. The plate current I of the photocell varies as follows
,d QksVks lsy dh ,uksM oksYVrk dks fu;r j[kk tkrk gSA dSFkksM ij vkifrr 1. The displacement of an obje ct a ttached to a spring and
izdk'k dh rjaxnS/;Z l dks /khjs&/khjs ifjofrZr fd;k tkrk gSA QksVks lSy dh executing simple harmonic motion is given by
IysV /kkjk I fuEukuqlkj ifjofrZr gksxh & x = 2 × 10–2 cos p t metres.
The time at which the maximum speed first occurs is :-
ljy vkorZ xfr djrs gq,] ,d fLizax ls tqM+h gqbZ fdlh oLrq dk foLFkkiu
I I
(1) (2) x = 2 × 10–2 cos pt ehVj
}kjk fn;k tkrk gAS og le; D;k gksxk ftl ij lcls igys vf/kdre pky izkIr gksxh
O l O l (1) 0.25 s (2) 0.5 s (3) 0.75 s (4) 0.125 s
2. An electric charge 10 –3 mC is placed at the origin (0,0) of X - Y

I
co-ordinate system. Two points A and B are situated at
I
(3) (4) ( 2, 2 ) and (2, 0) respectively. The potential difference
O l O l between the points A and B will be (10 –3 mC ds fo|qr vkos'k dks X - Y
9. The 'rad' is the correct unit used to report the measurement funs'Z kkad i¼fr esa ewy fcUnq (0, 0) ij j[kk tkrk gAS nks fcUnq A o B Øe'k% fcUnqvksa
of ('jsM (rad)' fuEu esa ls fdlds ekiu dh lgh bdkbZ gS) ( 2, 2 ) o (2, 0) ij fLFkr gSA A rFkk B fcUnqvksa ds e/; foHkokUrj gksxk)
(1) The energy delivered by radiation to a target
(1) 4.5 volt (2) 9 volt (3) Zero ('kwU ;) (4) 2 volt
(fofdj.k }kjk y{; dks iznku ÅtkZ)
(2) The biological effect of radiation 3. A point mass oscillates along the x-axis accoording to the law
(fofdj.k dk tSfod izHkko) x = x0cos (wt–p/4). If the acceleration of the particle is written
as a = A cos (wt + d), then :-
(3) The rate of decay of a radioactive source
,d fcUnq æO;eku x-v{k ds vuqfn'k x = x0cos (wt–p/4) ds vuqlkj nksyu
(jsfM;ks lfØ; L=ksr ds {k; dh nj)
(4) The ability of a beam of gamma ray photons to produce
ions in a target (1) A = x 0 w2, d = 3p/4 (2) A = x 0 , d = – p/4
E E
djrk gSA ;fn d.k dk Roj.k a = A cos (wt + d) ds :i esa fy[kk tk, rks :-
J
xkek fdj.k QksVkWu ds iqt
a dh y{; esa vk;u mRiUu djus dh {kerk (3) A = x 0w2, d = p/4 (4) A = x 0w2, d = – p/4
4. Charges are placed on the vertices of a q q
A B
10. If the terminal speed of a sphere of gold (density =19.5 kg/ r
y
m3) is 0.2 m/s in a viscous liquid (density = 1.5 kg/m3 ), find square as shown. Let E be theelectric field
the terminal speed of a sphere of silver (denstiy = 10.5 kg/ and V the potential at the centre. If the
charges on A and B are interchanged with –q D C –q
m
m3 ) of the same size in the same liquid
those on D and C respectively, then :–
e
(;fn ,d ';ku æo (?kuRo = 1.5 kg/m3) esa Lo.kZ (?kuRo = 19.5 kg/m3) r
ds xksys dh vfUre pky 0.2 m/s gAS mlh æo esa leku vkdkj dh pk¡nh (,d oxZ ds 'kh"kks± ij fp=kuqlkj vkos'kksa dks j[kk x;k gSA ekuk fo|qr {ks= E gS
c a d
(?kuRo = 10.5 kg/m3) ds xksys dh vfUre pky Kkr djks)
(1) 0.133 m/s (2) 0.1 m/s (3) 0.2 m/s (4) 0.4 m/s
11. A coin is placed on a horizontal platform which undergoes

rFkk dsUæ ij foHko V gSA ;fn A o B ij fLFkr vkos'kksa dks Øe'k% D o
C ij fLFkr vkos'kksa ls cny fn;k tk, rks)
r
(1) E changes, V remains unchanged
r
( E ifjofrZr gksxk, V vifjofrZr jgsxk)
A
vertical simple harmonic motion of angular frequency w. The
amplitude of oscillation is gradually increased. The coin will
leave contact with the platform for the first time :-
s
,d {kSfrt IysVQkeZ ij ,d flDdk j[kk gqvk gS tks fd w dks.kh; vko`fÙk
r
(2) E remains unchanged, V changes
r
( E vifjofrZr jgsxk, V ifjofrZr gksxk)
r r
e r
ds lkFk m/okZ/kj ljy vkorZ xfr djrk gSA nksyu dk vk;ke /khjs&/khjs c<+k;k
tkrk gSA flDdk igyh ckj IysVQkeZ ds lkFk lEidZ NksMs+xk:-
k
(1) For an amplitude of g/w2 (g/w2 vk;ke ds fy,) 5.
(3) Both E and V change ( E rFkk V nksuksa ifjofrZr gksxsa)
r r
(4) E and V remain unchanged ( E rFkk V nksuksa vifjofrZr jgsxsaA)
A sound absorber attenuates the sound level by 20 dB. The
n
(2) For an amplitude of g2 /w2 (g2/w2 vk;ke ds fy,)
a
(3) At the highest position of the platform
(IysVQkeZ dh mPpre fLFkfr ij)
intensity decreases by a factor of :-
,d /ofu vo'kks"kd /ofu Lrj dks 20 dB rd {kh.k djrk gS rks rhozrk fuEu
?kVd }kjk de gks tk,xh:-
R(4) At the mean position of the platform

(IysVQkeZ dh ek/; fLFkfr ij)
12. The work of 146 kJ is performed in order to compress one

kilo mole of a gas adiabatically and in this process the
temperature of the gas increases by 7° C. The gas is
6.
(1) 100 (2) 1000 (3) 10000
A parallel plate condenser with a dielectric medium of
dielectric constant K between the plates has a capacity C and
is charged to a potential V volts. The dielectric slab is slowly
removed from between the plates and then reinserted. The
(4) 10
net work done by the system in this process is :-

,d fdyks eksy xl
S dks :¼ks"e :i ls laihfM+r djus ds fy, 146 kJ
,d lekUrj IysV la/kkfj= ftldh IysVksa ds chp K ijkoS|rq kad okyk ijkoS|rq
dk;Z fd;k tkrk gS rFkk bl izØe esa xSl dk rki 7°C ls c<+ tkrk gSA xSl
inkFkZ g]S dh /kkfjrk C gS vkjS bldks V oksYV foHko rd vkosf'kr fd;k tkrk
gksxh :- (R = 8.3 J mol–1 K)
gAS IysVksa ds e/; ijko|S qr ifV~Vdk dks vc /khjs ls gVk;k tkrk gS rFkk fQj ls
(1) Triatomic (f=&ijek.kqd)
(2) A mixture of monoatomic and diatomic
vUnj j[kk tkrk gSA bl izfØ;k esa fudk; }kjk fd;k x;k dqy dk;Z gksxk
(,d&ijek.kqd rFkk f}&ijek.kqd dk feJ.k) 1
(1) Zero ( 'kwU;) (2) (K – 1) CV2
(3) Monoatomic (,d&ijek.kqd) 2
(4) Diatomic (f}&ijek.kqd) (3) CV 2 (K–1)/K (4) (K–1)CV 2

7. If gE and gm are the accelerations due to gravity on the 3. In an experiment, electrons are made to pass through a narrow
surfaces of the earth and the moon respectively and if slit of width ‘d’ comparable to their de Broglie wavelength.
Millikan's oil drop experiment could be performed on the two They are detected on a screen at a distance ‘D’ from the slit
surfaces, one will find the ratio (see figure). ,d iz;ksx esa] ns&czkXs yh rjaxnS/;Z ds rqyukRed pkM
S k+ bZ d dh ,d
electronic ch arg e on the moon iryh fLyV ls bysDVªkWuksa dks xqtkjk tkrk gSA fLyV ls D nwjh ij fLFkr ,d insZ ij
to be :- budk v/;;u fd;k tkrk gSA
electronic ch arg e on the earth
;fn gE rFkk gM Øe'k% i`Foh rFkk pUæek dh lrg ij xq#Roh; Roj.k gS rFkk
;fn bu nksuksa lrgksa ij fefydu rsy c¡nw iz;ksx fd;k tk, rks
pUæek ij byDsVªkWu dk vko'sk
i`Foh ij byDsVªkWu dk vko'sk vuqikr dk eku gksxk%& d y=0
(1) gM/g E (2) 1 (3) 0 (4) gE /g M

D
HINTS
Which of the following graphs can be expected to represent
the number of electrons ‘N’ detected as a function of the detector
position ‘y’ (y = 0 corresponds to the middle of the slit)?
fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkuS &lk xzkQ izkIr gksus dh laHkkouk dh tk ldrh gS tks lalwpd
Directions : dh fLFkfr y ds inksa esa bysDVªkuW ksa dh izkIr la[;k N dks iznf'kZr djrk gAS fLyV ds
Questions No. 1, 2 and 3 are based on the following paragraph. e/; ij y = 0) ?
Wave property of electrons implies that they will show diffraction y y
effects. Davisson and Germer demonostrated this by diffracting
electrons from crystals. The law governing the diffractions from a
crystal is obtained by requiring that electron waves reflected from
the planes of atoms in a crystal interfere constructively (see figure).
(1) N d (2) N d
E E
Incoming
Electrons
y J i
Outgoing
Electrons
y y
d e m d (3) N d (4) N d
c a Crystal plane
funZs'k : iz'u la[;k 1, 2 rFkk 3 fuEufyf[kr ifjPNsn ij vk/kkfjr gSA
4. A spherical solid ball of volume V is made of a material of
density r1 . It is falling through a liquid of density r2(r2 <r1).
Assume that the liquid applies a viscous force on the ball that is
A
bysDVªkuW ksa dh rjax izd`fr ds vuqlkj os foorZu izHkko iznf'kZr djsxa sA MfS olu rFkk teZj us proportional to the square of its speed v, i.e.,
bldk izn'kZu bysDVªkuW dks fØLVy ls foofrZr dj fd;kA fØLVy ls gksus okys foorZu dks Fviscous = - kv2 (k > 0). Then terminal speed of the ball is
V vk;ru dh ,d Bksl xksyh; xsan r1 ?kuRo ds inkFkZ ls cuh gSA ;g r2(r2<r1)
s
Li"V djus okyk fu;e ;g eku dj izkIr fd;k x;k gS fd fØLVy esa ijek.kqvksa ds ry ls
r
ijkofrZr bysDVªkWu rjaxksa esa laiks"kh O;frdj.k gksrk gSA ?kuRo ds æo esa fxj jgh gAS ;fn æo xsna ij ,d ';ku cy yxkrk gS tks fd xsna ds
e
1. Electrons accelerated by potential V are diffracted from a osx ds oxZ ds vuqØekuqikrh gS vFkkZr~ F';ku = - kv2 (k > 0)| xsna dh lhekUr
pky gS %&
k
crystal. If d = 1Å & i = 300. V should be about (foHko V ls Rofjr
bysDVªkuW ,d fØLVy ls foofrZr gksrs gASa ;fn d = 1Å rFkk i = 300 rks V yxHkx
Vg ( r1 - r2 ) Vg ( r1 - r2 )
n
gksxk)
a
(h= 6.6 × 10-34 Js, me = 9.1 × 10-31 kg, e = 1.6 x 10-19 C)
(1)
k
(2)
Vgr1
k
(3)
Vgr1
k
(4)
k
2.
R (1) 2000 V
(3) 500 V
(2) 50 V
(4) 1000 V
If a strong diffraction peak is observed when electrons are

incident at an angle ‘i’ from the normal to the crystal planes
5. A thin rod of length ‘L’ is lying along the x-axis with its ends at
x = 0 and x = L. It linear density (mass/length) varies with x as
æ xö
n
k ç ÷ where n can be zero or any positive number. If the

è Lø
position xCM of the centre of mass of the rod is plotted against
‘n’, which of the following graphs best approximates the
with distance ‘d’ between them (see figure), de Broglie dependence of xCM on n?
wavelength ldB of electrons can be calculated by the relationship
,d iryh NM+ ftldh yEckbZ ‘L’ gS] x-v{k ds vuqfn'k gS rFkk blds fljs
( n is an integer)
x = 0 ,oa x = L ij gSaA bldk js[ kh; ?kuRo (æO;eku@yEckbZ) x ds lkFk
;fn ,d izcy foorZu 'kh"kZ izkIr gksrk gS] tc fØLVy ry ftuds chp dh njw h d æ xö
n
gS] ij bysDVªkWu vfHkyEc ls i vkiru dks.k ij vkifrr gksrs gSaA bysDVªkWuksa dks k ç ÷ ds vuqlkj ifjofrZr gksrk gS] tgk¡ n 'kwU; ;k dksbZ /kukRed la[;k gSA
è Lø
ns&czkXs yh rjaxnS/;Z ldB fdl lEcU/k ls Kkr dh tk ldrh gS (n ,d iw.kk±d g)S ;fn NM+ ds æO;eku dsUæ xCM dh fLFkfr rFkk ‘n’, ds chp xzkQ [khpsa rks fuEu
esa ls dkSu&lk xzkQ xCM dh n ij fuHkZjrk dks lcls vPNh izdkj iznf'kZr djrk
(1) d sin i = n l dB (2) 2d cos i = n l dB
gS ?
(3) 2d sin i = n l dB (4) d cos i = n l dB

Statement 2 : If the direction of a field due to a point source

is radial and its dependence on the distance ‘r’ from the source
1
is given as , its flux through a closed surface depends only on
r2
(1) (2) the strength of the source enclosed by the surface and not on
the size or shape of the surface.
oDrO; 2 : ;fn ,d fcUnq L=ksr ds dkj.k mRiUu {ks= dh fn'kk f=T;h; gS rFkk
1
L=ksr ls nwjh r ij bldh fuHkZjrk r2 gS rks ,d cUn i`"B ls xqtjus okyk ¶yDl cUn
i`"B ls f?kjs L=ksr dh 'kfä ij fuHkZj djrk g]S u fd cUn i`"B ds vkdkj ;k vkd`fr
(3) (4)
ijA
(1) Statement –1 is false, Statement –2 is true (oDrO;–1
vlR; gS] oDrO;–2 lR; gSA)
(2) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true; Statement–2
6. An athlete in the olympic games covers a distance of 100 m in
is a correct explanation for Statement–1
10 s. His kinetic energy can be estimated to be in the range.
oDrO;–1 lR; gS] oDrO;–2 lR; gS ; oDrO;–2, oDrO;–1 dk lgh
vksyfEid [ksyksa esa ,d f[kykM+h 10 lsd.M esa 100 eh nwjh r; djrk gAS mldh
Li"Vhdj.k gSA
xfrt ÅtkZ fuEufyf[kr fdl ijkl esa gks ldrh gS \ (3) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true; Statement–2
(1) 200 J - 500 J (2) 2 × 105 J - 3 × 105 J is not a correct explanation for Statement–1
(3) 20,000 J - 50,000 J (4) 2,000 J - 5,000 J oDrO;–1 lR; gS] oDrO;–2 lR; gS ; oDrO;–2, oDrO;–1 dk lgh
7. This question contains statement-1 and statement -2. Of the Li"Vhdj.k ugha gSA
four choices given after the statements, choose the one that (4) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is false
(oDrO;–1 lR; gS] oDrO;–2 vlR; gSA)
E
best describes the two statements.
bl iz'u esa nks oDrO; gS % oDrO;–1 rFkk oDrO;–2. izR;sd iz'u esa pkj fodYi 9. A jar is filled with two non-mixing
Hkh ga]S ftuesa ls dsoy ,d lgh mÙkj gSA vkidks lgh fodYi dk p;u djuk gSA
J
Statement 1: Energy is released when heavy nuclei undergo
fission or light nuclei undergo fusion.
liquids 1 and 2 having densities
r1 and r2, respectively. A solid ball,
made of a material of density r3,
Liquid 1
E r1
y
is droped in the jar. It comes to
oDrO; 1 : tc Hkkjh ukfHkd dk fo[k.Mu gksrk gS vFkok gYds ukfHkd layf;r gksrs equilibrium in the position shown
rks ÅtkZ mRlftZr gksrh gSA in the figure. W hich of the
m
Statement 2 : For heavy nuclei, binding energy per nucleon
e
increass with increasing Z while for light nuclei it decreases
with increasing Z.
d
following is true for r1 , r2 and r3
,d crZu nks vfoys; æoksa 1 rFkk 2 ls Hkjk g]S
ftuds ?kuRo Øe'k% r1rFkk r2 gAaS ,d Bksl Liquid 2
P3
r2
c a
oDrO; 2 : Hkkjh ukfHkdksa ds fy,] izfr ukfHkdh; d.k cU/ku ÅtkZ] Z c<+us ij
c<+rh gS tcfd gYds ukfHkdksa ds fy, ;g Z c<+us ij ?kVrh gSA
xsna ] tks r3 ?kuRo ds inkFkZ ls cuh gS] crZu esa
fxjkbZ tkrh gSA ;g fp= esa n'kkZ;h fLFkfr esa
lUrqfyr voLFkk esa vk tkrh gSA fuEu esa ls
(1)
(2)
s A
Statement –1 is false, Statement –2 is true
oDrO;–1 vlR; gS] oDrO;–2 lR; gSA
Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true; Statement–2
dkSu r1 , r2 rFkk r3 ds fy, lR; gS \
(1) r3 <r1 <r2
(3) r1 <r2 <r3
(2) r2 <r3 <r1
(4) r1 <r3 <r2
k e r
is a correct explanation for Statement 1
Li"Vhdj.k gSA
10. A working transistor with its three legs marked P, Q and R is
tested using a multimeter. No conduction is found betwen P
and Q. By connecting the common (negative) terminal of the
n
(3) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true; Statement–2 multimeter to R and the other (positive) terminal to P or Q,
is not a correct explanation for Statement–1 some resistance is seen on the multimeter. Which of the following
R a
(4)
Li"Vhdj.k ugha gSA
Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is false
oDrO;–1 lR; gS] oDrO;–2 vlR; gSA
is true for the transistor ?
,d dk;Zjr Vªkf¡ tLVj] ftlds rhu Vkaxksa ij P, Q rFkk R vafdr g]Sa dks eYVhehVj
ls tk¡prs gASa P rFkk Q ds chp esa dksbZ pkyu ugha gksrk gSA eYVhehVj ds mHk;fu"B
fljs (½.kkRed) dks R ls rFkk nwljs fljs (/kukRed) dks P ;k Q ls tksM+us ij
eYVhehVj esa dqN izfrjks/k fn[kkbZ nsrk gAS Vªkf¡ tLVj ds fy, fuEu esa ls dkuS lR; g\
S
8. This question contains statement-1 and statement -2 of the (1) It is an npn transistor with R as base
four choices given after the statements, choose the one that
(;g ,d npn V¡kª ftLVj gS ftlesa R vk/kkj gS)

best describes the two statements.
(2) It is a pnp transistor with R as collector
bl iz'u esa nks oDrO; gS % oDrO;–1 rFkk oDrO;–2. izR;sd iz'u esa pkj fodYi
(;g ,d pnp Vªkf¡ tLVj gS ftlesa R laxkz gd gS)
Hkh ga]S ftuesa ls dsoy ,d lgh mÙkj gSA vkidks lgh fodYi dk p;u djuk gSA
(3) It is a pnp transistor with R as emitter
Statement 1: For a mass M kept at the centre of a cube of
side ‘a’, the flux of graviational field passing through its sides is (;g ,d pnp Vªkf¡ tLVj gS ftlesa R mRltZd gS)
4 p GM. (4) It is an npn transistor with R as collector
oDrO; 1: ,d ?ku ftldh izR;sd Hkqtk a g]S ds dsUæ ij j[ks æO;eku M ds fy, (;g ,d npn Vªkf¡ tLVj gS ftlesa R laxkz gd gS)
blds ,d i`"B ls xqtjus okyk xq:Roh; {ks= dk ¶yDl 4 p GM gSA

k T1 T2 ( P1 V1 + P2 V 2 ) P1 V1 T1 + P2 V2 T2
11. Suppose an electron is attracted towards the origin by a force
r (1) P1 V1 T2 + P2 V2 T1 (2) P1 V1 + P2 V2
where ‘k’ is a cosntant and 'r' is the distance of the electron from
the origin. By applying Bohr model to this sytem, the radius of P1 V1 T2 + P2 V2 T1 T1 T2 ( P1 V1 + P2 V2 )
the nth orbital of the electron is found to be ‘rn’ and the kinetic (3) (4)
P1 V1 + P2 V2 P1 V1 T1 + P2 V2 T2
energy of the electron to be ‘Tn’. Then which of the following is
true ?
k
ekuk ,d bysDVªkuW ewy fcUnq dh vksj cy r ds }kjk vkdf"kZr gksrk g]S tgk¡ ‘k’ ,d
fu;rkad gS rFkk 'r' bysDVªkuW dh ewy fcUnq ls nwjh gAS bl fudk; ds fy, cksgj ekWMy
iz;ä
q djus ij] bysDVªkWu dh n oha d{kk dh f=T;k ‘rn’ rFkk bysDVªkuW dh xfrt ÅtkZ 1. In an experiment the angles are required to be measured
using an instrument, 29 divisions of the main scale exactly
‘Tn’ izkIr gksrh gSA rc fuEu esa ls dkSu lR; gS \
coincide with the 30 divisions of the vernier scale. If the
1 smallest division of the main scale is half-a-degree (=0.5°),
(1) Tn µ ,rn µ n2 (2) Tn independent of n, rn µ n
n2 then the least count of the instrument is :-
1 (1) One degree (2) Half degree
(3) Tn µ , rn µ n (4) None of these
n (3) One minute (4) Half minute
12. A body is at rest at x=0. At t = 0, it starts moving in the positive
x-direction with a constant acceleration. At the same instant ,d iz;ksx esa dks.k ekius ds fy, ,d midj.k dh vko';drk gksrh gSA bl
another body passes through x=0 moving in the positive midj.k esa eq[; iSekus ds 29 Hkkx ofuZ;j iSekus ds 30 Hkkxksa ds laikrh gSA
x-direction with a constant speed. The position of the first body
is given by x1(t) after time ‘t’and that of the second body by
;fn eq[; ieS kus dk y?kqÙke Hkkx vk/ks fMxzh (0.5°) ds cjkcj g]S rc bl midj.k
x2(t) after the same time interval. Which of the following graphs dk vYirekad gS :-
correctly describes (x1 – x2) as a function of time ‘t’?
(1) ,d va'k (2) vk/kk va'k (3) ,d feuV (4) vk/kk feuV
,d oLrq t = 0 ij fojke esa gSA t=0 ij ;g x-v{k dh /ku fn'kk esa ,d fu;r Direction :- Q No. 2 & 3 are based on the following paragraph.
E
Roj.k ls xfr izkjEHk djrh gSA Bhd mlh le; x-v{k dh /ku fn'kk esa ,d fu;r A current loop ABCD is held fixed on the B
pky ls xfr djrh nwljh oLrq x=0 ls xqtjrh gAS leku le; t ds ckn igyh oLrq plane of the paper as shown in the figure.
E
a A
dh fLFkfr x1(t) rFkk nwljh oLrq dh fLFkfr x2(t) ls nh tkrh gAS fuEu esa ls dkuS &lk The arcs BC (radius = b) a nd DA
(x1-x2)
y J
xzkQ (x1 – x2) dks le; ‘t’ ds Qyu ds :i esa lR; iznf'kZr djrk gS ?
(x1-x2)
(radius = a) of the loop are joined by two
straight wires AB and CD. A steady current
I is flowing in the loop. Angle made by AB
and CD at the origin O is 30°. Another
straight thin wire with steady current I 1
I1
O
30°
b
D
C
I
(1)
d e m t
(2)
O
t
flowing out of the plane of the paper is kept
at the origin.
funsZ'k :- iz'u la[;k 2 rFkk 3 fuEufyf[kr vuqPNsn ij vk/kkfjr gSaA
(x1-x2)
c a (x1-x2) ,d /kkjk ywi ABCD dkxt ds ry ij fLFkj j[kk x;k gS] tSlk fd fp= esa fn[kk;k
x;k gSA ywi ds pki BC (f=T;k = b) vkSj pki DA (f=T;k = a) dks nks lh/ks rkjksa
AB vkSj CD ls tksMk+ tkrk gSA ywi esa ,d fu;r /kkjk I izokfgr gks jgh gSA AB vkSj
(3)
s A t
(4)
t
O
t
CD }kjk ewy fcUnq O ij cuk;k x;k dks.k 30° gSA ,d vU; lh/kk iryk rkj] ftlesa
dkxt ds ry ls ckgj fu;r /kkjk I1 izokfgr gks jgh gS] ewy fcUnq ij j[kk x;k gSA
2.
r
The magnitude of the magnetic field (B) due to the loop
ABCD at the origin (O) is : (ywi ABCD ds dkj.k ey
w fcUnq (O)
k e
13. Relative perimittivity and permeability of a material are er and
ij pqEcdh; {ks= (B) dk ifjek.k gS)
m0I é b - a ù m0I é p ù
n
m r, respectively. Which of the following values of these quantities
are allowed for a diamagnetic material ?
afdlh inkFkZ dh lkisf{kd fo|qr'khyrk rFkk pqEcd'khyrk Øe'k% er rFkk mr gSA

(1)
4 p êë ab úû
(2)
m0I(b - a)
4 p êë
2(b - a) + (a + b) ú
3 û
R fuEufyf[kr jkf'k;ksa ds dkSu&ls eku izfr pqEcdh; inkFkZ ds fy, gks ldrs gSa %& (3) Zero (4)
24ab
(1) er=0.5, m r=1.5 (2) er=1.5, m r=0.5 3. Due to the presence of the current I1 at the origin:-
(3) er=0.5, m r=0.5 (4) er=1.5, m r=1.5 (ewy fcUnq ij /kkjk I1 dh mifLFkfr ds dkj.k)
14. An insulated container of gas has two chambers separated by (1) The magnitude of the net force on the loop is given by
an insulating partition. One of the chambers has volume V1 (ywi ij yxs ifj.kkeh cy dk ifjek.k gS )
and contains ideal gas at pressure P1 and temperature T1. The
other chamber has volume V2 and contains ideal gas at pressure I1 I é p ù

m 0 2(b - a) + (a + b) ú
P2 and tempeature T2. If the partition is removed without doing 4 p êë 3 û
any work on the gas, the final equilibrium temperature of the (2) The magnitude of the net force on the loop is given by
gas in the container will be
m II
xSl ds ,d Å"ekjks/kh crZu esa ,d Å"ekjks/kh nhokj ls i`FkDd`r nks dks"B gSA ,d (ywi
0 1
ij yxs ifj.kkeh cy dk ifjek.k gS ) 24ab (b - a)
dks"B dk vk;ru V1 gS ftlesa nkc P1 rFkk rki T1 ij vkn'kZ xSl Hkjh gSA nwljs
(3) The forces on AB and DC are zero
dks"B dk vk;ru V2 gS ftlesa nkc P2 rFkk rki T2 ij vkn'kZ xSl Hkjh gAS ;fn xl S (AB rFkk DC ij cy 'kwU; gS)
ij dksbZ dk;Z fd;s fcuk chp dh nhokj dks gVk nsa rks crZu esa lkE;koLFkk esa vfUre (4) The forces on AD and BC are zero
rki gksxk %& (AD rFkk BC ij cy 'kwU; gS)

4. The above is a plot of binding energy per nucleon Eb, against dFku–1 : izfrjks/k dh rkieku ij fuHkZjrk lkekU;r;k R = R0(1+aDt)
the nuclear mass M; A, B, C, D, E, F correspond to different ls nh tkrh gSA ,d rkj dk izfrjks/k 100W ls 150W rd ifjofrZr gksrk
nuclei. Consider four reactions :
gS tc mlds rkieku esa 27°C ls 227°C dh o`f¼ dh tkrh gAS blls ifj.kke
fudyrk gS fd a = 2.5 × 10–3/°C.
B C
D E Statement–2 : R = R0(1 + aDt) is valid only when the change
Eb
in the temperature DT is small and DR = (R – R0) << R0 .
A F dFku –2 : R = R0(1 + aDt) dsoy rc gh lkFkZd gS tc rkieku esa ifjorZu
DT vYi gks vkSj DR = (R – R0) << R0 gksA
M
mijksDr vkjs[k izfr U;wfDy;ku cU/ku ÅtkZ Eb vkSj ukfHkdh; æO;eku M ds (1) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true; Statement2
chp gSA A, B, C, D, E, F fofHkUu ukfHkdksa ds laxr gSaA pkj vfHkfØ;kvksa is not the correct explanation of Statement–1 (dFku-1
ij fopkj dhft;s : lgh gS vkjS dFku-2 lgh gAS dFku-2, dFku-1dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k ugha gAS )
(i) A + B ® C + e (ii) C ® A + B + e (2) Statement–1 is false, Statement–2 is true
(iii) D + E ® F + e (iv) F ® D + E + e (dFku-1 xyr gS vkSj dFku-2 lgh gSA)

where e is the energy released ? In which reactions is e (3) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is false
positive? (tgk¡ e eqDr ÅtkZ gSA fdu vfHkfØ;kvksa esa e /kukRed gS ?) (dFku-1 lgh vkSj dFku-2 xyr gSA)
(1) (ii) & (iv) (2) (ii) & (iii) (3) (i) & (iv) (4) (i) &(iii) (4) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true; Statement2
is the correct explanation of Statement–1 (dFku-1 lgh
5. One kg of a diatomic gas is at a pressure of 8 × 104 N/m2. gS vkSj dFku-2 lgh gSA dFku-2, dFku-1 dk lgh Li"Vhdj.k gSA)
The density of the gas is 4 kg/m3. What is the energy of the
9. A motor cycle starts from rest and accelerates along a straight
gas due to its thermal motion ?
path at 2 m/s2. At the starting point of the motor cycle there
,d fdyksxzke f}ijek.kqd xl
S 8 ×10 N/m ds nkc ij gAS xl
4 2
S dk ?kuRo is a stationary electric siren. How far has the motor cycle gone
4 kg/m3 gSA bldh Å"eh; xfr ds dkj.k xSl dh ÅtkZ D;k gS? when the driver hears the frequency of the siren at 94% of
6.
(1) 6 × 10 4 J (2) 7 × 10 4 J (3) 3 × 104 J (4) 5 × 104 J
A mixture of light, consisting of wavelength 590 nm and an

its value when the motor cycle was at rest ?
(Speed of sound = 330 ms–1) :-
E E
,d eksVj lkbfdy fLFkj voLFkk ls xfr izkjEHk djrh gS vkSj ,d lhèks jkLrs
y J
unknown wavelength, illuminates Young's double slit and
gives rise to two overlapping interference patterns on the
screen. The central maximum of both lights coincide. Further,
it is observed that the third bright fringe of known light
coincides with the 4th bright fringe of the unknown light. From
ij 2 m/s2 ls Rofjr gksrh gAS eksVj lkbfdy ds izkjfEHkd fcUnq ij ,d fLFkj
fo|qr Hkksia w gSA eksVj lkbfdy fdruh nwjh ij xbZ gS ftlls fd Mªkboj Hkksia w
dh vko`fÙk eksVj lkbfdy dh fLFkj voLFkk ds eku dk 94% lqurk gS \ (èofu
dh pky=330 ms–1) :-
e m
these data, the wavelength of the unknown light is :-
rjaxnS/;Z 590 nm vkSj ,d vKkr rjaxnS/;Z ls fefJr izdk'k ,d ;ax ds
d
f}fNæ dks iznhIr djrk gS vkSj insZ ij nks vfrO;kih O;frdj.k fp=ksa dks cukrk 10.
(1) 147 m (2) 196 m (3) 49 m
Two wires are made of the same material and have the same
volume. However wire 1 has cross-sectional area A and wire
(4) 98 m
c a
gSA nksuksa izdk'k ds dsUæh; egÙke laikrh gSA blds vfrfjDr] ;g ik;k tkrk
gS fd Kkr izdk'k dh rhljh pedhyh fÝUt vKkr izdk'k dh pkSFkh pedhyh
fÝUt ls laikrh gSA bu vk¡dM+kas ls] vKkr izdk'k dh rjaxnSè;Z gS :-
2 has cross-sectional area 3A. If the length of wire 1 increases
by Dx on applying force F, how much force is needed to stretch
wire 2 by the same amount ? (nks rkj ,d gh inkFkZ ds cus gSa vkSj
s A
(1) 442.5 nm (2) 776.8 nm (3) 393.4 nm (4) 885.0 nm
These question (7 & 8)contains Statement–1 and Statement–
2. Of the four choices given after the statements, choose
muds vk;ru ,dleku gSa] ijarq rkj 1 dk vuqizLFk ifjPNsn {ks=Qy A ,oa
rkj 2 dk vuqizLFk ifjPNsn {ks=Qy 3A gSA ;fn cy F yxkus ij rkj 1 dh
yEckbZ esa Dx dh o`f¼ gksrh gS] rc rkj 2 esa ogh o`f¼ djus ds fy, fdrus
k e r
the one that best describes the two statements.
bl iz'uksa (7 ,oa 8) esa nks dFku gSa (dFku–1 rFkk dFku–2)A bu dFkuksa ds ckn fn;s
x;s pkj fodYiksa esa ls ml fodYi dk p;u dhft;s tks bu izdFkuksa dk loksÙZ ke o.kZu
cy dh vko';drk gksxh)
(1) 6F (2) 9F (3) F (4) 4F
n
djrk gSA 11. A transparent solid cyclindrical rod has a refractive index of
2
7.
R a Statement–1 : For a charged particle moving from point P

to point Q the net work done by an electrostatic field on the
particle is independent of the path connecting point P to point
Q.
Statement–2 : The net work done by a conservative force
on an object moving along closed loop is zero.
3
. It is surrounded by air. A light ray is incident at the
mid-point of one end of the rod as shown in the figure. The
incident angle q for which the light ray grazes along the wall
of the rod is :- ,d ikjn'kZd Bksl csyukdkj NM+ dk viorZuk¡d

2
3
dFku–1 : fcUnq P ls fcUnq Q rd ,d vkosf'kr d.k dh xfr ds dkj.k] gSA ;g pkjksa rjQ ls ok;q ls f?kjh gSA NM+ ds ,d fljs ls e/; fcUnq ij ,d
izdk'k dh fdj.k vkifrr gS] tSlk fd fp= esa fn[kk;k x;k gSA og vkiru
d.k ij ,d fLFkj fo|qr {ks= }kjk fd;k x;k dk;Z ifj.kkeh fcUnq P ls fcUnq
Q rd tksM+s tkus okys iFk ls Lora= gSA dks.k q ftlds fy, izdk'k dh fdj.k NM+ dh nhokj ds i`"BLi'khZ gS] gksxk%&
dFku–2 : fdlh can iFk esa xfr'khy d.k ij ,d laj{kh cy }kjk fd;k
x;k ifj.kkeh dk;Z 'kwU; gksrk gSA q
8. Statement–1 : The temperature dependence of resistance
is usually given as R = R0 (1+aDt). The resistance of a
æ 2 ö æ 1 ö æ 1ö æ 3ö
wire changes from 100W to 150W when its temperature (1) sin–1 çè ÷ (2) sin–1 çè ÷ (3) sin–1 çè ÷ø (4) sin–1 çè ÷
is incre ase d from 27°C to 227°C. This implies that 3ø 3ø 2 2 ø
a = 2.5 × 10 –3 /°C.

12. A thin uniform rod of length l and mass m is swinging freely 17. In an optics experiment, with the position of the object fixed,
about a horizontal axis passing through its end. Its maximum a student varies the position of a convex lens and for each
angular speed is w. Its centre of mass rises to a maximum position, the screen is adjusted to get a clear image of the
height of:- object. A graph between the object distance u and the image
yEckbZ l vkSj æO;eku m dh ,d iryh ,dleku NM+ vius ,d fljs ls distance v, from the lens, is plotted using the same scale for
the two axes. A straight line passing through the origin and
xqtj jgh {kSfrt v{k ij Lora= :i ls nksyk;eku gASa bldh vf/kdre dks.kh; m ak ing an a ngle of 45 ° wi th t he x -a xi s me et s the
pky w gSA bldk æO;eku dsUæ bl egÙke Å¡pkbZ rd mBsxk :- experimental curve at P. The coordinates of P will be :-
1 l2w 2 1 l2w 2 1 l 2 w2 1 lw ,d izdkf'kd iz;ksx esa] ,d oLrq dh fLFkfr fLFkj j[krs gq,] ,d fo|kFkhZ ,d
(1) (2) (3) (4) mÙky ysl
a dh fLFkfr esa ifjorZu djrk gS vkSj izR;sd voLFkk ds fy,] oLrq
2 g 6 g 3 g 6 g
13. If x, v and a denote the displacement, the velocity and the
ds Li"V izfrfcEc gsrq insZ dks O;ofLFkr djrk gSA ysUl ls fcEc nwjh u vkSj
acceleration of a particle executing simple harmonic motion izfrfcEc nwjh v ds chp xzkQ nksuksa v{kksa ij ,dleku Ldsy ysdj vkjsf[kr
of time period T, then, which of the following does not change fd;k tkrk gSA ewy fcUnq ls xqtjus okyh ,d ljy js[kk] tks fd x–v{k ls
with time ? (;fn x, v rFkk a Øe'k% vkorZdky T ls ljy vkorZ xfr 45° dks.k cukrh gS] izk;ksfxd oØ ls P ij feyrh gSA P ds funsZ'kkad gS :-
djrs fdlh d.k ds foLFkkiu] osx rFkk Roj.k dks fu:fir djrs gSa] rc le; æ ƒ ƒö
ds lkFk fuEufyf[kr esa ls fdlesa ifjorZu ugha gksrk\ ) (1) (ƒ, ƒ) (2) (4ƒ, 4ƒ) (3) (2ƒ, 2ƒ) (4) çè , ÷ø
2 2
Directions : Question number 18, 19 and 20 are based on the
aT aT
(1) aT + 2pv (2) (3) a2T2 + 4p2v2 (4) following paragraph.
v x
funsZ'k : iz'u la[;k 18, 19 rFkk 20 fuEufyf[kr vuqPNsn ij vk/kkfjr gSA
Q Two moles of helium gas are taken 2×10 5 A B
14. Let r(r) = r be the charge density distribution for a solid
pR 4 over the cycle ABCDA, as shown in
P(Pa)
sphere of radius R and total charge Q. For a point 'P' inside the P–T diagram.(ghfy;e xSl ds nks v.kq
the sphere at distance r1 from the centre of the sphere, the 1×10
5
pØ ABCDA dk vuqlj.k djrs gAaS tl

S k fd D C
magnitude of electric field is (ekuk f=T;k R vkSj dqy vkos'k Q okys T
Q
,d Bksl xksys ij vkos'k ?kuRo forj.k r(r) = pR 4 r g]S xksys ds dsUæ ls r1
P–T fp= esa fn[kk x;k g)
18.
S 300K
Assuming the gas to be ideal the work done on the gas in
T
E E
taking it from A to B is :- xSl dks vkn'kZ ekurs gq, A ls B rd ys
500K
Qr12
(1) 4p Î R 4
0
y J
nwjh ij xksys ds vUnj ,d fcUnq P ij fo|qr {ks= dk ifjek.k gS)
Qr12
(2) 3p Î R 4
0
Q
(3) 0 (4) 4 p Î r 2
0 1 19.
tkus esa xSl ij fd;k x;k dk;Z gS:-
(1) 400 R (2) 500 R (3) 200 R
The work done on the gas in taking it from D to A is :-
D ls A rd ys tkus esa xSl ij fd;k x;k dk;Z gS :-
(4) 300 R
15.
e m
A p-n junction (D) shown in the
figure can act as a rectifier. An
d
alternating current source (V) v ~
D
R
20.
(1) –690 R (2) +690 R (3) –414 R (4) +414 R
The net work done on the gas in the cycle ABCDA is :-
pØ ABCDA esa xSl ij fd;k x;k ifj.kkeh dk;Z gS :-
c a
is connected in the circuit. The
current (I) in the resistor (R) can
be shown by :- 21.
(1) 1076 R (2) 1904 R (3) Zero (4) 276 R
Consider a rubber ball freely falling from a height h=4.9m
A
fp= esa n'kkZ;s ,d p-n laf/k (D) ,d fn"Vdkjh dh Hkk¡fr dk;Z dj ldrk
gSA ifjiFk esa ,d izR;korhZ /kkjk òksr (V) la;ksftr fd;k x;k gS :- izfrjksèk
s
(R) esa izokfgr /kkjk (I) dks fdlds }kjk n'kkZ;k tk ldrk gS :-
onto a horizontal elastic plate. Assume that the duration of
collision is negligible and the collision with the plate is totally
elastic.Then the velocity as a function of time and the height
as a function of time will be :-fopkj dhft;s fd ,d jcM+ dh xsan
(1)
k e r
I
t
(2)
I
t
Å¡pkbZ h = 4.9 m ls ,d {kSfrt izR;kLFk IysV ij LorU= :i ls fxj jgh
gSA ;g eku ysa fd la?kê dk le; ux.; gS vkSj IysV ls la?kê iw.kZr% izR;kLFk
gSA rc le; ds Qyu ds :i esa osx rFkk ÅapkbZ gksaxs%&
n
v y
I I +v1
R
16.
a (3) t
(4)
The logic circuit shown below has the input waveform 'A'
and 'B' as shown. Pick out the correct output waveform.
(uhps n'kkZ;s rkfdZd ifjiFk ds fuos'k rjax :i A ,oa B fp=kuqlkj gASa lgh
t
(1) O
–v1
v
+v1
O
t1 2t1 3t1 4t1 t
t
h
h
t
fuxZe rjax :i dk p;u djsa) (2) t1 2t1 3t1 4t1
–v1
Input A t
A
v
y
Y +v1
Input B h
B
(3) O t
t
(1) (2)
v y
+v1
h
(3) (4) (4) O t
–v1 t

22. An inductor of inductance L=400 mH Direction : Questions number 4 – 5 are based on the
E
following paragraph.
and resistors of resistances R1 = 2W L
(funs Z ' k : iz 'u la[ ;k 4 – 5 fuEufyf[kr vuq P Nsn ij vk/kkfjr gSa )
and R2 = 2W are connected to a
R1 A nucleus of mass M + Dm is at rest and decays into two daughter
battery of emf 12V as shown in the
nuclei of equal mass M/2 each. Speed of light is c.
figure. The internal resistance of the
R2 æO;eku M + Dm dk ,d ukfHkd fojke voLFkk esa gS vkSj izR;sd ,dleku æO;eku
battery is negligible. The switch S is
closed at t = 0. The potential drop M/2 ds nks {k;tkr ukfHkdksa esa {kf;r gksrk gSA izdk'k dh pky c gSA
across L as a function of time is :-
fp= ds vuqlkj ,d 12V emf dh cSVjh ls ,d izjs d ftldk izjs dRo 4. The speed of daughter nuclei is ({k;tkr ukfHkdksa dh pky gS)
L = 400 mH rFkk nks izfrjks/kd R1 = 2W rFkk R2 = 2W la;ksftr gSA Dm Dm 2D m Dm
cSVjh dk vkUrfjd izfrjks/k ux.; gSA t = 0 ij fLop S cUn gSA le; ds (1) c (2) c (3) c (4) c
M + Dm M + Dm M M
Qyu ds :i esa L ds fljksa ij foHkoikr gS :- 5. The binding energy per nucleon for the parent nucleus is
(1) 6(1 – e –t/0.2 )V (2) 12e –5t V E1 and that for the daughter nuclei is E2. Then :-
12 -3t (tud ukfHkd ds fy, izfr U;wfDyvkWu cU/ku ÅtkZ E1 gS vkjS {k;tkr ukfHkdksa
(3) 6e –5t V (4) e V
t
ds fy, E2 gSA rc :-)
23. The transition from the state n = 4 to n = 3 in a hydrogen like (1) E 1 = 2E 2 (2) E 2 = 2E 1 (3) E 1 > E 2 (4) E 2 > E 1
atom results in ultraviolet radiation. Infrared radiation will be 6. Statement-1 : When ultraviolet light is incident on a
photocell, its stopping potential is V0 and the maximum kinetic
obtained in the transition from :-
energy of the photoelectrons is Kmax. When the ultraviolet light
gkbMªkstu leku ijek.kq esa n = 4 ls n = 3 voLFkk esa laØe.k ds QyLo:i is replaced by X-rays, both V0 and Kmax increase.
ijkcxaS uh fofdj.k izkIr gksrk gSA fuEufyf[kr esa ls fdl laØe.k ds QyLo:i dFku-1 : tc ijkcSaxuh izdk'k ,d izdk'k&lsy ij vkifrr gS] rc bldk
vojDr fofdj.k izkIr gksxk :- fujks/kh foHko V0 gS vkSj izdk'k bysDVªkWuksa dh vf/kdre xfrt ÅtkZ Kmax gSA
(1) 4 ® 2 (2) 5 ® 4 (3) 2 ® 1 (4) 3 ® 2 tc ijkcSxa uh izdk'k dks ,Dl&fdj.kksa ls cny fn;k tkrk gS] rc nksuksa V0
,oa Kmax esa o`fð gks tkrh gSA
Statement-2 : Photoelectrons are emitted with speeds
ranging from zero to a maximum value because of the range
E E
following paragraph.
(funs Z ' k : iz ' u la[ ;k
J
Direction : Questions number 1 – 3 are based on the
y
1 – 3 fuEufyf[kr vuq P Nsn ij vk/kkfjr gSa )
of frequencies present in the incident light.
and (rFkk)
dFku -2 : izdk'k&bysDVªkWu 'kwU; ls ,d vf/kdre pky dh ijkl esa mRlftZr
gksrs gSa D;ksfa d vkifrr izdk'k esa vko`fÙk;ksa dh ijkl mifLFkr gksrh gSA
m
An initially parallel cylindrical beam travels in a medium of refractive (1) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is false
e
index µ(I) = µ 0 + µ 2I, where µ 0 and µ 2 are positive constants and I (dFku–1 lR; gS, dFku–2 vlR; gS)
is the intensity of the light beam. The intensity of the beam is (2) Stat em ent– 1 is true, S ta te me nt–2 is true;
d
decreasing with increasing radius.
a
(,d izkjfEHkd lekUrj csyukdkj fdj.k iqt
c
a viorZukad µ(I) = µ 0 + µ 2I, ds ,d ek/
;e esa xfr'khy gS] tgk¡ µ 0 ,oa µ 2 /kukRed fLFkjkad gS vkSj I izdk'k iqat dh rhozrk gSA
St at em ent– 2 is t he c or re ct e xpla na ti on of
Statement–1(dFku–1 lR; gS] dFku–2 lR; gS; dFku–2 dFku–
1 dh lgh O;k[;k djrk gSA)
(3) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true;
A
f=T;k esa o`fð djus ij iqat dh rhozrk ?kVrh gSA)
1. The initial shape of the wavefront of the beam is :-
s
iqat ds rjaxkxz dk izkjfEHkd vkdkj gS :-
Statement–2is not the correct explanation
of Statement–1 (dFku–1 lR; gS] dFku–2 lR; gS; dFku–2
dFku–1 dh lgh O;k[;k ugha djrk gS)
(4) Statement–1 is false, Statement–2 is true
k e r
(1) planar (leryh;)
(2) convex (mÙky )
(3) concave (vory )
(4) convex near the axis and concave near the periphery
7.
(dFku–1 vlR; gS] dFku–2 lR; gS)
Statement-1 : Two particles moving in the same direction
do not lose all their energy in a completely inelastic collision.
dFku-1 : ,d gh fn'kk esa xfr'khy nks d.k ,d iw.kZr;k vizR;kLFk la?kê esa
2.
a n (v{k ds lehi mÙky vkSj ifjf/k ds lehi vory)

The speed of the light in the medium is :-
(ek/;e esa izdk'k dh pky gS :-)
viuh lEiw.kZ ÅtkZ dk Îkl ugha djrs gSA
and (rFkk)
Statement-2 : Principle of conservation of momentum holds
R (1) maximum on the axis of the beam

(iqat ds v{k ij vf/kdre)
(2) minimum on the axis of the beam
(iqta ds v{k ij U;wure)
(3) the same everywhere in the beam
(iqat ij ,d leku lHkh LFkkuksa ij)
true for all kinds of collisions.
dFku-2 : lHkh izdkj ds la?kêksa ds fy, laosx ds laj{k.k dk fu;e oS/k gSA
(1) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is false
(dFku–1 lR; gS, dFku–2 vlR; gS)
(2) Stat em ent– 1 is true, S ta te me nt–2 is true;
St at em ent– 2 is t he c or re ct e xpla na ti on of
(4) directly proportional to the intensity I

Statement–1(dFku–1 lR; gS] dFku–2 lR; gS; dFku–2 dFku–
(rhozrk I ds lh/ks lekuqikrh)
3. As the beam enters the medium, it will :- 1 dh lgh O;k[;k djrk gSA)
tSls gh iqat ek/;e esa izos'k djrh gS] ;g :- (3) Statement–1 is true, Statement–2 is true;
Statement–2is not the correct explanation
(1) travel as a cylindrical beam (,d csyukdkj iqat dh rjg xfr djsxh)
of Statement–1 (dFku–1 lR; gS] dFku–2 lR; gS; dFku–2
(2) diverge (vilkfjr gksx h) dFku–1 dh lgh O;k[;k ugha djrk gS)
(3) converge (vfHklfjr gksxh) (4) Statement–1 is false, Statement–2 is true
(4) diverge near the axis and converge near the periphery
(dFku–1 vlR; gS] dFku–2 lR; gS)
(v{k ds lehi vilkfjr gksxh vkSj ifjf/k ds lehi vfHklfjr gksxh)

8. Two long parallel wires are at a distance 2d apart. They carry

steady equal currents flowing out of the plane of the paper 11. A diatomic ideal gas is used in a carnot engine as the working
as shown. The variation of the magnetic field B along the substance. If during the adiabatic expansion part of the cycle
line XX' is given by:- the volume of the gas increases from V to 32 V, the efficiency
nks yEcs lekarj rkj 2d nwjh ij j[ks x, gSaA os fLFkj ,d leku /kkjk izokfgr of the engine is :-
dj jgs gSa vkSj /kkjk dh fn'kk dkxt ds ry ls ckgj dh vksj gS tSlk fd fp= dkuksZ bUtu esa dk;Zdkjh inkFkZ ds :i esa ,d f}ijek.kqd vkn'kZ xSl dk iz;ksx
esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA XX' js[kk ij pqEcdh; {ks= B dk ifjorZu bl izdkj fn;k fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn pØ ds #ðks"e izlkj Hkkx ds nkSjku xSl dk vk;ru V
tkrk gS :- ls 32 V rd c<+rk gS, rc bUtu dh dk;Z {kerk gS :-
(1) 0.25 (2) 0.5 (3) 0.75 (4) 0.99
12. The respective number of significant figures for the numbers
23.023, 0.0003 and 2.1 × 10 –3 are:-
(1)
la[;kvksa 23.023, 0.0003 vkSj 2.1 ×10–3 esa lkFkZd vadksa dh Øe'k%
la[;k gS :-
(1) 4, 4, 2 (2) 5, 1, 2 (3) 5, 1, 5 (4) 5, 5, 2
13. The combination of gates shown below yields:-
(2) uhps n'kkZ, x, xsVksa ds la;kstu ls izkIr gksrk gS:-
(3)
(1) NAND gate (2) OR gate
E E
y J 14.
(3) NOT gate (4) XOR gate
Let there be a spherically symmetric charge distribution with
æ5 r ö
charge density varying as r(r) = r0 çè – ÷ø upto r = R, and
4 R
(4)
d e m r(r) = 0 for r > R, where r is the distance from the origin.

The electric field at a distance r (r < R) from the origion is
given by :
9.
a
A ball is made of a material of density r where roil < r <
c
rwater with roil and rwater representing the densities of oil and
water, respectively. The oil and water are immiscible. If the
fn;k gS ,d xksyh; lefer vkos'k forj.k ftlesa vkos'k ?kuRo bl izdkj ifjofrZr
gksrk gSA r(r) = r0 çè

æ5 r ö
– ÷ , r = R rd, vkSj r(r) = 0, r > R ds fy,]
A
above ball is in equilibrium in a mixture of this oil and water,
which of the following pictures represents its equilibrium
position?
s
4 Rø
tgk¡ r ewyfcUnq ls nwjh gAS ewyfcUnq ls nwjhr (r < R) ij fo|qr {kS= bl izdkj
r
?kuRo r ds inkFkZ ls ,d xsna cuh gS tgk¡ rrsy < r < rikuh vkSj rrsy ,oa fn;k tkrk gS
k e
rikuh Øe'k% rsy ,oa ikuh ds ?kuRo n'kkZrs gSaA rsy ,oa ikuh
bl rsy vkjS ikuh ds feJ.k esa mi;qä
vfeJ.kh; gSaA
Z xsna ;fn lkE;koLFkk esa gS] rc fuEufyf[kr
r0 r æ 5 r ö
(1) 3e çè 4 – R ÷ø
0
(2)
4pr0r æ 5 r ö
ç – ÷
3e 0 è 3 R ø
n
esa ls dkSulk fp= bldh lkE;koLFkk fLFkfr dks n'kkZrk gS ?
a r0 r æ 5 r ö
(3) 4e èç 3 – R ø÷
4r0 r æ 5 r ö
(4) 3e èç 4 – R ÷ø
R
0 0
15. In a series LCR circuit R = 200W and the voltage and the
(1) (2) (3) (4) frequency of the main supply is 220 V and 50 Hz respectively.
On taking out the capacitance from the circuit the current
lages behind the voltage by 30°. On taking out the inductor
10. A thin semi-circular ring of radius r has from the circuit the current leads the voltage by 30°. The
a positive charge q distributed power dissipated in the LCR circuit is :

r
uniformly over it. The net field E at
(1) 242 W (2) 305 W (3) 210 W (4) Zero W
the centre O is
(f=T;k r ds ,d irys v/kZ&o`Ùkh; oy; ij /kukRed vkos'k q ,dleku :i ,d Js.kh LCR ifjiFk esa R = 200W vkjS eq[; iznk;h L=ksr dh oksYVrk ,oa
r vko`fr Øe'k% 220 V vkSj 50 Hz gAS ifjiFk esa ls la/kkfj= fudky ysus ij
ls forfjr gSA dsUæ O ij ifj.kkeh {ks= E gS )
/kkjk oksYVrk ls 30° i'p gks tkrh gAS ifjiFk esa ls izjs d fudky ysus ij /kkjk oksYVrk
q q q ˆ q ˆ
(1) 2p 2 e r 2 ĵ (2) 4 p2 e r 2 ĵ (3) – 4 p2 e r 2 j (4) – 2p2 e r 2 j ls 30° vxz gks tkrh gSA LCR ifjiFk esa [kir 'kfä gS
0 0 0 0
(1) 242 W (2) 305 W (3) 210 W (4) Zero W

16. In the circuit show below, the K 20. The equation of a wave on a string of linear mass density
key K is closed at t = 0. The V 0.04 kg m –1 is given by (jSf[kd nzO;eku ?kuRo 0.04 kgm – 1
current through the battery is : okyh ,d Mksjh ij ,d rjax dk lehdj.k fn;k tkrk gS)
uhps n'kkZ, x, ifjiFk esa t = 0 ij dqt
a h L R1
K dks yxk fn;k tkrk gAS cVS jh ls izokfgr é æ t x öù
R2 y = 0.02(m) sin ê2p çè 0.04(s) – 0.50(m) ÷ø ú
gksus okyh /kkjk gS : ë û
V(R1 + R2 ) V The tension in the string is (Mksjh esa ruko gS)

(1) R1R 2 at t = 0 & R at t = ¥ (1) 6.25 N (2) 4.0 N (3) 12.5 N (4) 0.5 N
2
21. Two fixed frictionless inclined
VR1R 2 planes making an angle 30°
V
and 60° with the vertical are
(2) R12 + R 22 at t = 0 & R 2 at t = ¥ shown in the figure. Two blocks
A and B are placed on the two
V V(R1 + R2 ) planes. What is the relative
(3) R at t = 0 & R R at t = ¥
2 1 2 vertical acceleration of A with
respect to B ?
V VR1R 2 fp= esa Å/okZ/kj ls 30° rFkk 60° dk dks.k cukrs gq, nks fLFkj ?k"kZ.kghu vkur
(4) R at t = 0 & R 2 + R 2 at t = ¥
2 1 2 ry n'kkZ, x, gSaA nksuksa ryksa ij nks CykWd A ,oa B j[ks x, gSaA B ds lkis{k
r A dk vkisf{kd Å/okZ/kj Roj.k D;k gS\
17. A particle is moving with velocity v = K ( yiˆ + xjˆ) , where K is
(1) 4.9 ms –2 in vertical direction.
a constant. The general equation for its path is : (2) 4.9 ms –2 in horizontal direction
,d d.k osx vr = K ( yiˆ + xjˆ) ls xfr'khy gS]tgk¡ K ,d fLFkjkad gSA blds (3) 9.8 ms –2 in vertical direction
(4) Zero
iFk dk O;kid lehdj.k gS : r
22. For a pacticle in uniform circular motion, the acceleration a
(1) y2 = x2 + constant (2) y = x2 + constant at a point P(R, q) on the circle of radius R is (Here q is measured
18.
(3) y2 = x + constant (4) xy = constant
Let C be the capacitance of a capacitor discharging through
a resistor R. Suppose t1 is the time taken for the energy stored
from the x-axis).
E E
,d leku o`rh; xfr'khy d.k ds fy,] f=T;k R ds o`Ùk ij fLFkr fcUnq P(R,
r
J
in the capacitor to reduce to half its initial value and t2 is the q) ds fy, Roj.k a gS (;gkW q, x-v{k ls ekik x;k gS) :
time taken for the charge to reduce to one-fourth its initial
v2 $ v 2 $ v2 v2
value. Then the ratio t1 /t2 will be : (1) i+ j (2) – cos q $i + sin q $j
m y
,d izfrjks/kd R ls /kkfjrk C dk ,d la/kkfj= folftZr gks jgk gSA ;g eku
ysa fd la/kkfj= esa laHkfjr ÅtkZ dks vius izkjfEHkd eku ls ?kV dj vk/kk jg (3) –
R
v
R
2
R
sin q $i +
v
R
2
cos q $j
v2 2
R
$ v sin q $j
(4) – cos q i -
R R
R
d e
tkus esa t1 le; yxrk gS vkSj vkos'k dks vius izkjfEHkd eku ls ?kV dj ,d
pkSFkkbZ jg tkus esa t2 le; yxrk gSA rc vuqikr t1/t2 gksxk :
23. A small particle of mass m is
projected at an angle q with the
a
x-axis with an initial velocity v0
1 1 in the x-y plane as shown in the
19.
(1) 2
A c (2) 1 (3)
2
A rectangular loop has a sliding connector PQ of length l

and resistance RW and it is moving with a speed v as shown.
(4)
4
figure. At a time t <
v 0 sin q
g
,
the angular momentum of the particle is : (Where î, ˆj and
e r s
The set-up is placed in a uniform magnetic field going into
the plane of the paper. The three currents I1, I2 and I are k̂ are unit vectors along x, y and z-axis respectively. )
x-v{k ls q dks.k ij nzO;eku m ds ,d NksVs d.k dks ,d izkjafHkd osx v0
n k ls x-y ry esa iz{ksfir fd;k tkrk gS tSlk fd fp= esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA le;
v 0 sin q
ds fy,] d.k dk dks.kh; laoxs gS : (tgkW î, ˆj
a
t<
g
,oa k̂ Øe'k%
x, y rFkk z-v{k ij bdkbZ lfn'k gSA)
R ,d vk;rkdkj ywi yEckbZ l vkSj izfrjks/k RW dk ,d lihZ la;kstd PQ

24.
(1)
1
2
mgv 0 t2 cos qî
(3) mgv 0 t cos qkˆ

1
2
(2) -mgv 0 t2 cos qˆj
2
(4) - mgv 0 t cos qk
ˆ
Two identical charged spheres are suspended by strings of

j[krk gS vkSj ;g pky v ls xfr'khy gS tSlk fd n'kkZ;k x;k gSA dkxt ds ry
equal lengths. The strings make an angle of 30° with each

esa vUnj dh vksj tkrs gq, ,dleku pqEcdh; {kS= esa bl lsV&vi dks j[kk other. When suspended in a liquid of density 0.8 g cm–3, the
x;k gSA rhu /kkjk,sa I1, I2 vkSj I gSa angle remains the same. If density of the material of the sphere
is 1.6 g cm–3, the dielectric constant of the liquid is :
Blv Bl v Bl v 2Blv
(1) I1 = I2 = , I= (2) I1 = -I2 = , I= nks ,d leku vkosf'kr xksyksa dks cjkcj yEckbZ dh Mksfj;ksa ls yVdk;k x;k
6R 3R R R
gSA Mksfj;k¡ ,d nwljs ls 30° dk dks.k cukrh gAS tc 0.8 g cm–3 ?kuRo ds
Bl v 2Blv Blv nzo esa yVdk;k tkrk g]S rks dks.k ogh jgrk gAS ;fn xksys ds inkFkZ dk ?kuRo 1.6
(3) I1 = I2 = , I= (4) I1 = I2 = I =
3R 3R R g cm–3 gS] rc nzo dk ijkoS|qrkad gS :
(1) 1 (2) 4 (3) 3 (4) 2

25. A point P moves in counter clockwise direction on a circular 2. The minimum force required to start pushing a body up a
path as shown in the figure. The movement of 'P' is such that rough (frictional coefficient µ) inclined plane is F1 while the
it sweeps out a length s = t3 + 5, where s is in metres and minimum force needed to prevent it from sliding down is F2.
t is in seconds. The radius of the path is 20 m. The acceleration
If the inclined plane makes an angle q from the horizontal
of 'P' when t = 2s is nearly :
F1
such that tanq = 2µ then the ratio is :-
F2
,d [kqjnjs vkur ry (?k"kZ.k xq.kkad µ) ij Åij dh vksj èkDdk nsdj ,d oLrq
dks xfr'khy djus esa U;wure cy dh vko';drk F1 gS vkjS bldks uhps dh vksj
fQlyus ls jksdus ds fy;s U;wure cy dh vko';drk F2 gAS ;fn vkur ry
F1
dk {kfS rt ls dks.k q bruk gS fd tanq = 2µ, rc vuqikr gS :-
F2
,d fcUnq P ,d o`Ùkh; iFk ij okekorhZ fn'kk xfr'khy gS tSlk fd fp= esa (1) 4 (2) 1 (3) 2 (4) 3
3. If 400 W of r esista nce is m a de by adding four
n'kkZ;k x;k gSA 'P' dh xfr bl izdkj gS fd og yEckbZ s = t3 + 5 ?ksjrk 100 W resistance of tolerance 5%, then the tolerance of the
gS] tgkW s ehVj esa gS vkSj t lSd.M esa gSA iFk dh f=T;k 20 m gSA tc t combination is :
= 2s, rc 'P' dk Roj.k yxHkx gS : ;fn lárk 5% okys 100 W ds pkj izfrjks/kdksa dks tksM+dj 400W dk
(1) 14 m/s2 (2) 13 m/s2 izfrjks/kd cuk;k tkrk gS] rc la;kstu dh lárk gS:
(3) 12 m/s2 (4) 7.2m/s2
(1) 20% (2) 5% (3) 10% (4) 15%
26. The potential energy function for the force between two r
atoms in a diatomic molecule is approximately given by 4. An electric charge + q moves with velocity V = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj + kˆ ,
r
a b in an electromagnetic field given by E = 3iˆ + ˆj + 2kˆ ,
U(x) = 12 – 6 , where a and b are constant and x is the r
x x B = î + ˆj - 3kˆ .The y component of the force experienced by
distance between the atoms. if the dissociation energy of the
molecule is D = [U(x = ¥) – Uat equilibrium], D is :
,d f}ijek.kqd v.kq esa nks ijek.kqvksa ds chp yx jgs cy ds fy, fLFkfrt
+ q is :-
r r
E E
,d fo|qr pqEcdh; {ks= % E = 3iˆ + ˆj + 2kˆ vkjS B = î + ˆj - 3kˆ esa ,d
y J a b
ÅtkZ Qyu yxHkx U(x) = x12 – x6 ls fn;k tkrk g]S tgkW a ,oa b fLFkjkad
gS vkSj x ijek.kqvksa ds chp nwjh gSA ;fn v.kq dh fo?kVu ÅtkZ
5.
(1) 2 q
r
fo|qr vkos'k +q osx V = 3iˆ + 4 ˆj + kˆ ls xfr'khy gSA +q }kjk vuqHko
fd;s x;s cy dk y-?kVd gS :-
(2) 11 q (3) 5 q (4) 3q
A particle of mass 'm' is projected with a velocity v making
m
D = [U(x = ¥) – UlkE;koLFkk ij] gS, rc D gS :
an angle of 30° with the horizontal. The magnitude of angular
(1)
b2
6a
d e
(2)
b2
2a
(3)
b2
12a
(4)
b2
4a
momentum of the projectile about the point of projection
when the particle is at its maximum height 'h' is :-
a
27. Two conductors have the same resistance at 0°C but their {kSfrt ls 30° ds dks.k ij osx v ls æO;eku 'm' ds ,d d.k dks iz{ksfir
temperature coefficients of resistance are a1 and a2. The
c
respective temperature coefficients of their series and parallel
combinations are nearly :
A
0°C ij nks pkydksa dk izfrjks/k ,dleku gS ijUrq muds izfrjksèk ds rki xq.kkad
a1 rFkk a2 gASa muds Js.kh ,oa lekUrj la;kstu ds Øe'k% rki xq.kkad yxHkx
fd;k tkrk gSA tc d.k viuh vf/kdre Å¡pkbZ 'h' ij gS] rc iz{ksi fcUnq
ds lkis{k d.k ds dks.kh; laoxs dk ifjek.k gS :-
(1)
3 mv 2
(2) zero ('kwU;) (3)
mv3
(4)
3 mv 3
gSa :
(1)
e r s
a1 + a2 a1 + a2
2
,
2
(2)
a1 + a2
2
, a1 + a2
6.
2 g
is given as
2g
The specific heat capacity of a metal at low temperautre (T)

16 g
n k
(3) a1 + a 2,
a1 + a2
2
a 1a 2
(4) a1 + a 2, a + a
Cp(kJk –1kg–1 ) = 32 ç
è
æ T ö
÷
400 ø
3
a
1 2
A 100 gram vessel of this metal is to be cooled from 20°K
to 4°K by a special refrigerator operating at room
1.
R AIEEE-2011
At time t = 0s particle starts moving along the
x-axis. If its kinetic energy increases uniformly with time 't',
temperature (27°C). The amount of work required to cool
the vessel is:-
fuEu rki (T) ij ,d /kkrq dh fof'k"V Å"ek /kkfjrk blls nh tkrh gS :
Cp(kJk –1kg–1 ) = 32 ç
æ T ö
÷
3
the net force acting on it must be proportional to :- è 400 ø

le; t = 0s ij ,d d.k x-v{k ij xfr izkjEHk djrk gSA ;fn mldh xfrt bl /kkrq ls cus 100 xzke ds ,d crZu dks dejs ds rkieku (27°C) ij dk;Zjr~
ÅtkZ le; 't' ds lkFk ,dleku :i ls c<+ jgh g]S rc ml ij dk;Z'khy ifj.kkeh ,d fo'ks"k jsÝhtjsVj }kjk 20°K ls 4°K rd BaMk fd;k tkrk gSA crZu dks
BaMk fd;k tkus ds fy;s vko';d dk;Z dh ek=k gS :-
cy blds lekuqikrh gS :-
(1) equal to 0.002 kJ (0.002 kJ ds cjkcj)
(1) t (2) constant (fLFkjkad) (2) greater than 0.148 kJ (0.148 kJ ls vf/kd)
(3) between 0.148 kJ and 0.028 kJ
1
(3) t (4) (0.148 kJ rFkk 0.028 kJ ds chp)
t (4) less than 0.028 kJ (0.028 kJ ls de )

7. The ouput of an OR gate is connected to both the inputs of a 12. A travelling wave represented by y = A sin(wt–kx) is
NAND gate. The combination will serve as a: superimposed on another wave represented by
OR xsV ds fuxZr dks NAND xsV ds nksuksa fuos'kksa ls tksMk+ tkrk gSA la;kstu y = A sin (wt + kx). The resultant is:-
bl Hkk¡fr dk;Z djsxk : y = A sin(wt–kx) ls n'kkZ;h xbZ ,d izxkeh rjax dks y=Asin(wt + kx)
(1) OR gate (2) NOT gate (3) NOR gate (4) AND gate
ls n'kkZ;h xbZ ,d nwljh rjax ij vf/kjksfir fd;k tkrk gSA ifj.kkeh gS:-
8. Two positive charges of magnitude 'q' are placed at the ends
of a side (side 1) of a square of side '2a'. Two negative charges æ 1ö l
(1) A standing wave having nodes at x = çè n + ÷ø , n = 0,1,2
of the same magnitude are kept at the other corners. Starting 2 2
from rest, if a charge Q moves from the middle of side 1 (2) A wave travelling along + x direction
to the centre of square, its kinetic energy at the centre of (3) A wave travelling along –x direction
square is :- nl
(4) A standing wave having nodes at x = ; n = 0, 1, 2
Hkqtk '2a' ds ,d oxZ dh ,d Hkqtk (Hkqtk 1) ds fljksa ij ifjek.k 'q' ds nks 2
/kukRed vkos'k j[ks x;s gSaA mlh ifjek.k ds nks ½.kkRed vkos'k 'ks"k nksuksa 13. A thin circular disk of radius R is uniformly charged with density
s > 0 per unit area. The disk rotates about its axis with a
dksuksa ij j[ks x;s gSaA fojke voLFkk ls izkjEHk dj ;fn ,d vkos'k Q Hkqtk
uniform angular speed w. The magnetic moment of the disk
1 ds eè; fcUnq ls oxZ ds dsUæ dh vksj xfr djrk gS] rc oxZ ds dsUæ ij
is :-
bldh xfrt ÅtkZ gksxh :-
f=T;k R dh ,d iryh o`Ùkh; fMLd dks ?kuRo s > 0 izfr bdkbZ {ks=Qy ds
1 2qQ æ 1 ö ,dleku vkos'k ls vkosf'kr fd;k tkrk gAS fMLd viuh v{k ij ,d ,dleku
1-
(1)
4 p Î0 a çè ÷
5ø
(2) zero
dks.kh; pky w ls ?kw.kZu dj jgk gSA fMLd dk pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ gS :-
1 2qQ æ 1 ö 1 2qQ æ 2 ö pR 4 pR 4
1+ 1- (1) 2pR4 sw (2) pR4sw (3) sw (4) sw
(3)
4 p Î0 a çè ÷
5ø
(4)
4 p Î0 a çè ÷
5ø
2 4
14. After absorbing a slowly moving neutron of mass m N
9. Combination of two identical capacitors, a resistor R and a
E
(momentum ~0) a nucleus of mass M breaks into two nuclei
dc voltage source of voltage 6V is used in an experiment of masses m1 and 5m1(6m1=M+mN), respectively. If the de
E
on (C–R) circuit. It is found that for a parallel combination
Broglie wavelength of the nucleus with mass m1 is l, then
of the capacitor the time in which the voltage of the fully
by half is :-
y J
charged combination reduces to half its original voltage is
10 second. For series combination the time needed for
reducing the voltage of the fully charged series combination
nks ,dleku la/kkfj=] ,d izfrjks/kd R vkSj 6V oksYVrk ds ,d lh/kh /kkjk

de Broglie wavelength of the other nucleus will be :-
,d /kheh xfr ls xfr'khy mN æO;eku ds U;wVkª uW (laosx ~ 0) dk vo'kks"k.k
dj æO;eku M dk ,d ukfHkd æO;eku Øe'k% m1 ,oa 5m1 ds nks ukfHkdksa
esa VwVrk gS (6m1 = M + mN)A ;fn æO;eku m1 okys ukfHkd dh Mh&czkXyh
d m
ds L=ksr ds la;kstu ls ,d (C–R) ifjiFk dk iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA ;g ik;k
e
tkrk gS fd la/kkfj=ksa ds lekUrj Øe esa gksus ij iw.kZr% vkosf'kr la;kstu dh
oksYVrk ?kVdj 10 lsd.M esa vk/kh gks tkrh gAS laèkkfj=ksa ds Js.kh Øe esa gksus
rjaxnS/;Z l gS] rc nwljs ukfHkd dh Mh&czkXyh rjaxnS/;Z gksxh :-
(1) 25 l (2) 5l (3)
l
5
(4) l
(1) 20 second
(3) 5 second
c a
ij iw.kZr% vkosf'kr la;kstu dh oksYVrk dks ?kVdj vkèkh gksus esa le; yxsxk:-
(2) 10 second
(4) 2.5 second
15. Statement-1: A nucleus having energy E1 decays be b
–
emission to daughter nucleus having energy E2, but the b rays
are emitted with a continuous energy spectrum having end point
–
10.
A
A beaker contains water up to a height h1 and kerosene of
height h2 above water so that the total height of (water +
s
kerosene) is (h1 + h2). Refractive index of water is µ 1 and
energy E1–E2.
dFku-1 : ÅtkZ E1 okyk ,d ukfHkd ÅtkZ E2 okys ,d larfr dsUæd esa
r
–
that of kerosene is µ 2. The apparent shift in the position of b mRltZu ls {kf;r gksrk g]S ijUrq b– fdj.ksa vaR; fcUnq ÅtkZ E1–E2 okys ,d
k e
the bottom of the beaker when viewed from above is :-
,d chdj esa ikuh] h1 Å¡pkbZ rd vkjS mlds Åij feêh dk rsy h2 Å¡pkbZ rd
bl izdkj Hkjk gS fd (ikuh + feêh ds rsy) dh dqy Å¡pkbZ (h1 + h2) gAS ikuh
lrr~ ÅtkZ LisDVªe ls mRlftZr gksrh gSA
Statement-1: To conserve energy and momentum in
b-decay at least three particles must take part in the
a n
dk viorZukad µ 1 gS vkSj feêh ds rsy dk viorZukad µ 2 gSA Åij ls ns[ks tkus
ij chdj ds rys dh fLFkfr esa vkHkklh LFkkukarj gS:-
transformation.
b-{k; esa ÅtkZ vkSj laosx laj{k.k ds fy;s :ikUrj.k esa de ls de rhu d.kksa
R æ
æ
1ö
1ö
æ 1ö
è µ2 ø
æ
(3) ç 1 - ÷ h1 + ç 1 - ÷ h 2
è µ1 ø è µ2 ø
æ
1ö
1ö
è µ1 ø
æ
æ
1ö
(1) ç 1 - ÷ h 2 + ç 1 - ÷ h1 (2) ç 1 + ÷ h1 - ç1 + ÷ h 2
è µ1 ø è µ2 ø
1ö
(4) ç 1 + ÷ h 2 - ç 1 +
è µ1 ø
æ
è µ 2 ÷ø
h1
1ö
dk Hkkx ysuk vko';d gSA
(1)
(2)
Statement-1 is incorrect, statement-2 is correct
dFku-1 vlR; vkSj dFku-2 lR; gSA
Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 is incorrect
dFku-1 lR; gS vkSj dFku-2 vlR; gSA
11. A metal rod of Young's modulus Y and coefficient of thermal

expansion a is held at its two ends such that its length remains (3) Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 correct; statement-
invariant. If its temperature is raised by t°C, the linear stress 2 is the correct explanation of statement-1
developed in it is:- dFku-1 lR; gS vkjS dFku-2 lR; gAS dFku-2,dFku-1 dh lgh O;k[;k
;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad Y vkjS jsf[kd izlkj xq.kkad a okyh ,d èkkrq dh NM+ dks blds djrk gSA
nksuksa fljksa ij bl izdkj idM+k gS fd bldh yEckbZ vpj jgrh gAS ;fn blds rkieku (4) Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 is correct; statement
esa t°C dh o`f¼ dh tkrh gS] rc blesa fodflr jsf[kd izfrcy gS :- -2 is not the correct explanation of statement-1.
at Y 1 dFku-1 lR; gS vkjS dFku-2 lR; gAS dFku-2, dFku-1 dh lgh O;k[;k
(1) (2) (3) Yat (4)
Y at (Yat) ugha djrk gSA

16. When monochromatic red light is used instead of blue light

in a convex lens, its focal length will :-
AIEEE-2012
,d mÙky ysUl esa uhys izdk'k ds LFkku ij tc ,do.khZ yky izdk'k dk iz;ksx
fd;k tkrk gS] rc bldh Qksdl yEckbZ:- 1. Truth table for system of four NAND gates as shown in figure is:-
(1) Does not depend on colour of light fp= esa n'kkZ;s pkj NAND xsV dh lR; lkfj.kh gksxh :-
(izdk'k
ds jax ij fuHkZj ugha djrh gS) A
(2) Increase (c<+ tk,xhA) Y
(3) Decrease (?kV tk,xhA) B
(4) Remain same (vifjofrZr jgs xhA) A B Y A B Y
17. Statement-1: On viewing the clear blue portion of the sky 0 0 1 0 0 0
through a Calcite Crystal, the intensity of transmitted light 0 1 0 0 1 1
varies as the crystal is rotated. (1) (2)
1 0 0 1 0 1
dFku-1 : ,d dy S lkbV fØLVy ls vkdk'k ds LoPN uhys Hkkx dks ns[kus ij] 1 1 1 1 1 0
ikjxr izdk'k dh rhozrk fØLVy ds ?kw.kZu ds lkFk cnyrh gSA A B Y A B Y
Statement-2: The light coming from the sky is polarized due 0 0 0 0 0 1
to scattering of sun light by particles in the atmosphere. The 0 1 0 0 1 1
scattering is largest for blue light. (3) (4)
1 0 1 1 0 0
dFku-2: okrkoj.k ds d.kksa ls lw;Z ds izdk'k dk izdh.kZu gksus ds dkj.k vkdk'k 1 1 1 1 1 0
ls vk jgs izdk'k dk /kzoq .k gks tkrk gAS uhys izdk'k ds fy, izdh.kZu vf/kdre gAS 2. Helium gas goes through a cycle ABCDA (consisting of two
(1) Statement-1 is incorrect, statement-2 is correct isochoric and two isobaric lines) as shown in figure. Efficiency
(2)
gas) :-
ghfy;e xSl ,d pØ ABCDA ls xqtjrh gSA ABCDA nks levk;ru
E E
of this cycle is nearly (Assume the gas to be close to ideal
(3)
y J
Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 correct; statement-
2 is the correct explanation of statement-1
dFku-1 lR; gS vkjS dFku-2 lR; gAS dFku-2,dFku-1 dh lgh O;k[;k
vkSj nks lenkc js[kkvksa ls cuk gS tSlk fd fp= esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA bl pØ
dh n{krk gS : (;g eku ys fd xSl yxHkx vkn'kZ xSl gS)
(1) 12.5% 2P0
B C
(4)
djrk gSA
e m
Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 is correct; statement
d
-2 is not the correct explanation of statement-1.
3.
(2) 15.4%
(3) 9.1%
(4) 10.5%
P A
V
0
D
2V 0
Hydrogen atom is excited from ground state to another state

0
c a
dFku-1 lR; gS vkjS dFku-2 lR; gAS dFku-2, dFku-1 dh lgh O;k[;k
ugha djrk gSA
with principal quantum number equal to 4. Then the number
of spectral lines in the emission spectra will be :-
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq dks bldh fuEure voLFkk ls eq[; Dok.Ve la[;k 4 okyh
18.
A
Statement-1: Two longitudinal waves given by equations:
y1(x, t) = 2a sin (wt – kx) and y2(x, t) = a sin (2wt – 2kx)
s
will have equal intensity.
,d voLFkk ij mÙksftr fd;k tkrk gAS rc mRlftZr LisDVªe esa LisDVªy js[kkvksa
dh la[;k gksxh :-
k e r
dFku -1 : nks vuq nS /;Z rjax ks a
y2(x, t) = a sin (2wt – 2kx)
y 1 (x, t) = 2a sin (wt – kx)
dh rhozrk,¡ leku gksxa hA
Statement-2: Intensity of waves of given frequency in same
vk Sj
4.
(1) 6 (2) 2 (3) 3 (4) 5
A coil is suspended in a uniform magnetic field, with the plane
of the coil parallel to the magnetic lines of force. When a
current is passed through the coil it starts oscillating; it is very
difficult to stop. But if an aluminium plate is placed near to
a n
medium is proportional to square of amplitude only.
dFku-2 : mlh ek/;e esa fu;r vko`fÙk ls xeu djus okyh rjaxksa dh rhozrk
vk;ke ds oxZ ds lekuqikrh gksrh gSA
the coil, it stops. This is due to :-
,d ,dleku pqEcdh; {ks= esa ,d dq.Myh dks yVdk;k x;k gSA dq.Myh
dk ry pqEcdh; cy js[kkvksa ds lekUrj gSA tc dq.Myh esa ,d /kkjk izokfgr
R (1)
(2)
Statement-1 is incorrect, statement-2 is correct
djrs gS]a rc ;g nksyu djus yxrh gS vkSj bldks jksduk eqf'dy gks tkrk gSA
ijUrq tc ,d ,Y;qfefu;e IysV dks dq.Myh ds ikl yk;k tkrk gS ] rc ;g
:d tkrh gSA bldk dkj.k gS :-
(1) Electromagnetic induction in the aluminium plate giving
rise to electromagnetic damping
,Y;qfefu;e IysV esa fo|qr pqEcdh; izjs .k fo|qrpqEcdh; voeanu dks
(3) Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 correct; statement-

mRiUu djrk gSA
2 is the correct explanation of statement-1 (2) Development of air current when the plate is placed
dFku-1 lR; gS vkjS dFku-2 lR; gAS dFku-2,dFku-1 dh lgh O;k[;k tc IysV j[kh tkrh gS] rc ok;q /kkjk fodflr gksrh gSA
djrk gSA (3) Induction of electrical charge on the plate
(4) Statement-1 is correct, statement-2 is correct; statement IysV ij fo|qr vkos'k dk izsj.kA
-2 is not the correct explanation of statement-1. (4) Shielding of magnetic lines of force as aluminium is a
paramagnetic material
dFku-1 lR; gS vkjS dFku-2 lR; gAS dFku-2, dFku-1 dh lgh O;k[;k
pqEcdh; cy js[kkvkssa ijh{k.k D;ksafd ,Y;qfefu;e ,d vuqpqEcdh;
ugha djrk gSA
inkFkZ gSA

5. A spectrometer gives the following reading when used to 9. Resistance of a given wire is obtained by measuring the
measure the angle of a prism. current flowing in it and the voltage difference applied across
Main scale reading : 58.5 degree it. If the percentage errors in the measurement of the current
Vernier scale reading : 09 divisions and the voltage difference are 3% each, then error in the
Given that 1 division on main scale corresponds to 0.5 degree. value of resistance of the wire is :-
Total divisions on the vernier scale is 30 and match with 29 ,d rkj dk izfrjks/k blesa izokfgr gksus okyh /kkjk vkjS bl ij yx;h xbZ oksYVrk
divisions of the main scale. The angle of the prism from the vUrj ds ekiu ls izkIr fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn /kkjk vkSj oksYVrk vUrj izR;sd ds
above data :
ekiu esa izfr'kr =qfV 3% gSa] rc rkj ds izfrjks/k esa =qfV dk eku gS :-
,d fizTe dk dks.k ukius esa iz;ksx fd;k x;k LisDVªksehVj fuEufyf[kr ekiu (1) 3% (2) 6%
nsrk gS : (3) zero (4) 1%
10. A charge Q is uniformly distributed over the surface of non-
eq[; Ldsy ekiu : 58.5 fMxzh conducting disc of radius R. The disc rotates about an axis
ofuZ;j Ldsy ekiu : 09 Hkkx perpendicular to its plane and passing through its centre with
an angular velocity w. As a result of this rotation a magnetic
fn;k gS & eq[; Ldsy dk ,d Hkkx 0.5 fMxzh ds cjkcj gSA ofuZ;j Ldsy ij field of induction B is obtained at the centre of the disc. If
dqy Hkkx 30 gS vkjS ;g eq[; Ldsy ds 29 Hkkxksa ls feyrs gSaA mijksDr vk¡dM+ksa we keep both the amount of charge placed on the disc and
its angular velocity to be constant and vary the radius of the
ls fizTe dk dks.k gS : disc then the variation of the magnetic induction at the centre
(1) 59 degree (2) 58.59 degree
of the disc will be represented by the figure :-
(3) 58.77 degree (4) 58.65 degree
6. In Young's double slit experiment, one of the slit is wider than
f=T;k R dh ,d vpkydh; pdrh ds i`"B ij vkos'k Q dks ,dleku :i
other, so that the amplitude of the light from one slit is double ls forfjr fd;k x;k gSA pdrh dks.kh; osx w ls vius dsUnz ls xqtj jgh
of that from other slit. If Im be the maximum intensity, the vkjS ry ds yEcor~ v{k ij ?kw.kZu dj jgh gAS bl ?kw.kZu ds QyLo:i pdrh
resultant intensity I when they interfere at phase difference ds dsUnz ij pqEcdh; {ks= dk iszjs .k B izkIr gksrk gSA ;fn ge pdrh ij j[ks
f is given by :
x;s vkos'k dh ek=k vkjS blds dks.kh; osx dks fu;r j[ksa vkjS pdrh dh f=T;k
;ax ds f}&fNnz iz;ksx es]a ,d fLyV nwljs fLyV ls vf/kd pkSMh+ gS ftlls fd esa ifjorZu djsa] rc pdrh ds dsUnz ij pqEcdh; izjs .k dk ifjorZu bl fp=
,d fyLV ls izkIr izdk'k dk vk;ke nwljs fLyV ls izkIr izdk'k ds vk;ke dk }kjk n'kkZ;k tk,xk :-
nqxuk gAS ;fn O;frdj.k ls izkIr vf/kdre rhozrk Im ga]S rc izdk'k dh ifj.kkeh
rhozrk I, tc nksuksa rjaxs f ds dykUrj ls O;frdj.k djrh g]aS nh tkrh gS :-
E E
(1)
(3)
Im
9
Im
y J f
(1 + 8cos2 )
2
f
(1 + 2cos2 )
(2)
(4)
Im
9
(4 + 5cosf)
Im f
(1 + 4cos2 )
(1)
B
R
(2)
B
m
3 2 5 2
7. An object 2.4 m in front of a lens forms a sharp image on
d e
a film 12 cm behind the lens. A glass plate 1 cm thick, of
refractive index 1.50 is interposed between lens and film
(3)
B
(4)
B
a
with its plane faces parallel to film. At what distance (from
lens) should object be shifted to be in sharp focus on film ?
A c
ysUl ds lkeus 2.4 m nwj ,d oLrq] ysUl ds ihNs 12 cm nwj ,d fQYe
ij ,d Li"V izfrfcEc cukrk gSA viorZukad 1.50 okyh 1 cm eksVh dk¡p
dh IysV dks ysUl vkSj fQYe ds chp bl izdkj j[krs gSa fd IysV ds lery
11.
R R
If a simple pendulum has significant amplitude (up to a factor
of 1/e of original) only in the period between t = 0 s to
t = ts, then t may be called the average life of the pendulum.
e r s
i`"B fQYe ds lekurj jgsA oLrq dks vc ysUl ls fdruh nwjh ij LFkkukUrfjr
fd;k tk, fd bldk Li"V izfrfcEc fQYe ij cusa ?
When the spherical bob of the pendulum suffers a retardation
(due to viscous drag) proportional to its velocity, with 'b' as
the constant of proportionality, the average life time of the
pendulum is (assuming damping is small) in seconds :-
k
(1) 5.6 m (2) 7.2 m ;fn ,d ljy nksyd dk le; t = 0 s ,oa t = ts, ds chp ,d lkFkZd
(3) 2.4 m (4) 3.2 m
a n vk;ke (vius ewy vk;ke ds 1/e xq.kd rd) jgrk gS] rc t dks nksyd dk
vklS r dky dgk tk ldrk gAS tc nksyd dk xksyh; ckc vius osx ds lekuqikrh
Potential difference
25
eanu (';ku d"kZ.k ds dkj.k) dks lgrk gS] tgk¡ 'b' lekuqikrh xq.kkad gS] rc
R nksyd dk vkSlr vk;qdky lsdM sa esa gS :-

V in votls
20
15 2 0.693 1
10 (1) (2) (3) b (4)
8. 5 b b b
12. An electromagnetic wave in vacuum has the electric and
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 r r
magnetic fields E and B , which are always perpendicular
Time t in seconds
r
to each other. The direction of polarizaiton is given by X
The figure shows an experimental plot for discharging of a r
capacitor in an R–C circuit. The time constant t of this circuit and that of wave propagation by k . Then :-
lies between:- r r
fuokZr esa ,d fo|qrpqEcdh; rjax esa fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks= E ,oa B gS]
fp= ,d R–C ifjiFk esa la/kkfj= ds vukosf'kr gksus dk iz;ksfxd IykWV n'kkZrk r
tks fd ges'kk ,d nwljs ds yEcor~ gSA /kzoq .k dh fn'kk X ls nh tkrh gS vkSj
gSA bl ifjiFk dk le; fLFkjkad t blds chp esa iM+rk gS :- r
(1) 100 sec and 150 sec rjax lapj.k dh k . lsA rc :-
(2) 150 sec and 200 sec r r r r r r r r r r
(1) X || E and k || B ´ E (2) X || B and k || B ´ E
(3) 0 and 50 sec
(4) 50 sec and 100 sec r r r r r r r r r r
(3) X || E and k || E ´ B (4) X || B and k || E ´ B

13. A diatomic molecule is made of two masses m 1 and m2 which (2) Sta te me nt–I is tr ue, Stat em ent– II is tr ue,
are separated by a distance r. If we calculate its rotational Statement–II is a not correct explanation of Statement–I.
energy by applying Bohr's rule of angular momentum çdFku-I lR; g]S izFkdu–II lR; g]S çdFku-II çdFku-I dh lgh O;k[;k
quantization, its energy will be given by : (n is an integer) ugha djrk gSA
,d f}ijek.kqd v.kq m1 ,oa m2 ds nks nzO;ekuksa ls cuk gS tks fd nwjh r ij (3) Statement–I is true, Statement–II is false.
gSA ;fn dks.kh; laoxs DokVhdj.k ds cksj ds fu;e dks yxkdj ge bldh ?kw.kZu çdFku -I lR; gS] çdFku-II xyr gSA
ÅtkZ dh x.kuk djsa] rc bldh ÅtkZ nh tk,xh (n ,d iw.kk±d gS) :- (4) Statement–I is false, Statement–II is true.
(m 1 + m 2 )n 2 h 2 (m 1 + m 2 )2 n 2 h 2 çdFku -I xyr gS] çdFku-II lR; gSA
(1)
2m 1m 2 r 2
(2)
2m 12m 22 r 2 3. A projectile is given an initial velocity of ( î + 2ˆj) m/s,
n 2h 2 2n 2 h 2 where î is along the ground and ĵ is along the vertical. If
(3) (4) g = 10 m/s2 , the equation of its trajectory is :
2(m 1 + m 2 )r 2 (m 1 + m 2 )r 2
,d iz{ksI; dks ,d izkjfEHkd osx ( î + 2 ˆj) m/s fn;k tkrk g]S tgk¡ î i`Foh
ds lkFk gS vkSj ˆj Å/okZ/kj ijA ;fn g = 10 m/s2, rc iz{ksi iFk dk
JEE(MAIN)-2013 lehdj.k gS%
(1) y = x – 5x2 (2) y = 2x – 5x2
1. A metallic rod of length 'l' is tied to a string of length 2l and (3) 4y = 2x – 5x 2 (4) 4y = 2x – 25x 2
made to rotate with angular speed w on a horizontal table 4. Two capacitors C1 and C2 are charged to 120V and 200V
with one end of the string fixed. If there is a vertical magnetic respectively. It is found that by connecting them together the
field 'B' in the region, the e.m.f. induced across the ends of potential on each one can be made zero. Then :
the rod is :
nks la/kkfj= C1 ,oa C2 Øe'k% 120V ,oa 200V ij vkosf'kr fd;s x;s
yEckbZ 'l' dh ,d /kkrq dh NM+ yEckbZ 2l dh ,d Mksjh ls ca/kh gS vkSj Mksjh
gSAa ;g ik;k tkrk gS fd mUgsa ,d nwljs ls tksM+ nsus ij izR;sd ij foHko 'kwU;
ds ,d fljs dks fLFkj j[k dj bls dks.kh; pky w ls ?kwf.kZr fd;k tkrk gSA
fd;k tk ldrk gSA rc %
;fn {ks= esa ,d Å/okZ/kj pqEcdh; {ks= 'B' g]S rc NM+ ds fljksa ij izfs jr fo|qr (1) 5C1 = 3C2 (2) 3C1 = 5C2
okgd cy gS%&
5.
(3) 3C1 + 5C2 = 0 (4) 9C1 = 4C2
E E
A circular loop of radius 0.3 cm lies parallel to a much bigger
circular loop of radius 20 cm. The centre of the small loop
y J is on the axis of the bigger loop. The distance between their

centres is 15 cm. If a current of 2.0 A flows through the smaller
loop, then the flux linked with bigger loop is :-
f=T;k 0.3 cm dk ,d o`Ùkh; ywi ,d dkQh cM+s f=T;k 20 cm ds o`Ùkh;
ywi ds lekUrj j[kk gSA NksVs ywi dk dsUæ cM+s ywi dh v{k ij gSA muds dsUæksa
(1)
2Bwl2
d e m
(2)
3Bwl2
(3)
4Bwl 2
(4)
5Bwl2
ds chp nwjh 15 cm gAS ;fn NksVs ywi ls 2.0A dh /kkjk izokfgr gksrh gS]
rc cM+s ywi ls lEcf¼r ¶yDl gS %
(1) 9.1 × 10 –11 weber (2) 6 × 10 –11 weber
a
2 2 2 2 (3) 3.3 × 10 –11 weber (4) 6.6 × 10 –9 weber
2. This question has Statement I and Statement II. Of the four
c
6. Diameter of a plano-convex lens is 6cm and thickness at the
choices given after the Statements, choose the one that best centre is 3 mm. If speed of light in material of lens is
A
describes the two Statements. 2 × 108 m/s, the focal length of the lens is :
bl iz'u esa çdFku I ,oa çdFku II fn;s gq;s gSaA çdFkuksa ds i'pkr fn;s x;s ,d le&mÙky ysUl dk O;kl 6cm gS vkSj dsUæ ij eksVkbZ 3 mm gSA ;fn
pkj fodYiksa esa ls] ml fodYi dks pqfu;s tks fd nksuksa izdFkuksa dk loksZÙke
s
ysUl ds inkFkZ esa izdk'k dh pky 2 × 108 m/s gS] rc ysUl dh Qksdl
o.kZu djrk gSA
r
yEckbZ gS :
e
(1) 15 cm (2) 20 cm
Statement - I : A point particle of mass m moving with speed (3) 30 cm (4) 10 cm
n k
v collides with stationary point particle of mass M. If the
æ1 ö
maximum energy loss possible is given as f ç mv 2 ÷ then
7. A diode detector is used to detect an amplitude modulated
wave of 60% modulation by using a condenser of capacity
250 pico farad in parallel with a load resistance 100 kilo
R a
f= ç
æ m ö
÷.
èM+m ø
è2 ø
çdFku - I : pky v ls xfr'khy æO;eku m dk ,d fcUnq d.k fLFkj æO;eku

ohm. Find the maximum modulated frequency which could
be detected by it.
,d Mk;ksM lalwpd dks] 250 fidks QjS kM okys la/kkfj= ds 100 fdyks vksge
ds yksM izfrjks/k ds lkFk lekUrj Øe esa yxkdj] 60% ekMqy's ku okyh vk;ke
ekMqyd rjax dk irk yxkus esa iz;Dq r fd;k x;k gAS blds }kjk vf/kdre ekMqfyr
vko`fÙk ftls Kkr fd;k tk ldrk gS %
M ds fcUnq d.k ls la?kê djrk gSA ;fn lEHko vf/kdre ÅtkZ {k; fn;k tkrk (1) 10.62 MHz (2) 10.62 kHz
(3) 5.31 MHz (4) 5.31 kHz

æ m ö 8. A beam of unpolarised light of intensity I0 is passed through
gS f æç mv 2 ö÷ ls] rc f = ç
1
÷. a polaroid A and then through another polaroid B which is
è2 ø èM+m ø
Statement - II : Maximum energy loss occurs when the oriented so that its principal plane makes an angle of 45°
particles get stuck together as a result of the collision. relative to that of A. The intensity of the emergent light is :-
çdFku - II : vf/kdre ÅtkZ {k; rHkh gksrk gS tc la?kê ds ifj.kkeLo:i ,d rhozrk I0 dh v/kzqfor izdk'k dk iqat ,d iksyjk;M A ls xqtkjk tkrk
d.k ,s nl
w js ls fpid tkrs gSaA gS vkSj fQj mls ,d nwljs iksyjk;M B ls xqtkjk tkrk gSA B dk eq[; ry
(1) Sta te me nt–I is true, Stat em ent– II is true, A ds eq[; ry ls 45° dk dks.k cukrk gSA fuxZr izdk'k dh rhozrk gS %
Statement–II is a correct explanation of Statement–I. (1) I0 (2) I 0 /2
ç dFku -I lR; g S ] çdFku -II lR; g S ] çdFku - I I (3) I 0 /4 (4) I 0 /8
çdFku-I dh lgh O;k[;k djrk gSA

9. The supply voltage to a room is 120V. The resistance of the (1) points (fcUnq)
lead wires is 6W. A 60 W bulb is already switched on. What (2) straight lines (ljy js[kk,¡)
is the decrease of voltage across the bulb, when a 240 W
heater is switched on in parallel to the bulb? (3) semi-circles (v¼Z o`Ùk)
,d dejs dh lIykbZ oksYVrk 120V gSA yhM ds rkjksa dk izfrjks/k 6W gSA (4) concentric circles (ledsUæh; o`Ùk)
,d 60 W cYc igys ls gh ty jgk gSA bl cYc ds lekUrj esa 240 W 14. The magnetic field in a travelling electromagnetic wave has
a peak value of 20nT. The peak value of electric field strength
dk ghVj tykus ij cYc dh oksYVrk esa fdruh deh vk;sxh\ is :
(1) zero V (2) 2.9 V (3) 13.3 V (4)10.04 V ,d xfr'khy fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax esa pqEcdh; {ks= dk 'kh"kZ eku 20nT
10. P
gSA fo|qr {ks= lkeF;Z dk 'kh"kZ eku gS %
2P0 (1) 3 V/m (2) 6 V/m
(3) 9 V/m (4) 12 V/m
15. The anode voltage of photocell is kept fixed. The wavelength
P0 l of the light falling on the cathode is gradually changed. The
plate current I of the photocell varies as follows :
,d QksVksly S dh ,uksM oksYVrk fu;r gAS dFS kksM ij vkifrr izd'k dh rjaxnS/
V0 2V0 V ;Z l /khjs&/khjs ifjofrZr dh tkrh gAS QksVkslSy dh IysV /kkjk I bl izdkj ifjofrZr
The above P-V diagram represents the thermodynamic cycle gksrh gS %
of an engine, operating with an ideal monoatomic gas. The
amount of heat, extracted from the source in a single cycle is: I I
mijksDr P-V fp= ,d vkn'kZ ,d ijek.kqd xSl ls dk;Z dj jgs ,d bfUtu ds
Å"ekxfrd pØ dks n'kkZrk gAS ,d ,dy pØ esa lzkrs ls yh xbZ m"ek dh ek=k gAS
æ 11 ö
(1) (2)
(1) P0V0 (2) æç 13 ö÷ P0 V0 (3) ç ÷ P0 V0 (4) 4P0V 0 O O
è 2ø è2ø
l l
11. A hoop of radius r and mass m rotating with an angular
velocity w0 is placed on a rough horizontal surface. The initial
velocity of the centre of the hoop is zero. What will be the I I
velocity of the centre of the hoop when it ceases to slip?
dks.kh; os w0 ls ?kw.kZu dj jgs æO;eku m vkSj f=T;k r ds ,d gwi dks ,d
(3) (4)
E E
J
[kqjnqjs {kSfrt ry ij j[kk gSA gwi ds dsUæ dk izkjfEHkd osx 'kwU; gSA tc ;g
O O
fLyi djuk cUn dj ns] rc gwi ds dsUæ dk osx D;k gksxk\ l l
16. Assume that a drop of liquid evaporates by decrease in its
y
rw0 rw0 rw0
(1) (2) (3) (4) rw0 surface energy, so that its temperature remains unchanged.
4 3 2
12. This question has Statement I and Statement II. Of the four What should be the minimum radius of the drop for this to
m
choice given after the Statements, choose the one that best
e
describes the two Statements.
d
bl iz'u esa izdFku I ,oa izdFku II fn;s gq;s gSAa izdFkuksa ds i'pkr~ fn;s x;s
be possible? The surface tension is T, density of liquid is r
and L is its latent heat of vaporization.
;g eku ysa fd ,d æo dh cwan viuh i`"B ÅtkZ esa deh dj okf"ir gksrh
gS ftlls fd bldk rkieku vifjofrZr jgrk gSA ;g lEHko gksus ds fy, cwan
a
pkj fodYiksa esa ls] ml fodYi dks pqfu;s tks fd nksuksa izdFkuksa dk lokZsÙke
dh U;wure f=T;k D;k gksuh pkfg,s\ i`"B ruko T gS] æo dk ?kuRo r gS vkSj
c
o.kZu djrk gSA
Statement-I : Higher the range, greater is the resistance ok"iu dh xqIr Å"ek L gSA
of ammeter.
s A
çdFku-I : jsUt ftruk mPprj g]aS /kkjkekih dk izfrjks/k mruk gh vf/kdrj gAS
Statement-II : To increase the range of ammeter, additional
shunt needs to be used across it. 17.
(1)
rL
T
(2)
T
rL (3) rL
T
In a hydrogen like atom electron makes transition from an

(4) rL
2T
k e r
çdFku -II : /kkjkekih dh jsUt esa o`f¼ djus ds fy;s] bl ij vfrfjDr 'kaV
dk iz;ksx fd;k tkuk vko';d gSA
(1) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true, Statement-II is
the correct explanation of Statement-I
energy level with quantum number n to another with quantum
number (n–1). If n>>1, the frequency of radiation emitted
is proportional to :
,d gkbMªkt
s u leku ijek.kq esa bysDVªkuW Dok.Ve la[;k n ds ÅtkZ Lrj ls ,d
a n çdFku-I lR; gS] izdFku-II lR; gS] izdFku-II çdFku-I dh lgh O;k[;k
djrk gSA
nwljs Dok.Ve la[;k (n–1) ds ÅtkZ Lrj ij laØe.k djrk gSA ;fn n>>1,
rc mRlftZr fofdj.k dh vko`fÙk blds lekuqikrh gSA
R
(2) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true, Statement-II is 1 1 1 1
not the correct explanation of Statement-I. (1) (2) (3) 3 (4)
n n2 n 2 n3
izdFku-I lR; gS] izdFku-II lR; g]S izdFku-II izdFku -I dh lgh O;k[;k 18. A charge Q is uniformly distributed over a long rod AB of
ugha djrk gSA length L as shown in the figure. The electric potential at the
(3) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is false. point O lying at a distance L from the end A is :-
çdFku-I lR; gS] izdFku-II xyr gSA vkos'k Q dks yEckbZ L dh ,d yEch NM+ AB ij ,d leku :i ls forfjr
(4) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true. fd;k x;k gS tSlk fd fp= esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA fljs A ls L nwjh ij fcUnq O
çdFku-I xyr gS] izdFku-II lR; gSA ij fo|qr foHko gS %
13. Two coherent point sources S1 and S 2 are separated by a
small distance 'd' as shown. The fringes obtained on the
screen will be :
nks dyklEc¼ fcUnq lzksr S1 ,oa S2 ,d y?kq nwjh 'd' }kjk ,d nwljs ls nwj Q 3Q
(1) (2)
gSa tSlk fd fp= esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA insZ ij ns[kh xbZ fÝUts gSa % 8p Î0 L 4 p Î0 L
Q Q ln 2
d (3) (4)
4 p Î0 L ln 2 4 p Î0 L
S1 S 2
D Screen

List-I List-II
JEE(MAIN)-2014
(a) vojDr rjaxs (i) ek¡lisf'k;ksa dh foÏfr
1. The pressure that has to be applied to the ends of a steel ds fy, bykt ds fy;s
wire of length 10 cm to keep its length constant when its
temperature is raised by 100°C is (For steel Young's modulus (b) jsfM;ks rjaxs (ii) izlkj.k ds fy;s
is 2 × 1011 N m –2 and coefficient of thermal expansion is
1.1 × 10–5 K–1 )
10 cm yEckbZ ds ,d LVhy ds rkj ds fljksa ij tc rkieku esa o`f¼ 100°C
(c) ,Dl&fdj.ksa (iii) gfì;ksa ds vfLFkHkax dh
dh tkrh gSa rc bldh yEckbZ fLFkj j[kus ds fy;s fljks ij yxk;k x;k nkc igpku ds fy;s
gS (LVhy dk ;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad 2 ×1011 N m–2 vkjS jsf[kd izlkj xq.kkad
1.1 × 10–5 K–1 gS ) (d) ijkcSaxuh fdj.ksa (iv) okrkoj.k dh vkstks+u
(1) 2.2 × 10 7 Pa (2) 2.2 × 10 6 Pa ijr }kjk vo'kks"k.k
(3) 2.2 × 10 8 Pa (4) 2.2 × 10 9 Pa
2. A bob of mass m attached to an inextensible string of length (a ) (b) (c) (d)
l is suspended from a vertical support. The bob rotates in (1) (iii) (ii) (i) (iv)
a horizontal circle with an angular speed w rad/s about the (2) (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
vertical. About the point of suspension : (3) (iv) (iii) (ii) (i)
(4) (i) (ii) (iv) (iii)
yEckbZ l dh ,d vforkU; Mksjh ls c¡/ks nzO;eku m ds ,d ckc dks ,d Å/
5. In a large building, there are 15 bulbs of 40 W, 5 bulbs of
okZ/kj vk/kkj ls yVdk;k tkrk gSA ckc Å/okZ/kj ij dks.kh; pky w rad/s 100 W, 5 fans of 80 W and 1 heater of 1 kW. The voltage
ls ,d {kSfrt o`Ùk esa ?kw.kZu djrk gSA fuyacu fcUnq ij : of the electric mains is 220 V. The minimum capacity of the
(1) Angular momentum changes in direction but not in main fuse of the building will be :
magnitude ,d c`gr Hkou es,a 40 W ds 15 cYc] 100 W ds 5 cYc] 80 W ds
dks.kh; laosx fn'kk esa ifjorZu'khy gS ijUrq ifjek.k esa ughaA 5 ia[ks ,oa 1 kW dk 1 ghVj fctyh ds esUl dh oksYVrk 220 V gSaA Hkou
(2) Angular momentum changes both in direction and ds eq[; ¶;wt dh U;wure {kerk gksxh :
magnitude
dks.kh; laosx nksuksa fn'kk ,oa ifjek.k esa ifjorZu'khy gSaA
(3) Angular momentum is conserved
6.
(1) 12 A (2) 14 A (3) 8 A
E
A particle moves with simple harmonic motion in a straight
E
(4) 10 A
line. In first t s, after starting from rest it travels a distance
direction.
y J
dks.kh; laosx lajf{kr jgrk gSA
(4) Angular momentum changes in magnitude but not in
dks.kh; laosx ifjek.k esa ifjorZu'khy gSa ijUrq fn'kk esa ughaa
a, and in next t s it travels 2a, in same direction, then :
,d d.k ,d ljy js[kk esa ljy vkorZ xfr ls xfr'khy gSA ;g fojkekoLFkk
ls izkjEHk dj izFke t lSd.M esa nwjh a vkSj vxys t lSd.M esa nwjh 2a mlh
fn'kk esa r; djrk gSA rc:
m
3. An open glass tube is immersed in mercury in such a way that
(1) Amplitude of motion is 4a
a length of 8 cm extends above the mercury level. The open
e
end of the tube is then closed and sealed and the tube is raised
d
vertically up by addition 46 cm. What will be length of the air
column above mercury in the tube now?(Atmospheric pressure
xfr dk vk;ke 4a gSA
(2) Time period of oscillation is 6t
nksyuksa dk vkorZ dky 6t gSA
c a
= 76 cm of Hg)
,d [kqyh dk¡p dh uyh dks ikjs esa bl izdkj Hkjk tkrk gS fd ikjs ds Lrj ls
(3) Amplitude of motion is 3a
xfr dk vk;ke 3a gSA
(4) Time period of oscillation is 8t
A
8 cm Åij dk¡p dh yEckbZ gSA uyh ds [kqys fljs dks vc cUn dj lhy
dj fn;k tkrk gS vkSj uyh dks Å/okZ/kj vfr 46 cm ls Åij mBk;k tkrk nksyuksa dk vkorZ dky 8t gSA
7. The coercivity of a small magnet where the ferromagnet gets
s
gSA uyh esa ikjs ds ok;q LrEHk dh yEckbZ vc D;k gksxh ? (ok;qeM
a yh; nkc
demagnetized is 3 × 103 A m–1. The current required to be
4.
k e r
= Hg dk 76 cm)
(1) 38 cm (2) 6 cm (3) 16 cm (4) 22 cm
Match List-I (Electromagnetic wave type) with List-II (Its
association/application) and select the correct option from
passed in a solenoid of length 10 cm and number of turns
100, so that the magnet gets demagnetized when inside the
solenoid, is :
,d NksVs pqEcd dh fuxzkfgrk] tgk¡ yksgpqEcd vpqEcdh; gks tkrk gS]
n
the choices given below the lists :
3 × 103 A m–1 gSA pØksa dh la[;k 100 ,oa yEckbZ 10 cm dh ,d
lwph -I (fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax izdkj)
R a lw p h-II (buls lEcf¼r /vuqi;z ksfxr) ls lqefs yr dhft;s vkSj lwfp;ksa ds

uhps fn;s x;s fodYiksa dk lgh fodYi pqfu;s%
List-I List-II
8.
ifjukfydk ls izokfgr vko';d /kkjk dk eku] ftlls fd pqEcd ifjukfydk
ds vUnj gksus ij vuqpqEcdh; gks tk;s] gS :
(1) 3A
(3) 30 mA
(2) 6 A
(4) 60 mA
In the circuit shown here, the point ‘C’ is kept connected
to point ‘A’ till the current flowing through the circuit becomes
constant. Afterward, suddenly, point ‘C’ is disconnected from
(a) Infrared waves (i) To treat muscular point ‘A’ and connected to point ‘B’ at time t = 0. Ratio of
strain the voltage across resistance and the inductor at t = L/R will
be equal to :
(b) Radio waves (ii) For broadcasting ;gk¡ n'kkZ;s x;s ifjiFk esa] fcUnq ‘C’ dks fcUnq ‘A’ ls rc rd tksMs+ j[kk tkrk
(c) X-rays (iii) To detect fracture of gS tc fd fd ifjiFk esa izokfgr /kkjk fLFkj u gks tk,A rRi'pkr~ vpkud]
bones fcUnq ‘C’ dks fcUnq ‘A’ ls gVkdj fcUnq ‘B’ ls t = 0 le; ij tksM+ fn;k
tkrk gSA t = L/R ij izfr ij oksYVrk dk izsjdRo ij oksYVrk ls vuqikr gksxk:
(d) Ultraviolet rays (iv) Absorbed by the A C
R
ozone layer of the 1-e
(1) – 1 (2)
atmosphere e
L
B
e
(3) (4) 1
1- e

9. A mass ‘m’ is supported by a massless string wound around 13. A green light is incident from the water to the air - water
a uniform hollow cylinder of mass m and radius R. If the string interface at the critical angle (q). Select the corr ect
does not slip on the cylinder, with what acceleration will the statement.
mass fall on release?
,d gjs jax dk izdk'k ikuh ls ok;q&ty vUrjki`"B ij Økafrd dks.k (q) ls
f=T;k R ,oa æO;eku ‘m’ ds ,d ,dleku [kks[kys csyu ds pkjksa rjQ ,d
vkifrr gSA lgh dFku pqfu;sA
æO;ekufoghu Mksjh ls ,d æO;eku 'm' voyafcr gAaS ;fn Mksjh csyu ij fQlyrh (1) The spectrum of visible light whose frequency is more
ugha gS] rc NksM+s tkus ij æO;eku fdl Roj.k ls fxjsxkA than that of green light will come out to the air medium.
n`'; izdk'k dk og LisDVªe ] ftldh vko`fÙk gjs izdk'k ls vf/kd gS]
5g ikuh ls ok;q ds ek/;e esa ckgj fudysxkA
(1)
6 (2) The entire spectrum of visible light will come out of the
(2) g R water at various angles to the normal
m
n`'; izdk'k dk lEiw.kZ LisDVªe ikuh ls vfHkyEc ls fofHkUu dks.kksa ij
2g ckgj fudysxkA
(3)
3 (3) The entire spectrum of visible light will come out of the
water at an angle of 90° to the normal.
g
(4) m vfHkyEc ls 90° dks.k ij ikuh ls n`'; izdk'k dk lEiw.kZ LisDVªe ckgj
2
10. From a tower of height H, a particle is thrown vertically fudysxkA
upwards with a speed u. The time taken by the particle, to (4) The spectrum of visible light whose frequency is less than
hit the ground, is n times that taken by it to reach the highest that of green light will come out to the air medium.
point of its path. The relation between H, u and n is : n`'; izdk'k dk og LisDVªe] ftldh vko`fÙk gjs izdk'k ls de gS] ikuh
Å¡pkbZ H dh ,d ehukj ls] pky u ls ,d d.k dks Å/okZ/kj Åij dh vksj ls ok;q ds ek/;e esa ckgj fudysxkA
14. Hydrogen ( 1 H1), Deuterium ( 1 H2 ), singly ionised Helium
Qsd
a k tkrk gSA d.k dks i`Foh rd fxjus esa yxk le; mlds mPpre fcUnq rd
( 2He 4 ) + and doubly ionised lithium ( 3 Li 6 ) + + all have one
igq¡pus ds le; dk n xquk gSaA H, u rFkk n ds chp lEca/k gS :
(1) 2g H = nu2 (n – 2)
(3) 2g H = n2u2
(2) g H = (n – 2)u2
(4) g H = (n – 2)2u2 E
electron around the nucleus. Consider an electron transition
E
from n = 2 to n = 1. If the wave lengths of emitted radiation
are l1, l2, l3 and l4 respectively then approximately which
11.
y J
A thin convex lens made from crown glass ç µ =
æ
è
length ƒ. When it is measured in two different liquids having
3ö
2 ÷ø
has focal
one of the following is correct ?
gkbMªkstu (1H1), M~;wVfs j;e (1H2), ,d/kk vk;fur ghfy;e (2He4)+ vkSj
f}/kk vk;fur yhfFk;e (3Li6)+ + lHkh esa ,d bySDVªkWu ukfHkd ds pkjksa vksj
m
gSaA n = 2 ls n = 1 ds byDS VªkWu laØe.k ij fopkj dhft;sA ;fn mRl£tr
refractive indices
d e 4
3
and
5
3
, it has the focal length ƒ1 and
fofdj.k dh rjaxnS/;Z Øe'k% l1, l2, l 3 ,oa l4 gSa] rc fuEufyf[kr
lEca/kksa esa ls dkSulk yxHkx lgh gS?
(1) l1 = l2 = 4l3 = 9l4 (2) l1 = 2l2 = 3l3 = 4l4
a
ƒ2 respectively. The correct relation between the focal lengths
(3) 4l1 = 2l2 = 2l3 = l4 (4) l1 = 2l2 = 2l3 = l4
c
is :
15. The radiation corresponding to 3 ® 2 transition of hydrogen
æ 3ö
A
atom falls on a metal surface to produce photoelectrons. These
Økmu dk¡p ç µ = ÷ ls cus ,d irys mÙky ySl
a dh Qksdl yEckbZ ƒ gSA
è 2 ø electrons are made to enter a magnetic field of 3 × 10–4T. If
the radius of the largest circular path followed by these electrons
e r s
tc bls viorZukad
4
3
5
rFkk okys nks fHkUu æoksa esa j[kdj ekik tkrk gS]
3
is 10.0 mm, the work function of the metal is close to:-
gkbMªkstu ijek.kq ds 3 ® 2 laØe.k ds laxr fofdj.k ,d /kkrq i`"B ij
vkifrr gksdj QksVksbysDVªkuW mRiUu djrk gSA ;s bysDVªkuW 3 ×10–4T ds ,d
k
rc Qksdl yEckb;k¡ Øe'k% ƒ1 rFkk ƒ2 gSAa Qksdl yEckb;ksa ds chp lgh
lEca/k gS: pqEcdh; {ks= esa izos'k djrs gASa ;fn bysDVªkuW ksa }kjk vuqxkeh vf/kdre o`Ùkh;
n
(1) ƒ2 > ƒ and ƒ1 becomes negative
a ƒ2 > ƒ vkSj ƒ1 ½.kkRed gks tkrk gSA

iFk dh f=T;k 10.0 mm gks] rks rc /kkrq dk dk;Z Qyu yxHkx gS :-
(1) 0.8 eV (2) 1.6 eV
R
(3)1.8 eV (4) 1.1 eV
(2) ƒ1 and ƒ2 both become negative
16. A block of mass m is placed on a surface with a vertical cross
ƒ1 ,oa ƒ2 nksuksa ½.kkRed gks tkrs gSA
(3) ƒ1 = ƒ2 < ƒ x3
section given by y = . If the coefficient of friction is 0.5,
(4) ƒ1 > ƒ and ƒ2 become negative 6
ƒ1 > ƒ vkSj ƒ2 ½.kkRed gks tkrk gSA the maximum height above the ground at which the block
12. A pipe of length 85 cm is closed from one end. Find the can be placed without slipping is :-
number of possible natural oscillations of air column in the ,d i`"B ij ,d æO;eku m CykWd j[kk gSA i`"B dh ÅèokZèkj vuqiLz Fk dkV
pipe whose frequencies lie below 1250 Hz. The velocity of
sound in air is 340 m/s. x3
y= ls nh tkrh gSA ;fn ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad 0.5 gS] rc /kjrh ls Åij og
yEckbZ 85 cm ds ,d ikbi ds ,d fljs dks can dj fn;k tkrk gSA ikbi 6
esa ok;q LrEHk ds lEHko izkd`frd nksyuksa dh og la[;k fudkfy;s ftudh vko`fÙk vf/kdre Å¡pkbZ] ftl ij fcuk fQlys CykWd j[kk tk ldrk gSa] gS:-
1250 Hz ls de gSA ok;q esa /ofu dk osx 340 m/s gSA 1 1 1 2
(1) m (2) m (3) m (4) m
(1) 6 (2) 4 (3) 12 (4) 8 3 2 6 3

17. Two beams, A and B, of plane polarized light with mutually 3. A train is moving on a straight track with speed 20 ms–1 .
perpendicular planes of polarization are seen through a It is blowing its whistle at the frequency of 1000 Hz. The
polaroid. From the position when the beam A has maximum percentage change in the frequency heard by a person
sta nding ne ar t he t ra ck a s the tr ai n pa sses him is
intensity (and beam B has zero intensity), a rotation of polaroid
(speed of sound = 320 ms–1) close to :-
through 30º makes the two beams appear equally bright.
,d Vªus (jsyxkM+h) lh/kh iVfj;ksa ij 20 ms–1 dh pky ls xfr dj jgh
If the initial intensitites of the two beams are I A and I B
gAS bldh lhVh dh /ofu dh vko`fÙk 1000 Hz gSA ;fn /ofu dh ok;q esa
IA pky 320 ms–1 gS rks] iVfj;ksa ds fudV [kM+s O;fDr ds ikl ls Vªus ds xqtjus
respectively, then
I B equals : ij] ml O;fDr }kjk lquh xbZ lhVh dh /ofu dh vko`fr esa izfr'kr ifjorZu
/kzoq .k ds vU;ksU; yEcor~ ryksa lery /kzqoh; izdk'k dh nks iqat A rFkk B ,d gksxk yxHkx :-
(1) 18% (2) 24% (3) 6% (4) 12%
iksyjk;M+ }kjk ns[kh tkrh gSA ml fLFkfr ls tgk¡ iqat A dh vfèkdre rhozrk
4.
gS (vkSj iqtaq B dh 'kwU; rhozrk gS) iksyjkb;M dk 30º ls ?kw.kZu nksuksa iqatksa dks
,dleku |qfreku izrhr gksrk gSA ;fn nksuksa iq¡tksa dh izkjfEHkd rhozrk,¡ Øe'k%
q L
IA
IA rFkk IB gS]a rc I dk eku gS :
B
I I
1 3
(1) 1 (2) (3) 3 (4) Two long current carrying thin wires, both with current I, are
3 2
r held by the insulating threads of length L and are in equilibrium
18. Assume that an electric field E = 30x 2 iˆ exists in space. Then as shown in the figure, with threads making an angle 'q' with
the potential difference VA – VO, where VO is the potential the vertical. If wires have mass l per unit length then the value
of I is :- (g = gravitational acceleration)
at the origin and VA the potential at x = 2 m is :-
r nks irys yEcs rkjksa esa izR;sd ls I /kkjk izokfgr gks jgh gSA bUgsa L yEckbZ ds
eku ysa O;kse esa ,d fo|qr {ks= E = 30x 2 iˆ gSA rc foHkokUrj VA – VO, fo|qrjks/kh /kkxksa ls yVdk;k x;k gSA bu /kkxksa esa izR;sd ds }kjk Å/okZo/kj fn'kk
tgk¡ VO ewyfcUnq ij foHko ,oa VA, x = 2 m ij foHko gSa] gS :-
(1) –80 V (2) 80 V (3) 120 V (4) –120 V
E
ls 'q' dks.k cukus dh fLFkfr es]a ;s nksuksa rkj lkE;koLFkk esa jgrs gSA ;fn bu
E
rkjks dh izfr bdkbZ yEckbZ æO;eku l gS rFkk g xq:Roh; Roj.k gS rks] I dk
y J
JEE(MAIN)-2015
eku gksxk :-
(1) 2
pgL
µ0
tan q (2)
plgL
µ0
tan q
1.
d e m
A red LED emits light at 0.1 watt uniformly around it. The
amplitude of the electric field of the light at a distance of 1
m from the diode is:-
5.
(3) sin q
plgL
µ 0 cos q
(4) 2sin q
Assuming human pupil to have a radius of 0.25cm and a

plgL
µ 0 cos q
a
,d yky jax dk ,y-bZ-Mh- (izdk'k mRltZd Mk;ksM) 0.1 okV ij] ,dleku comfortable viewing distance of 25cm, the minimum
c
izdk'k mRlftZr djrk gSA Mk;ksM ls 1 m nwjh ij] bl izdk'k ds fo|qr {ks= separation between two objects that human eye can resolve
at 500 nm wavelength is :-
A
dk vk;ke gksxk :- ;fn ekuo us= dh iqryh dh f=T;k 0.25cm, vkSj Li"V lqfo/kk tud ns[kus
(1) 5.48 V/m (2) 7.75 V/m dh nwjh 25cm gks rks] 500 nm rjaxnSè;Z ds izdk'k esa] nks oLrqvksa ds chp
2.
e r s
(3) 1.73 V/m (4) 2.45 V/m
A pendulum made of a uniform wire of cross sectional area
A has time period T. When an additional mass M is added
to its bob, the time period changes to T M. If the Young's
6.
fdruh U;wure nwjh rd ekuo us= mu nksuksa ds chp foHksnu dj ldsxk :-
(1) 100 µm
(3) 1 µm
(2) 300 µm
(4) 30 µm
An inductor (L = 0.03 H) and a resistor (R = 0.15 kW) are
n k
modulus of the material of the wire is Y then
1
is equal
connected in series to a battery of 15V EMF in a circuit shown
below. The key K1 has been kept closed for a long time. Then
at t = 0, K1 is opened and key K2 is closed simultaneously.
R a
to :- (g = gravitational acceleration)
fdlh ,dleku rkj dh vuqiLz FkdkV dk {ks=Qy 'A' gAS blls cuk;s x;s ,d
yksyd dk vkorZdky T gSA bl yksyd ds xksyd ls ,d vfrfjDr M nzO;eku
Y At t = 1ms, the current in the circuit will be (e5 @ 150) :-
n'kkZ;s x;s ifjiFk esa] ,d izjs d (L = 0.03 H) rFkk ,d izfrjks/k (R = 0.15
kW) fdlh 15V fo|qr okgd cy (bZ-,e-,Q) dh cSVjh ls tqMs+ gSA
a dqt
a h
K1 dks cgqr le; rd cUn j[kk x;k gSA blds i'pkr~ le; t = 0 ij] K1
dks [kksy dj lkFk gh lkFk] K2 dks cUn fd;k tkrk gSA le; t = 1ms ij,
tksM+ nsus ls yksyd dk vkorZdky ifjofrZr gksdj TM gks tkrk gSA ;fn bl ifjiFk fo|qr /kkjk gksxh (e5 @ 150) :-
1 0.03H 0.15kW
rkj ds inkFkZ dk ;ax xq.kkad Y gks rks dk eku gksxk :
Y
(g = xq:Roh; Roj.k) K2
é æ TM ö ù A
2 é æ T ö ù A
2
(1) ê1 - ç ÷ ú (2) ê1 - ç ÷ ú K1
ë è T ø û Mg ëê è TM ø ûú Mg
15V
éæ T ö2 ù A éæ T ö2 ù Mg
(3) êç M ÷ - 1ú (4) êç M ÷ - 1ú (1) 6.7 mA (2) 0.67 mA
ëè T ø û Mg ëè T ø û A (3) 100 mA (4) 67 mA

7. An LCR circuit is equivalent to a damped pendulum. In an 8. In the given circuit, charge Q2 on the 2µF capacitor changes
LCR circuit the capacitor is charged to Q 0 and then as C is varied from 1µF to 3µF. Q2 as a function of 'C' is given
connected to the L and R as shown below :- properly by : (figures are drawn schematically and are not
to scale) :-
LCR (,y-lh-vkj)ifjiFk fdlh voeafnr yksyd ds rqY; gksrk gSA fdlh
fn;s x;s ifjiFk esa] C ds eku ds 1µF ls 3µF ifjofrZr gksus ls] 2µF laèkkfj=
LCR ifjiFk esa la/kkfj= dks Q0 rd vkosf'kr fd;k x;k g]S fQj bls vkjs[k ij vkos'k Q2 esa ifjorZu gksrk gSA C ds Qyu ds :i esa Q2 dks dkSu lk
esa n'kkZ;s x;s vuqlkj L o R ls tksMk+ x;k gS :- vkys[k lgh n'kkZrk g\ S (vkys[k dsoy O;oLFkk vkjs[k gaS vkSj Ldsy ds vuqlkj
ugha gSAa ) :-
R L
1µF
C
2µF
E
If a student plots graphs of the square of maximum charge
Charge
(Q 2Max ) on the capacitor with time (t) for two different values
L1 and L2 (L1 > L2) of L then which of the following represents
this graph correctly ? (plots are schematic and not drawn to Q2
scale) (1)
;fn ,d fo|kFkhZ L ds] nks fofHkUu ekuks a] L1 and L2 (L1 > L2) ds fy;s] 1µF 3µF
C
E E
J
le; t rFkk la/kkfj= ij vf/kdre vkos'k ds oxZ (Q 2Max ) ds chp nks xzkQ
cukrk gS rks fuEukafdr esa ls dkuS lk xzkQ lgh gS\ (IykWV dsoy O;oLFkk IykWV
y
gSa rFkk Ldsy ds vuqlkj ugha gS)
Charge
Q2
m
(2)
Q 2
Max
d eL1 1µF 3µF

C
(1)
c a
L2
t
Charge
s A (3)
Q2
(2)
k e r
Q2Max Q0 (For both L 1 and L 2)
t
Charge
1µF 3µF
a n (4)
Q2
R(3)
Q2Max
L2
L1
t
9.
1µF 3µF
C
On a hot summer night, the refractive index of air is smallest

near the ground and increases with height from the ground.
When a light beam is directed horizontally, the Huygens'
principle leads us to conclude that as it travels, the light beam:

xzh"e ½rq dh xeZ jkf= esa Hkw&ry ds fudV] ok;q dk viorZukad U;wure gksrk
Q 2
Max L2 gS vkjS Hkw&ry ls Å¡pkbZ ds lkFk c<+rk tkrk gSA ;fn] dksbZ izdk'k&fdj.k&iaqt
{kSfrt fn'kk esa tk jgk gks rks] gkbxsUl ds fl¼kUr ls ;g ifj.kke izkIr gksrk
L1
(4) gS fd] pyrs gq, izdk'k&fdj.k iqat :
t (1) bends downwards uhps dh vksj >qd tk;sxkA
(2) bends upwards Åij dh vksj >qd tk;sxkA
(3) becomes narrower ladqfpr (ladh.kZ) gks tk;sxkA
(4) goes horizontally without any deflection
fcuk fo{ksfir gq,] {kSfrt fn'kk esa pyrk jgsxkA

10. Consider a spherical shell of radius R at temperature T. The 12. Monochromatic light is incident on a glass prism of angle A.
black body radiation inside it can be considered as an ideal If the refractive index of the material of the prism is µ, a ray,
gas of photons with internal ene rgy per unit volume incident at an angle q, on the face AB would get transmitted
through the face AC of the prism provided :
U 1æ U ö dk¡p ds fdlh fizTe dk dks.k A gSA bl ij ,do.khZ izdk'k vkifrr gksrk
u = µ T 4 and pressure p = ç ÷ . If the shell now
V 3è V ø gSA ;fn fizTe ds inkFkZ dk viorZukad µ, gS rks] fizTe ds AB Qyd ij]
q dks.k vkifrr izdk'k dh fdj.k] fizTe ds Qyd AC ls ikjxr gksxh ;fn:
undergoes an adiabatic expansion the relation between T
and R is -
fdlh xksYkh; dks'k ('kSy) dh f=T;k R gS vkSj blds rki T gSA blds Hkhrj A
q
d`f".kdk fofdj.kksa dks QksVkWu dh ,d ,slh vkn'kZ xSl ekuk tk ldrk gS ftldh
U
iz f r bdkbZ vk;ru vkUrfjd ÅtkZ ] u = µ T 4 rFkk nkc B C
V
1æ U ö é æ æ 1 ö öù
(1) q > cos -1 êµ sin ç A + sin -1 ç ÷ ÷ú
3 çè V ÷ø
p= gSA ;fn bl dks'k esa :n~/kks"e izlkj gks rks] T rFkk R ds chp è µ ø ø ûú
ëê è
lacèa k gksxk - é æ æ 1 ö öù
(2) q < cos-1 êµ sin ç A + sin -1 ç ÷ ÷ú
1 1 êë è è µ ø øúû
(1) T µ (2) T µ 3
R R
(3) T µ e –R (4) T µ e –3R é æ æ 1 ö öù
(3) q > sin -1 êµ sin ç A - sin -1 ç ÷ ÷ú
11. Two stones are thrown up simultaneously from the edge of ëê è è µ ø ø ûú
a cliff 240 m high with initial speed of 10 m/s and 40 m/
s respectively. Which of the following graph best represents é æ æ 1 ö öù
the time variation of relative position of the second stone with
respect to the first ?
(Assume stones do not rebound after hitting the ground and 13.
(4) q < sin -1 êµ sin ç A - sin -1 ç
ëê è
÷ ÷ú
è µ ø øûú
A rectangular loop of sides 10 cm and 5 cm carrying a current
E E
Qsd
y J
neglect air resistance, take g = 10 m/s2 )
(The figure are schematic and not drawn to scale)
fdlh 240 m Å¡ph pksVh ds ,d fdukjs ls] nks iRFkjksa dks ,dlkFk Åij dh vksj
a k x;k g]S budh izkjafHkd pky Øe'k% 10 m/s rFkk 40 m/s g]S rks] fuEukafdr
I of 12 A is place in different orientations as shown in the
figures below :
10 cm rFkk 5 cm Hkqtkvksa ds ,d vk;rkdkj ywi (ik'k) ls ,d fo|qr
/kkjk] I = 12 A] izokfgr gks jgh gSA bl ik'k dks vkjs[k esa n'kkZ;s x;s vuqlkj
m
fofHkUu vfHkfoU;klksa (fLFkfr;ks)a esa j[kk x;k gS :
esa ls dkSulk xzkQ (vkys[k) igys iRFkj ds lkis{k nwljs iRFkj dh fLFkfr ds le;
d e
fopj.k (ifjorZu) dks lokZf/kd lgh n'kkZrk gS ?
(eku yhft, fd] iRFkj tehu ls Vdjkus ds i'pkr Åij dh vksj ugha mNyrs
B
z
I B
z
a
gSa rFkk ok;q dk izfrjks/k ux.; gS] fn;k gS g = 10 m/s2)
c
(;gk¡ xzkQ dsoy O;oLFkk vkjs[k gSa vkSj Ldsy ds vuqlkj ugha gSa )
(a)
x
I
I
I
y (b)
x
I
I
I
I
y
s
240
A (y2–y1)m
z z
(1)
k e r 8 12
t(s) (c) I
I
I
I
B
y (d)
B
I I
I
y
n x x I
(y2–y1)m
R a (2)
240
8 12
t(s)
If there is a uniform magnetic field of 0.3 T in the positive
z direction, in which orientations the loop would be in (i) stable
equilibrium and (ii) unstable equilibrium ?
;fn ogk¡ 0.3 T rhozrk dk dksbZ ,dleku pqEcdh {ks=] èkukRed z fn'kk esa
fo|eku gS rks] n'kkZ;s x, fdl vfHkfoU;kl ea]s ;g ik'k (ywi) (i) LFkk;h larqyu
rFkk (ii) vLFkk;h larqyu es]a gksxk ?
(y2–y1)m (1) (b) and (d), respectively Øe'k% (b) rFkk (d) esa
240
(2) (b) and (c), respectively Øe'k% (b) rFkk (c) esa
(3) (a) and (b), respectively Øe'k% (a) rFkk (b) esa
(3)
(4) (a) and (c), respectively Øe'k% (a) rFkk (c), eas
t(s) 14. A particle of mass m moving in the x direction with speed 2u
t® 8 12
is hit by another particle of mass 2m moving in the y direction
with speed u. If the collisions perfectly inelastic , the percentage
(y2–y1)m
240 loss in the energy during the collision is close to :
x-fn'kk esa 2u pky ls pyrs gq, m nzO;eku ds ,d d.k ls] y-fn'kk esa u osx
(4) ls pyrk gqvk 2m nzO;eku dk ,d d.k Vdjkrk gAS ;fn ;g la?kVu (VDdj)
t(s) iw.kZr% vizR;kLFk gS rks] VDdj ds nkSjku ÅtkZ dk {k; (gkuh ) gksxh :
12 (1) 56 % (2) 62% (3) 44% (4) 50%

15. Consider an ideal gas confined in an isolated closed chamber. 18. A long cylindrical shell carries positive surface charge s in
As the gas undergoes an adiabatic expansion, the average the upper half and negative surface charge –s in the lower
time of collision between molecules increases as Vq, where half. The electric field lines around the cylinder will look like
æ Cp ö figure given in : (figures are schematic and not drawn to scale)
V is the volume of the gas. The value of q is :- ç g = ÷ fdlh yEcs csyukdkj dks'k ds Åijh Hkkx esa /kukRed i`"B vkos'k s rFkk fupys
è Cv ø
Hkkx esa ½.kkRed i`"B vkos'k –s gSaA bl csyu (flfyUMj) ds pkjksa vksj
,d vkn'kZ xSl fdlh cUn (lao`r)] fo;qDr (foyfxr) d{k esa lhfer (j[kh)
fo|qr {ks=&js[kk;s]a ;gk¡ n'kkZ;s x;s vkjs[kksa esa ls fdl vkjs[k ds leku gksaxh\
gSA bl xSl esa :n~/kks"e izlkj gksus ij] blds v.kqvksa ds chp VDdj dk vkSlr
(;g vkjs[k dsoy O;oLFkk vkjs[k gS vkSj Ldsy ds vuqlkj ugha gS)
dky (le;) Vq ds vuqlkj c<+ tkrk gS] tgk¡ V xSl dk vk;ru gSA tks
æ C ö
p
q dk eku gksx k :- ç g = C ÷ +++
è v ø
++– –+
(1) – – ––
+
g +1 g -1
(1) (2)
2 2
3g + 5 3g - 5
(3) (4)
6 6
+++
16. From a solid sphere of mass M and radius R, a spherical (2) + +
–– ––
– ––
R
portion of radius is removed, as shown in the figure.
2
Taking gravitational potential V = 0 at r = ¥, the potential
at the centre of the cavity thus formed is :
(G = gravitational constant)
R (3) +
+++
–– ––
+
E E
y J
,d Bksl xksys dk nzO;eku M rFkk f=T;k R gSA blls f=T;k dk ,d xksyh;
2
Hkkx] vkjs[k esa n'kkZ;s x;s vuqlkj dkV fy;k tkrk gSA r = ¥ (vuUr) ij
xq:Roh; foHko ds eku V dks 'kwU; ekurs gq,] bl izdkj cus dksVj (dSfoVh)
– ––
m
ds dsUæ ij] xq:Roh; foHko dk eku gksxk :
e
(G = xq:Roh; fLFkjkad gS )
c a d (4) +
+++
–– ––
– ––
+
(1)
s
3RA
-2GM
(2)
-2GM
R
19. As an electron makes a transition from an excited state to
(3)
k e r-GM
2R
(4)
-GM
R
the ground state of a hydrogen - like atom/ion :
tc dks b Z bys DVªk uW ] gkbMªk s t u tSl s ijek.kq @ vk;u dh mÙksf tr voLFkk
ls U;w ure ÅtkZ voLFkk esa laØ e.k djrk gS rks mldh :
17.
a n F
A B (1) kinetic energy decreases, potential energy increases but
total energy remains same
R Given in the figure are two blocks A and B of weight 20

N and 100 N, respectively. These are being pressed against
xfrt ÅtkZ de gksrh gS] fLFkfrt ÅtkZ c<+rh gS vkSj dqy ÅtkZ ogha jgrh
gS
(2) kinetic energy and total energy decrease but potential
energy increases
a wall by a force F as shown. If the coefficient of friction xfrt ÅtkZ o dqy ÅtkZ de gks tkrh gSa fdUrq fLFkfrt ÅtkZ c<+ tkrh
between the blocks is 0.1 and between block B and the wall
gAS
is 0.15, the frictional force applied by the wall on block B
is :- (3) its kinetic energy increases but potential energy and
total energy decreases
;gk¡ vkjs[k esa nks CYkkWd (xqVds) A vkSj B n'kkZ;s x;s gS ftuds Hkkj Øe'k%
20 N rFkk 100 N gSA bUgs]a ,d cy F }kjk fdlh nhokj ij nck;k tk jgk xfrt ÅtkZ esa o`f¼ rFkk fLFkfrt ÅtkZ rFkk dqy ÅtkZ esa deh gksrh gSA
gSA ;fn ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad dk eku] A rFkk B ds chp 0.1 rFkk B vkSj nhokj ds (4) kinetic energy, potential energy and total energy
decrease
chp 0.15 gS rks] nhokj }kjk CykWd B ij yxk cy gksxk :-
(1) 120 N (2) 150 N
xfrt ÅtkZ] fLFkfrt ÅtkZ rFkk dqy ÅtkZ esa deh gks tkrh gSA
(3) 100 N (4) 80 N

20. Match List-I (Fundament Experiment) w ith List-II (its 2. 'n' moles of an ideal gas undergoes a process A ® B as shown
conclusion) and select the correct option from the choices in the figure. The maximum temperature of the gas during the
given below the list : process will be :
'n' eksy vkn'kZ xSl ,d izØe A ® B ls xqtjrh gSA (fp= nsf[k;s)A bl
izØe ds nkSjksu mldk vf/kdre rkieku gksxk :
List-I List-II
P
(A) Franck-Hertz (i) Particle
2P0 A
Experiment. nature of light
(B) Photo-electric (iii) Discrete P0 B
experiment energy levels
V
of atom V0 2V0
(C) Davison-Germer (iiii) Wave nature 9P0 V0 9 P0 V0
Experiment of electroc (1) (2)
nR 4nR
(iv) Structure of 3P0 V0 9 P0 V0
atom (3) (4)
2nR 2nR
3. Two identical wires A and B, each of length 'l', carry the same
current I. Wire A is bent into a circle of radius R and wire
lwph-I (ewy iz;ksx) dk lwp h-II (mlds ifj.kke) ds lkFk lqey
s u (ep
S ) dhft;s B is bent to form a square of side 'a'. If BA and BB are the values
vkSj fuEukafdr fodYiksa esa ls lgh fodYi dk p;u dhft;s : of magnetic field at the centres of the circle and square
BA
respectively, then the ratio is :
List-I List-II BB
(A) Ýsad gV~l

Z iz;ksx (i) izdk'k dh df.kdk
izd`fr A dks eksM+dj R f=T;k dk ,d o`Ùk vkSj B dks eksMd
E E
nks ,dleku rkj A o B izR;sd dh yEckbZ 'l' esa leku /kkjk I izokfgr gSA
+ j Hkqtk 'a' dk ,d oxZ
cuk;k tkrk gAS ;fn BA rFkk BB Øe'k% o`Ùk ds dsUnz rFkk oxZ ds dsUnz ij pqEcdh;
(B)
(C)
y J
izdk'k fo|qr iz;ksx
Msohlu teZj iz;ksx

(iii)
(iiii)
v.kq ds fofoDr
ÅtkZ Lrj
bysDVªkuW dh rjax
{ks= gSa] rc vuqikr
p2
BA
BB
gksxk :
p
2
p2 p2
d e m (iv)
izd`fr
ijek.kq dh lajpuk 4.
(1 )
8 2
(2)
8
(3)
16 2
(4)
An ideal gas undergoes a quasi static, reversible process in which

its molar heat capacity C remains constant. If during this process
16
c a
(1) A-ii, B-i, C-iii
(3) A-i, B-iv, C-iii
(2) A-iv, B-iii, C-ii
(4) A-ii, B-iv, C-iii
the relation of pressure P and volume V is given by PVn = constant,
then n is given by (Here C P and C V are molar specific heat
at constant pressure and constant volume, respectively):-
s A JEE(MAIN)-2016
,d vkn'kZ xSl mRØe.kh; LFkSfrd&dYi izØe ls xqtjrh gS rFkk mldh
eksyj&Å"ek /kkfjrk C fLFkj jgrh gAS ;fn bl izØe esa mlds nkc P o vk;ru
V ds chp lEcU/k PVn = fu;r gSA (CP rFkk CV Øe'k% fLFkj nkc o fLFkj
1.
k e r
A combination of capacitors is set up as shown in the figure.
The magnitude of the electric field, due to a point charge Q
(having a charge equal to the sum of the charges on the 4
vk;ru ij Å"ek /kkfjrk gS) rc 'n' ds fy;s lehdj.k gS :-
(1) n =
C - CV
C - CP
a n
µF and 9 µF capacitors), at a point 30 m from it , would equal:
la/kkfj=ksa ls cus ,d ifjiFk dks fp= esa fn[kk;k x;k gSA ,d fcUnq&vkos'k Q
(2) n =
CP
CV
R (ftldk eku 4 µF rFkk 9 µF okys la/kkfj=ksa ds dqy vkos'kksa ds cjkcj gS)

ds }kjk 30 m njw h ij oS|rq &{ks= dk ifjek.k gksxk :
4 µF
3 µF
(3) n =
(4) n =
C – CP
C – CV
CP – C
C - CV
9 µF 5. A galvanometer having a coil resistance of 100W gives a full

scale deflection, when a current of 1 mA is passed through
2 µF it. The value of the resistance, which can convert this
galvanometer into ammeter giving a full scale deflection for
+ – a current of 10A, is :-
8V ,d xSYosuksehVj ds dkby dk izfrjks/k 100W gSA 1 mA /kkjk izokfgr djus
(1) 480 N/C (2) 240 N/C ij blesa Qqy&Ldsy fo{ksi feyrk gSA bl xSYosuksehVj dks 10A ds ,ehVj
(3 ) 360 N/C (4) 420 N/C esa cnyus ds fy;s tks izfrjks/k yxkuk gksxk og gS :-
(1) 3W (2) 0.01W
(3) 2W (4) 0.1W

6. The region between two concentric spheres of radii 'a' and 9. An arc lamp requires a direct current of 10A at 80V to function.
If it is connected to a 220V (rms), 50 Hz AC supply, the series
A
'b', respectively (see figure), has volume charge density r = , inductor needed for it to work is close to :-
r ,d vkdZ ySEi dks izdkf'kd djus ds fy, 80V ij 10A dh fn"V /kkjk
where A is a constant and r is the distance from the centre.
(DC) dh vko';drk gksrh gAS mlh vkdZ dks 220V (rms), 50 Hz izR;korhZ
At the centre of the spheres is a point charge Q. The value
of A such that the electric field in the region between the spheres /kkjk (AC) ls pykus ds fy;s Js.kh esa yxus okys izjs dRo dk eku gS :-
will be constant, is :- (1) 0.065 H
f=T;k 'a' rFkk 'b' ds nks ,d dsUnzh xksyksa ds (fp= nsf[k;s) chp ds LFkku esa (2) 80 H
(3) 0.08 H
A (4) 0.044 H
vk;ru vkos'k&?kuRo r = gS] tgk¡ A fLFkjkad gS rFkk r dsUnz ls nwjh gSA
r
xksyksa ds dsUnz ij ,d fcUnq vkos'k Q gSA A dk og eku crk;sa ftlls xksyksa
JEE(MAIN)-2017
ds chp ds LFkku esa ,dleku oS|qr&{ks= gks :-
1. Which of the following statements is false ?
a (1) A rheostat can be used as a potential divider
Q (2) Kirchhoff's second law represents energy conservation
b
(3) Wheatstone bridge is the most sensitive when all the four
resistances are of the same order of magnitude.
2Q Q
(1) (2) (4) In a balanced wheatstone bridge if the cell and the
pa 2 2pa 2 galvanometer are exchanged, the null point is disturbed.
Q 2Q fuEufyf[kr esa ls dkuS lk dFku xyr gS\
(3) (4)
2p(b 2 - a 2 ) p(a 2 - b 2 ) (1) ,d /kkjk fu;a=d dks foHko foHkktd dh rjg mi;ksx dj ldrs gSA
7. A point particle of mass, moves along the uniformly rough (2) fdjpkWQ dk f}rh; fu;e ÅtkZ ds laj{k.k dks n'kkZrk gSA
track PQR as shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction, (3) OghLVksu lsrq dh lqxzghrk lcls vf/kd rc gksrh gS tc pkjksa çfrjks/kksa dk
between the particle and the rough track equals m. The particle
is released, from rest, from the point P and it comes to rest
at a point R. The energies, lost by the ball, over the parts, PQ
and QR, of the track, are equal to each other, and no energy
ifjek.k rqY; gksrk gSA
'kwU; fo{ksi fcUnq çHkkfor gksrk gAS

E E
(4) ,d larfq yr OghLVksu lsrq esa] lsy ,oa xSYosuksehVj dks vkil esa cnyus ij
y J
is lost when particle changes direction from PQ to QR.
The values of the coefficient of friction m and the distance
x(=QR) are, respecitvely close to :-
m nzO;eku dk ,d fcUnq d.k ,d [kqjnjs iFk PQR (fp= nsf[k;s) ij py
2. In amplitude modulation, sinusoidal carrier frequency used is
denoted by wc and the signal frequency is denoted by wm. The
bandwidth (Dwm) of the signal is such that Dwm << wc. Which
of the following frequencies is not contained in the modulated
m
wave?
jgk gSA d.k vkSj iFk ds chp ?k"kZ.k xq.kkad m gSA d.k P ls NksM+s tkus ds
e
vk;ke ekWMy
q u esa T;koØdh; okgd vko`fr dks wc ls rFkk flXuy vko`fr dks
ckn R ij igq¡p dj #d tkrk gSA iFk ds Hkkx PQ vkSj QR ij pyus esa d.k
wm ls n'kkZrs gAS flXuy dh cS.M pkM
S k+ bZ (Dwm) dks bl rjg pqurs gaS fd Dwm
c a d
}kjk [kpZ dh xbZ ÅtkZ,¡] cjkcj gSaA PQ ls QR ij gkus okys fn'kk cnyko
esa dksbZ ÅtkZ [kpZ ugha gksrhA rc m vkSj nwjh x(=QR) ds eku yxHkx gaS Øe'k%:-
P 3.
<< wcA fuEu esa ls dkSulh vko`fr ekWMqfyr rjax esa ugha gksxh\
(1) wm + wc (2) wc – wm (3) wm
A diverging lens with magnitude of focal length 25 cm is
(4) w c
A
placed at a distance of 15 cm from a converging lens of
h=2m magnitude of focal length 20 cm. A beam of parallel light
falls on the diverging lens. The final image formed is :
e r s
(1) 0.29 and 6.5 m
Horizontal
Surface
30°
Q
R
(1) real and at a distance of 40 cm from the divergent lens
(2) real and at a distance of 6 cm from the convergent lens
(3) real and at a distance of 40 cm from convergent lens
k
(4) virtual and at a distance of 40 cm from convergent lens.
(2) 0.2 and 6.5 m
,d 25 cm ifjek.k dh Qksdl nwjh ds vilkjh ysUl dks ,d 20 cm ifjek.k
8.
a n
(3) 0.2 and 3.5 m
(4) 0.29 and 3.5 m
A particle performs simple harmonic motion with amplitude
dh Qksdl nwjh ds vfHklkjh ysUl ls 15 cm dh nwjh ij j[kk tkrk gSA ,d
lekarj çdk'k iqt
a vilkjh ysla ij vkifrr gksrk gSA ifj.kkeh çfrfcEc gksxk:
RA. Its speed is trebled at the instant that it is at a distance
from equilibrium position. The new amplitude of the motion

is :-
2A
3
(1) okLrfod vkSj vilkjh ysUl ls 40 cm nwjh ij
(2) okLrfod vkSj vfHklkjh ysUl ls 6 cm nwjh ij
(3) okLrfod vkSj vfHklkjh ysl
(4) vkHkklh vkSj vfHklkjh ysl
a ls 40 cm nwjh ij
a ls 40 cm ij
,d d.k A vk;ke ls ljy&vkorZ nksyu dj jgk gAS tc ;g vius ewy&LFkku 4. The moment of inertia of a uniform cylinder of length l and
2A radius R about its perpendicular bisector is I. What is the ratio

ls
3
ij igqp
¡ rk gSA rc vpkud bldh xfr frxquh dj nh tkrh gSA rc l/R such that the moment of inertia is minimum ?
bldk u;k vk;ke gS :- ,d f=T;k R rFkk yEckbZ l ds ,d leku csyu dk mlds vfHkyEc f}Hkktd
7A A ds lkis{k tM+Ro vk?kw.kZ I gAS tM+Ro vk?kw.kZ ds fuEure eku ds fy;s vuqikr l/
(1) (2) 41
3 3 R D;k gksxk\
(3) 3A (4) A 3 3 3 3
(1) 1 (2) (3) (4)
2 2 2

5. A slender uniform rod of mass M and length l is pivoted at 9. A particle A of mass m and initial velocity v collides with a
one end so that it can rotate in a vertical plane (see figure). m
There is negligible friction at the pivot. The free end is held particle B of mass which is at rest. The collision is head on,
2
vertically above the pivot and then released. The angular
and elastic. The ratio of the de–Broglie wavelengths lA to l B
acceleration of the rod when it makes an angle q with the
after the collision is :
vertical is :
,d æO;eku M ,oa yEckbZ l dh iryh ,oa ,d leku NM+ dk ,d fljk m
æO;eku m ,oa vkjfEHkd osx v ds ,d d.k-Adh VDdj æO;eku ds
èkqjkxzLr gS ftlls fd og ,d Å/okZ/kj lery esa ?kwe ldrh gSA (fp= 2
nsf[k;s)A /kqjh dk ?k"kZ.k ux.; gSA NM+ ds nwljs fljs dks /kqjh ds Åij ÅèokZèkj fLFkj d.k-B ls gksrh gSA ;g VDdj lEeq[k ,oa çR;kLFk gSA VDdj ds ckn
j[kdj NksM+ fn;k tkrk gSA tc NM+ Å/oZ ls q dks.k cukrh gS rks mldk dks.kh; fM&czkaXyh rjaxnS/;ks± lA ,oa lB dk vuqikr gksxk :
Roj.k gksxk :- lA 2 lA 1 lA 1 lA
(1) = (2) = (3) = (4) =2
z lB 3 lB 2 lB 3 lB
10 . An external pressure P is applied on a cube at 0°C so that it is
equally compressed from all sides. K is the bulk modulus of
q the material of the cube and a is its coefficient of linear
expansion. Suppose we want to bring the cube to its original
size by heating. The temperature should be raised by :
x 0°C ij j[ks gq, ,d ?ku ij ,d ncko P yxk;k tkrk gS ftlls og lHkh rjQ
3g 2g 3g 2g ls cjkcj laihfMr gksrk gSA ?ku ds inkFkZ dk vk;ru çR;kLFkrk xq.kkad K ,oa
(1) cos q (2) cos q (3) sin q (4) sin q js[kh; çlkj xq.kkad a gAS ;fn ?ku dks xeZ djds ewy vkdkj esa ykuk gS rks mlds
2l 3l 2l 3l
6. Some energy levels of a molecule are shown in the figure. rkieku dks fdruk c<+kuk iM+xs k\
The ratio of the wavelengths r = l1/l2, is given by : 3a P P
,d v.kq ds dqN ÅtkZ Lrjksa dks fp= esa fn[kk;k x;k gSA rjaxn/S ;ksZ± ds vuqikr r (1) (2) 3PKa (3) (4)
PK 3aK aK
= l1/l2 dk eku gksxk :-
–E
l2
11 . An observer is moving with half the speed of light towards a
stationary microwave source emitting waves at frequency 10
GHz. What is the frequency of the microwave measured by
E E
4
– E
3
–2E
y J l1
the observer?
(speed of light = 3 × 108 ms–1 )
,d çs{kd çdk'k xfr dh vk/kh xfr ls 10 GHz vko`fr ds ,d fLFkj lw{e
rjax (microwave) òksr dh rjQ tk jgk gSA çs{kd }kjk ekih x;h lw{e
rjax dh vko`fr dk eku gksxk :
(1) r =
3
4
d e m
–3E
(2) r =
1
3
(çdk'k dh pky = 3 × 108 ms–1)
(1) 17.3 GHz
(3) 10.1 GHz
(2) 15.3 GHz
(4) 12.1 GHz
(3) r =
4
3
c a (4) r =
2
3
JEE(MAIN)-2018
7.
A
In a coil of resistance 100 W, a current is induced by changing
the magnetic flux through it as shown in the figure. The
s
magnitude of change in flux through the coil is :-
1. The angular width of the central maximum in a single slit
diffraction pattern is 60°. The width of the slit is 1 mm. The
slit is illuminated by monochromatic plane waves. If another
r
pqEcdh; ¶yDl ds cnyus ls 100 W çfrjks/k dh dq.Myh esa çsfjr /kkjk dks slit of same width is made near it, Young’s fringes can be
e
fp= esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA dq.Myh ls xqtjus okys ¶yDl esa cnyko dk ifjek.k observed on a screen placed at a distance 50 cm from the
gksxk :- slits . If the observe d fringe width is 1 cm, what is slit
n k 10
separation distance? (i.e. distance between the centres of each
slit.)
fdlh ,dy f>jh foorZu iSVuZ ds dsaæh; mfPp"B dh dks.kh; pkM
S +kbZ 60°
R a Current
(amp.)
Time 0.5 sec

gSA f>jh dh pkSMk+ bZ 1 mm gSA f>jh dks ,do.khZ; lery rjax ls izdkf'kr
djrs gSA ;fn mlh pkSMk+ bZ dh ,d u;h f>jh iqjkuh f>jh ds ikl cuk nh tk;
rks f>fj;ksa ls 50 cm nwj j[ks inZ ij Young dh fÝatsa ns[kh tk ldrh gAS
;fn fÝat ksa dh pkSMk+ bZ 1 cm gks rks f>fj;ksa ds dsUæksa ds chp dh nwjh gksxhA
(1) 50 mm (2) 75 mm (3) 100 mm (4) 25 mm
(1) 250 Wb (2) 275 Wb 2. Three concentric metal shells A, B and C of respective radii
(3) 200 Wb (4) 225 Wb a, b and c (a < b < c) have surface charge densities +s,
8. A magnetic needle of magnetic moment 6.7 × 10 –2 Am2 and –s and +s respectively. The potential of shell B is :-
moment of inertia 7.5 × 10 –6 kg m 2 is performing simple rhu ladsUæh /kkrq dks"k A, B rFkk C ftudh f=T;k;sa Øe'k% a, b rFkk
harmonic oscillations in a magnetic field of 0.01 T. Time c (a < b < c) gSa] dk i`"B & vkos'k ?kuRo Øe'k% +s, –s rFkk +s gSA
taken for 10 complete oscillations is :
dks"k B dk foHko gksxk :-
,d pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ 6.7 × 10–2 Am2 ,oa tM+Ro vk?k.w kZ 7.5 × 10–6 kg
m2 okyh pqEcdh; lqb]± ,d 0.01 T rhozrk ds pqEcdh; {ks= esa ljy vkorZ s é a 2 - b2 ù s é b2 - c2 ù
(1) ê + cú (2) ê + aú
nksyu dj jgh gSA 10 iwjs nksyu dk le; gksxk : e0 ë b û e0 ë b û
(1) 6.98 s (2) 8.76 s
(3) 6.65 s (4) 8.89 s s é b 2 - c2 ù s é a 2 - b2 ù
(3) ê + aú (4) ê + cú
e0 ë c û e0 ë a û

3. A par tic le is mov ing in a circular path of radius 7. In a potentiometer experiment, it is found that no current
a und er the ac tio n of an attrac tiv e p ote ntial passes through the galvanometer when the terminals of the
cell are connected across 52 cm of the potentiometer wire.
k
U = – . Its total energy is :- If the cell is shunted by a resistance of 5 W, a balance is found
2r 2
when the cell is connected across 40 cm of the wire. Find
the internal resistance of the cell.
k
,d d.k fdlh ,d vkd"kZ.k foHko U = – 2 ds varxZr f=T;k a ds ,d foHkoekih iz;ksx ds nkSjku ik;k x;k fd tc lsy ds fljksa dks foHkoekih
2r
rkj ds 52 cm yEckbZ ds nksuksa rjQ tksM+k tkrk gSA rks xSYouksehVj esa dksbZ
,d xksy kdkj iFk esa py jgk gSA mldh dqy ÅtkZ gksxh :- /kkjk dk izokg ugha gksrk gSA ;fn lsy dks 5 W izfrjks/k }kjk 'kaV dj fn;k tk;s
k rks lsy ds fljksa dks rkj ds 40 cm yEckbZ ds nksuksa rjQ tksM+us ls larqyu
(1 ) (2) Zero
2a 2 izk Ir gks tkrk gSA lsy dk vkarfjd izfrjks/k gksxk :
(1) 1.5 W (2) 2 W
3 k k (3) 2.5 W (4) 1 W
(3) - (4) - 2
2 a2 4a 8. A telephonic communication service is working at carrier
frequ ency o f 10 GHz. Only 10 % o f it is u tilize d for
4. A par allel plate capa citor of cap acitan ce
transmissio n. How many teleph onic chan nels can be
90 pF is connected to a battery of emf 20V. If a dielectric
transmitted simultaneou sly if eac h chan nel requires a
5 bandwidth of 5 kHz ?
material of dielectric constant K = is inserted between
3 ,d VsyhQksu lapj.k lsok] okgd vko`fÙk 10 GHz ij dke djrh gSA bldk
the plates, the magnitude of the induced charge will be :- dso y 10% lapkj ds fy;s mi;ksx fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn izR;sd pSuy dh cSMa
pkSMk+ bZ 5 kHz gks rks ,d lkFk fdrus VsyhQksfud pSuy lapkfjr fd;s tk
E
90 pF /kkfjrk ds ,d lekUrj IysV la/kkfj= dks 20V fo|qr okgd cy dh
ldrs gSa ?
,d cSVjh ls tksM+rs gSA ;fn K =
J
5
3
ijkoS|qrkad dk ,d ijkoS|qr inkFkZ
IysVksa ds chp izfo"V fd;k tkrk gSA rks izsfjr vkos'k dk ifjek.k gksxk :- 9.
(1) 2 × 10 4
(3 ) 2 × 10 6
(2) 2 × 10 5
(4) 2 × 10 3
Unpolarized light of intensity I passes through an idealE
(1 ) 0.3 n C
(3) 0.9 n C
m y (2) 2.4 n C
(4) 1.2 n C
polarizer A. Another identical polarizer B is placed behind
A. The intensity of light beyond B is found to be

I
. Now
e
5. A silver atom in a s olid osc illate s in s imp le
2
d
ha rmo nic mo tio n in some direc tio n with a another identical polarizer C is placed between A and B. The
a
fr equ enc y of 1 0 12 /sec. What is th e force
I
c
co nstant of th e b onds co nne cting one atom intensity beyond B is now found to be . The angle between
8
with the other ? (Mo le wt. o f silv er =10 8 a nd
A
Avagadro number = 6.02 × 10 23 gm mole –1 )
fdlh Bks l esa pkanh dk ,d ijek.kq 10 12/sec dh vko`fr ls fdlh fn'kk esa
s
polarizer A and C is :
rhozrk I dk v/kzfq or izdk'k ,d vkn'kZ iksyjkWbM A ls xqtjrk gSA blh rjg
dk ,d vkSj iksyjkWbM B dks iksyjkWb M A ds ihNs j[kk x;k gS] iksyjkWb M B
k e r
ljy vkorZ xfr djrk gSA ,d ijek.kq dks nwljs ijek.kq ls tksM+us okys caèk
dk cy fu;rkad fdruk gksxk\(pkanh dk vkf.od Hkkj =108 vkSj vokxkæks
(Avagadro) la[ ;k = 6.02 × 10 23 gm mole –1 )
ds i'pkr~ izdk'k dh rhozrk
I
2
ik;h tkrh gSA vc ,d vkSj mlh rjg ds
a n
(1) 7.1 N/m
(2) 2.2 N/m
iksyjkWb M C dks A vkS j B ds chp j[kk tkrk gS ftlls B ds i'pkr rhozrk
I
R(3) 5.5 N/m ik;h tkrh gSA iksyjkWb M A o C ds chp dk dks.k gksxk :
8
(4) 6.4 N/m (1) 30º (2) 45º
6. It is found that if a neutron suffers an elastic collinear collision (3) 60º (4) 0º
with deuterium at rest, fractional loss of its energy is p d ; while 10 . On interchanging the resistances, the balance point of a meter
for its similar collision with carbon nucleus at rest, fractional bridge shifts to the left by 10 cm. The resistance of their series
loss of energy is pc. The values of pd and pc are respectively: combination is 1 kW. How much was the resistance on the
left slot before interchanging the resistances ?
;fn ,d U;wVªkWu dh ,d fLFkj voLFkk ds M;wVhfj;e ls izR;kLFk ,djs[kh;
la?kV~V gksrh gAS rks mldh ÅtkZ dk vkaf'kd {k; pd ik;k tkrk gAS mlds fLFkj izfrjks/kksa dks cnyus ls] ehVj ls rq dk lary
q u fcanq 10 cm ck¡;h rjQ f[kld
voLFkk ds dkcZu ukfHkd ls le:i la?kV~V esa ÅtkZ dk vkaf'kd {k; pc ik;k tkrk gSA muds Js.kh Øe la;kstu dk izfrjks/k 1 kW gSA izfrjks/kksa dks cnyus
tkrk gSA pd rFkk pc ds eku Øe'k% gksxa s : ls igys ck¡;s rjQ ds [kk¡ps dk izfrjks/k fdruk Fkk ?
(1) 505 kW (2) 550 kW
(1) ( .28, . 89) (2) (0, 0)
(3) 910 kW (4) 990 kW
(3) (0, 1) (4) ( .89, . 28)

11 . From a uniform circular disc of radius R and mass 9M, a 14 . All the graphs below are intended to represent the same motion.
One of them does it incorrectly. Pick it up.
R fn;s x;s lkjs xzkQ ,d gh xfr dks n'kkZrs gSA dksbZ ,d xzkQ ml xfr dks xyr
small disc of radius is removed as shown in the figure.
3 rjhds ls n'kkZrk gSa og xzkQ gS %
distance
The moment of inertia of the remaining disc about an axis
perpendicular to the plane of the disc and passing through
centre of disc is :
(1 ) time
R
Rf=T;k rFkk 9M æO;eku ds ,dleku xksykdkj fMLd ls f=T;k dk
3
,d NksVk xksykdkj fMLd dkV dj fudky fy;k tkrk gS] tSlk fd fp= esa position
n'kkZ;k x;k gSA fMLd ds lrg ds yEcor~ ,oa mlds dsUæ ls xqtjus okys v{k
ds lkis{k cph gqb Z fMLd dk tM+Ro vk?kw.kZ gksxk :
(2) time
2R
3 velocity
(3 ) time
40 37
MR 2 MR 2
E
(1) (2) 10 MR 2 (3) (4) 4 MR 2
9 9 velocity
12 . In a collinear collision, a particle with an initial speed v 0 strikes
J
a stationary particle of the same mass. If the final total kinetic
energy is 50 % greater than the original kinetic energy, the
magnitude of the relative velocity between the two particles,
(4) position
E
after collision, is :
m y
,d ,djs[kh; la?kV~V (collinear collision) esa] vkjfEHkd pky v0 dk ,d
d.k leku æO;eku ds ,d nwljs :ds gq, d.k ls Vdjkrk gAS ;fn dqy vafre
15 . Two batteries with e.m.f 12 V and 13 V are connected in
e
xfrt ÅtkZ] vkjfEHkd xfrt ÅtkZ ls 50 % T;knk gks rks VDdj ds ckn nksuksa
d
d.kksa ds lkis{k xfr dk ifjek.k gksxk :
parallel across a load resistor of 10 W. The internal resistances
a
of the two batteries are 1 W and 2 W respectively. The voltage
13 .
(1 ) 2 v0
A c (2)
v0
2
(3)
v0
2
An EM wave from air enters a medium. The electric fields are
(4)
v0
4
across the load lies between.
12 V rFkk 13 V fo|qr okgd cy dh nks cSVjh dks lekarj Øe esa ,d 10
s
r W ds yksM izfrjks/k ds lkFk tksMk+ x;k gAS nksuksa cVS jh ds vkarfjd izfrjks/k Øe'k%
é æ z öù
E1 = E 01xˆ cos ê 2pn ç - t ÷ ú in air
e r ë è c øû
and E 2 = E 02 xˆ cos ëék ( 2z - ct )ùû in medium, where the wave
k
1 W rFkk 2 W gSA
ds chp gksxk
yksM izfrjks/k ds fljksa dk foHko fuEu esa ls fdu ekuksa
n
number k and frequency v refer to their values in air. The (1 ) 11.5 V and 11.6 V
R a
medium is non-magnetic. If Îr1 and Îr2 refer to relative
permittivity of air and medium respectively, which of the
following options is correct ?
,d fo|qr pqca dh; rjax gok ls fdlh ek/;e esa izo's k djrh gAS muds o|
S rq {ks=
(2) 11.4 V and 11.5 V
(3) 11.7 V and 11.8 V
(4) 11.6 V and 11.7 V
r é æ z öù 16 . A particle is moving with a uniform speed in a circular orbit

E1 = E 01xˆ cos ê 2pn ç - t ÷ ú gok esa
ë è c øû
of radius R in a central force inversely proportional to the n th

r
,oa E 2 = E02xˆ cos ëék ( 2z - ct )ùû ek/;e esa gSa] power of R. If the period of rotation of the particle is T, then,
tgk¡ la p j.k la [ ;k k rFkk vko` f r v ds eku gok es a g S A ,d d.k R f=T;k ds ,d o`Ùkkdkj iFk ij fdlh ,d dsUæh; cy] tks fd
R dh n oha ?kkr ds O;qRØekuqikrh gS] ds varxZr ?kwerk gSA ;fn d.k dk vkorZ
ek/;e vpq E cdh; g S A ;fn Îr1 rFkk Îr2 Øe'k% gok ,oa
dky T gks rks %
ek/;e dh lkis{k fo|qr'khyrk gksa rks fuEu esa ls dkSu lk fodYi lR; gksxk?
n
+1
Îr1 Îr11 Îr1
1 Îr1 (1 ) T µ R 2 (2) T µ R (n +1) / 2
(1 ) Î =2 (2) Î = 4 (3) Î = 2 (4) Î =4 (3 ) T µ R n/2 (4) T µ R 3/2 for any n
r2 r2 r2 r2

17 . If the series limit frequency of the Lyman series is v L, then 21 . A granite rod of 60 cm length is clamped at its middle point
the series limit frequency of the Pfund series is : and is set into longitudinal vibrations. The density of granite is
;fn ykbeu Js.kh dh lhek vko`fÙk vL gS rks Qq.M Js.kh dh lhek vko`fÙk 2.7 × 103 kg/m3 and its Young's modulus is 9.27 × 1010 Pa. What
will be the fundamental frequency of the longitudinal
gksxh :
vibrations?
(1 ) 16 v L (2) v L/16
(3 ) v L/25 (4) 25 v L 60 cm yEckbZ dh xzu
s kbZV dh ,d NM+ dks mlds e/; ds ifjc¼ djds mlesa
18 . In an a. c. circuit, the instantaneous e.m.f. and current are given
vuqnS/;Z dEiu mRiUu fd;s tkrs gSaA xzsukbZV dk ?kuRo 2.7 × 103 kg/m3 rFkk
by
;ax izR;kLFkrk xq.kakd 9.27 × 1010 Pa gAS vuqnS/;Z dEiu dh ewy vko`fÙk D;k
,d a. c. ifjiFk ds fo|qr okgd cy rFkk /kkjk dk rkR{kf.kd eku fuEufyf[kr
gksxh ?
lehdj.kksa ls fn;k x;k gSA
e = 100 sin 30 t (1) 2.5 kHz (2) 10 kHz
pö (3) 7.5 kHz (4) 5 kHz

æ
i = 20 sin ç 30t - ÷
è 4ø 22 . The mass of a hydrogen molecule is 3.32 × 10–27 kg.
If 10 23 hydrogen molecules strike, per second, a fixed wall
In one cycle of a.c., the average power consumed by the circuit
of area 2 cm 2 at an angle of 45° to the normal, and rebound
and the wattless current are, respectively.
elastically with a speed of 10 3 m/s, then the pressure on the
a.c., ds,d iw.kZ pØ es a ifjiFk }kjk vkSlr 'kfDr O;; rFkk okVghu /kkjk
wall is nearly :
ds eku] Øe'k% gSA
,d gkbMªkstu v.kq dk æO;eku 3.32 × 10–27 kg gSA 2 cm2 {ks=Qy dh
1000 50
(1 ) , 10 (2) , 0 ,d fLFkj nhokj ij 1023 izfr lsd.s M dh nj ls gkbMªkt
s u v.kq ;fn vfHkyEc
2 2
ls 45° ij izR;kLFk VDdj djds 103 m/s dh xfr ls ykSVrs gSa] rks nhokj
19 .
(3) 50, 0 (4) 50, 10
Two moles of an ideal monoatomic gas occupies a volume
ij yxs nkc dk fudVre eku gksxk :
E E
J
V at 27°C. The gas expands adiabatically to a volume 2V. (1) 4.70 × 10 3 N/m 2
Calculate (a) the final temperature of the gas and (b) change
(2) 2.35 × 10 2 N/m 2
in its internal energy.
m y
fdlh ,dijek.kqd vkn'kZ xSl ds 2 eksy 27°C rkieku ij V vk;ru ?ksjrs
gSA xSl dk vk;ru :¼ks"e izØe }kjk QSy dj 2V gks tkrk gSA xSl ds (a)
(3) 4.70 × 10 2 N/m 2
(4) 2.35 × 10 3 N/m 2
d e
vafre rkieku dk eku ,oa (b) mldh vkarfjd ÅtkZ esa ifjorZu dk eku gksxkA
(1) (a) 195 K (b) –2.7 kJ
23 . Seven identical circular planar disks, each of mass M and radius
R are welded symmetrically as shown. The moment of inertia
c a
(2) (a) 189 K (b) –2.7 kJ
(3) (a) 195 K (b) 2.7 kJ
(4) (a) 189 K (b) 2.7 kJ
of the arrangement about the axis normal to the plane and
passing through the point P is :
20 .
A
A solid sphere of radius r made of a soft material of bulk
modulus K is surrounded by a liquid in a cylindrical container.
s
A massless piston of area a floats on the surface of the liquid,
fp=kuqlkj lkr ,d tSlh o`Ùkkdkj lery fMLdksa ftlesa izR;sd dk æO;eku
M rFkk f=T;k R gSA dks lefer :i ls tksM+k tkrk gSA lery ds yEcor~
k e r
covering entire cross section of cylindrical container. When
a mass m is placed on the surface of the piston to compress
the liquid, the fractional decrement in the radius of the sphere,
rFkk P ls xqtjus okyh v{k ds lkis{k bl la;kstu dk tMRo vk?kw.kZ gS :
n
æ dr ö
a
ç ÷ , is :
è r ø O
P
Rfdlh eqyk;e inkFkZ }kjk cus gq, r f=T;k dk ,d Bksl xksyk] ftldk vk;ru
izR;kLFkrk xq.kkad K gS] ,d csyukdkj crZu esa fdlh æo }kjk f?kjk gqvk gSA
a {ks=Qy dk ,d æO;ekufoghu fiLVu] csyukdkj crZu ds laiw.kZ vuqiLz FkdkV
dks <drs gq,] æo ds lrg ij rjS rk gSA æo ds laihMu gsrq tc fiLVu ds
lrg ij ,d æO;eku m j[kk tkrk g]S rks xksys dh f=T;k esa gksus okyk vkaf'kd 55 73
(1) MR 2 (2) MR 2
2 2
æ dr ö
ifjorZu ç ÷ gksxk :
è r ø 181 19
(3 ) MR 2 (4) MR 2
2 2
Ka mg mg Ka
(1 ) (2) (3) (4)
3mg 3Ka Ka mg

6. A heavy ball of mass M is suspended from the ceiling of a car
by a light string of mass m (m<<M). When the car is at rest,
JEE(MAIN)-2019 the speed of transverse waves in the string is 60 ms–1. When
the car has acceleration a, the wave-speed increases to 60.5
1. When the switch S, in the circuit shown, is closed, then the
ms–1. The value of a, in terms of gravitational acceleration g,
value of current i will be : is closest to :
çnf'kZr ifjiFk esa tc fLop S dks can dj fn;k tk;s rks èkkjk i dk eku gksxk: æO;eku M okyh ,d Hkkjh xsna dks dkj dh Nr ls æO;eku m (m << M) okyh
20V i1 C i2 10V ,d gYdh jLlh ls yVdk;k tkrk gAS tc dkj fojke esa gksrh gS rks jLlh esa mRiUu
A 2W i 4W B vuqçLFk rjaxksa dh pky 60 ms–1 gksrh gSA tc dkj dk Roj.k a gksrk gS rc rjax
2W pky 60.5 ms–1 rd c<+ tkrh gS rks xq:Roh; Roj.k g ds inksa esa a dk fudVre
S eku gksxk gS %&
g g g g
V=0 (1) (2) (3) (4)
(1) 3 A (2) 5 A (3) 4 A (4) 2 A 5 20 10 30
2. A resistance is shown in the figure. Its value and tolerance are
given respectively by:
7. (
A particle is moving with a velocity v = K yiˆ + xjˆ , where K )
fp= esa ,d çfrjks/k n'kkZ;k x;k gSA bldk eku rFkk lárk Øe'k% gS : is a constant. The general equation for its path is:
RED ORANGE
( )
,d d.k osx v = K yiˆ + xjˆ ls xfr'khy gS] tgk¡ K fu;rakd gAS blds iFk
dh O;kid lehdj.k gSA
VIOLET SILVER (1) xy = constant (2) y2 = x2 + constant
(1) 27 kW, 20% (2) 270 kW, 5%
(3) y = x2 + constant (4) y2 = x + constant
(3) 270 kW, 10% (4) 27 kW, 10%
8. A convex lens is put 10 cm from a light source and it makes
3. A bar magnet is demagnetized by inserting it inside a solenoid a sharp image on a screen, kept 10 cm from the lens. Now
of length 0.2 m, 100 turns, and carrying a current of 5.2 A. a glass block (refractive index 1.5) of 1.5 cm thickness is placed
The coercivity of the bar magnet is :
,d NM+ pqEcd dks yEckbZ 0.2 m, 100 ?ksjksa rFkk 5.2 A /kkjk okyh ,d
,d mRry ySl
E E
in contact with the light source. To get the sharp image again,
the screen is shifted by a distance d. Then d is :
a dks çdk'k L=ksr ls 10 cm nwjh ij j[kk tkrk gS rFkk ;g ySla
J
ifjukfydk esa çfo"V djkdj fopqEcfdr fd;k tkrk gAS NM+ pqEcd dh fuxzkfgrk
gS : ls 10 cm nwjh ij fLFkr insZ ij Li"V çfrfcEc cukrk gSA vc eksVkbZ 1.5 cm
okyk dk¡p CykWd (viorZukad 1.5) çdk'k L=ksr ds lkFk laidZ esa j[kk tkrk
y
(1) 1200 A/m (2) 2600 A/m
(3) 520 A/jm (4) 285 A/m gSA iqu% Li"V çfrfcEc çkIr djus ds fy, insZ dks nwjh d foLFkkfir fd;k tkrk
m
4. A block of mass m, lying on a smooth horizontal surface, is gS] rc d dk eku gS%&
e
attached to a spring (of negligible mass) of spring constant k. (1) 0.55 cm away from the lens
The other end of the spring is fixed, as shown in the figure. (2) 1.1 cm away from the lens
d
The block is initally at rest in its equilibrium position. If now
a
the block is pulled with a constant force F, the maximum speed
c
of the block is :
9.
(3) 0.55 cm towards the lens
(4) 0
Three blocks A, B and C are lying on a smooth horizontal
surface, as shown in the figure. A and B have equal masses,
k
A
,d fpduh {kSfrt lrg ij fLFkr æO;eku m okyk ,d CykWd fLçax fu;rkad
okyh ,d ux.; æO;eku dh fLçax ls tqM+k gqvk gSA fLçax dk nwljk fljk
s
fp=kuqlkj fLFkj gSA çkjEHk esa CykWd bldh lkE;koLFkk fLFkfr esa fojke esa gSA
m while C has mass M. Block A is given an brutal speed v
towards B due to which it collides with B perfectly inelastically.
The combined mass collides with C, also perfectly inelastically
r
5
;fn vc CykWd dks fu;r cy F ls [khapk tkrk gS rks CykWd dh vf/kdre pky th of the initial kinetic energy is lost in whole process. What
gS :
k e 6
is value of M/m ?
rhu CykWd A, B rFkk C ,d fpduh {kSfrt lrg ij fp=kuqlkj j[ks gAS A rFkk
a n m F
B ds æO;eku m leku gS] tcfd C dk æO;eku M gSA CykWd A dks B dh
vksj ,d pky v bl izdkj nh tkrh gS fd ftlds dkj.k ;g B ls iw.kZr;k vçR;kLFk
:i ls Vdjkrk gSA la;qDr æO;eku C ls iw.kZr;k vçR;kLFk VDdj djrk gSA bl
5.
R(1)
pF
mk
(2)
2F
mk
(3)
F
mk
(4)
Mobility of electrons in a semiconductor is defined as the ratio

of their drift velocity to the applied electric field. If, for an n-
F
p mk
lEi.w kZ çfØ;k esa çkjfEHkd xfrt ÅtkZ dk
M/m dk eku D;k gS ?
A
m
B
m
C
m
5
6
ok¡ Hkkx [kpZ gks tkrk gS] rks
type semiconductor, the density of electrons is 1019m–3 and

(1) 4 (2) 5 (3) 3 (4) 2
their mobility is 1.6 m 2 /(V.s) then the resistivity of the
10. Drift speed of electrons, when 1.5 A of current flows in a copper
semiconductor (since it is an n-type semiconductor contribution
wire of cross section 5 mm2, is v. If the electron density in copper
of holes is ignored) is close to:
is 9 ×1028 /m3 the value of v in mm/s is close to (Take charge
,d v¼Zpkyd esa bysDVªkuksa dh xfr'khyrk dks muds viogu osx rFkk vkjksfir of electron to be =1.6 × 10–19C)
fo|qr {kS= ds vuqikr ds :i esa O;Dr fd;k tkrk gAS ;fn n-çdkj ds v¼Zpkyd tc vuqçLFk dkV {ks =Qy 5 mm2 okys dkWij rkj esa 1.5A /kkjk çokfgr
ds fy, bysDVªkus ksa dk ?kuRo 1019m–3 rFkk mudh xfr'khyrk 1.6 m2/(V.s) gS gks rh gS rks bys DVªk s uks a dh viogu pky v gksrh gSA ;fn dkWij esa bysDVªk Wu
rks v¼Zpkyd dh çfrjksèkdrk yxHkx (pwf¡ d ;g n-çdkj dk v¼Zpkyd gS] vr% ?kuRo 9 ×1028 /m 3 gS rks v dk eku mm/s esa yxHkx gS %
blesa fNæksa dk ;ksxnku ux.; ekuk tkrk gSA) gS%& (bysD Vªk s u dk vkos ' k = 1.6 × 10–19C ysa)
(1) 2Wm (2) 0.4Wm (3) 4Wm (4) 0.2Wm (1) 0.2 (2) 3 (3) 2 (4) 0.02

11. In a Young's double slit experiment, the slits are placed 0.320 16. In a car race on straight road, car A takes a time t less than car B
mm apart. Light of wavelength l = 500 nm is incident on the at the finish and passes finishing point with a speed 'v' more
slits. The total number of bright fringes that are observed in than that of car B. Both the cars start from rest and travel with
the angular range –30°£q£30°is: constant acceleration a1 and a2 respectively. Then 'v' is equal to:
;ax ds f}f>jh midj.k esa f>fjZ;ksa ds chp njw h 0.320 mm gSA rjaxnS/;Z ,d lh/kh lM+d ij dkjksa dh ,d Li/kkZ esa] dkj A dks dkj B dh vis{kk var
l = 500 nm dk çdk'k f>fjZ;ksa ij iM+rk gSA dks.kh; ijkl –30° £ q £ rd igqp ¡ us esa t le; de yxrk gS rFkk vUr fcUnq ij mldh xfr dkj B ls
30° esa fn[kus okyh nhIr fÝatksa dh la[;k gksx h : v vf/kd gksrh gAS nksuksa dkjsa fLFkjkoLFkk ls fu;r Roj.k a1 rFkk a2 ls pyrh gSA
(1) 320 (2) 641 (3) 321 (4) 640
'v' dk eku gksxk :
12. At a given instant, say t = 0, two radioactive substances A and
a1 + a 2 2a1a 2
RB (1) t (2) 2a1a 2 t (3) t (4) a 1a 2 t
B have equal activities. The ratio 2 a1 + a 2
R A of their activities after 17. A power transmission line feeds input power at 2300 V to
time t itself decays with time t as e–3t. [f the half-life of A is a step down transformer with its primary windings having
m2, the half-life of B is : 4000 turns. The output power is delivered at 230 V by the
fn;s x;s ,d {k.k] t = 0 ij nks jsfM;ks/kehZ inkFkks± A rFkk B, dh lfØ;rk cjkcj transformer. If the current in the primary of the transformer
is 5A and its efficiency is 90%, the output current would be:
RB
gSA le; t ds i'pkr~] budh lfØ;rk dk vuqikr R le; t ds lkFk e–3t 2300 V dh ,d 'kfDr lapj.k ykbu ,d vipk;h Vªkl
¡ QkWejZ ] ftlds çkFkfed
A
dqM
¡ yh esa 4000 Qsjas gS] dks 'kfDr çnku djrh gSA Vªk¡lQkWeZj 230 V ds fuxZr
ds vuqlkj ?kVrk gSA ;fn A dh v/kZvk;q ln2 gS] rks B dh v/kZvk;q gksxh :
foHko ij 'kfDr forj.k djrk gSA ;fn Vªk¡lQkWejZ dh çkFkfed dqaMyh esa 5A
ln2 ln2 dh /kkjk gS rFkk bldh n{krk 90% gS] rks fuxZr /kkjk dk eku gksxk :
(1) (2) 2 ln2 (3) (4) 4 ln2
2 4 (1) 25 A (2) 50 A (3) 35 A (4) 45 A
13. A rod of length 50cm is pivoted at one end. It is raised such 18. The top of a water tank is open to air and its water level is
that if makes an angle of 30° from the horizontal as shown
E
maintained. It is giving out 0.74 m3 water per minute through
and released from rest. Its angular speed when it passes a circular opening of 2 cm radius in its wall. The depth of the centre
through the horizontal (in rad s–1) will be (g = 10ms–2 )
J
50cm dh ,d NM+ ds ,d fljs dks dhydhr fd;k gSA bldks {kSfrt ls 30°
dks.k ij] fp=kuqlkj] mBkdj fLFkjkoLFkk ls NksM+ fn;k tkrk gAS tc ;g NM+ {kfS rt E
of the opening from the level of water in the tank is close to:
ikuh dh ,d Vadh Åij ls [kqyh gq;h gS rFkk blesa ikuh dk LFkj fLFkj gAS bldh
nhokj esa mifLFkr ,d 2 cm f=T;k ds o`Ùkkdkj Nsn ls ikuh 0.74 m3/min
(fn;k gS :g = 10ms–2)
m y
voLFkk ls xqtjrh gS rks bldk dks.kh; pky dk rad s–1 esa eku gksxk : dh nj ls cg jgk gSA bl Nsn ds dsUæ dh ikuh dh lrg ls xgjkbZ dk lfUudV
eku gksxk :
(1) 9.6 m (2) 4.8 m (3) 2.9 m (4) 6.0 m
d e 19. A satellite is moving with a constant speed v in circular orbit

around the earth. An object of mass 'm' is ejected from the
a
30°
satellite such that it just escapes from the gravitational pull of
14.
(1) 30
A c (2)
30
2
(3)
30
2
The magnetic field associated with a light wave is given, at
(4)
20
3
the earth. At the time of ejection, the kinetic energy of the
object is :
,d mixzg i`Foh ds ifjr% o`Ùkkdkj d{kk esa ,d fu;r xfr v ls ?kwe jgk gSA
s
mixzg ls æO;eku 'm' dk ,d fi.M bl rjg mR{ksfir gksrk gS fd og i`Foh
the origin, by
k e r
B = B0 [sin(3.14 × 107)ct + sin(6.28 × 107)ct]. If this light falls
on a silver plate having a work function of 4.7 eV, what will
be the maximum kinetic energy of the photo electrons ?
(c = 3 × l08ms–1, h = 6.6 × 10–34 J-s)
ds xq#Rokd"kZ.k ls Bhd iyk;u dj tkrk gAS mR{ksi.k ds le; fi.M dh xfrt
ÅtkZ dk eku gksxk :
3 2
mv
1
mv 2
n
(1) (2) mv2 (3) 2mv2 (4)
2 2
ewyfcUnq ij ,d çdk'kh; rjax ds laxr pqEcdh; {ks= fuEu gS :
a
B = B0 [sin(3.14 × 107)ct + sin(6.28 × 107)ct]. ;fn ;g çdk'k ,d
R
pk¡nh dh IysV] ftldk dk;Z Qyu 4.7 eV gS] ij iM+rk gS rks blls mRlftZr
QksVksbyDS VªkWuksa dh vfèkdre xfrt ÅtkZ D;k gksxh\
(fn;k gS : c = 3 × l08ms–1, h = 6.6 × 10–34 J-s)
20. In a Young's double slit experiment with slit separation 0.1
mm, one observes a bright fringe at angle

1
40
rad by using
light of wavelength l1. When the light of wavelength l2 is used

(1) 7.72 eV (2) 8.52 eV a bright fringe is seen at the same angle in the same set up.
(3) 12.5 eV (4) 6.82 eV Given that l1 and l2 are in visible range (380 nm to 740 nm),
their values are :
15. The position co-ordinates of a particle moving in a 3-D

coordinate system is given by ,d ;ax f}&f>jh ç;ksx ftlesa f>fjZ;ksa ds chp dh nwjh 0.1 mm gS] rjaxnSè;Z
,d f=foeh; funsZ'kkad fudk; esa xfr'khy ,d d.k ds fLFkfr funsZ'kkad fuEu 1
l1 ds çdk'k }kjk rad dks.k ij nhIr fÝUt ns[kh tkrh gAS tc blh ç;ksx
gS : 40
x = a coswt esa l2 rjaxn/S ;Z ds çdk'k dk mi;ksx djrs gSa rks mlh dks.k ij nhIr fÝUt ns[kh
y = a sinwt tkrh gSA fn;k gS fd l1 rFkk l 2 n`'; çdk'k ds ijkl ( 380 nm ls
and z = awt
740 nm rd) esa gSA rks muds eku gksx as s :
The speed of the particle is :
(1) 380 nm, 500 nm (2) 625 nm, 500 nm
bl d.k dh xfr dk eku gksxk : (3) 380 nm, 525 nm (4) 400 nm, 500 nm
(1) aw (2) 3 aw (3) 2 aw (4) 2aw

21. Water flows into a large tank with flat bottom at the rate of 27. A homogeneous solid cylindrical roller of radius R and mass
10–4 m3s–1. Water is also leaking out of a hole of area 1 cm2 M is pulled on a cricket pitch by a horizontal force. Assuming
rolling without slipping, angular acceleration of the cylinder
at its bottom. If the height of the water in the tank remains
is :
steady, then this height is:
æO;eku M rFkk f=T;k R ds ,d Bksl lekax csykukdkj jksyj dks ,d fØdsV
,d lery ryh ds cM+s VSad es ikuh 10–4 m3s–1 ls Hkj jgk gS vkSj bldh fip ij {kSfrt cy F] ls [khapk tk jgk gAS ;g ekurs gq;s fd csyu fcuk fQlys
ryh esa cus 1 cm2 {ks=Qy ds ,d Nsn ls ikuh ckgj Hkh cg jgk gSA ;fn ikuh yq<+drk gS] blds dks.kh; Roj.k dk eku gksxk :
dh VSad esa Å¡pkbZ fLFkj gS rks bl Å¡pkbZ dk eku gksxk : 3F F 2F F
(1) 4 cm (2) 2.9 cm (3) 1.7 cm (4) 5.1 cm (1) (2) (3) (4)
2m R 3m R 3m R 2m R
22. The density of a material in SI units is 128 kg m–3. In certain 28. A plano convex lens of refractive index µ 1 and focal length
units in which the unit of length is 25 cm and the unit of mass f1 is kept in contact with another plano concave lens of refractive
is 50 g, the numerical value of density of the material is : index µ 2 and focal length f2. If the radius of curvature of their
SI ek=dksa esa ,d inkFkZ dk ?kuRo 128 kg m–3 gA
S ,d ,sls ek=dksa esa] ftlesa spherical faces is R each and f1 = 2f2, then µ 1 and µ 2 are related
as :
yEckbZ dh bdkbZ 25 cm rFkk æO;eku dh bdkbZ 50 g gS] bl inkFkZ ds ?kuRo
dk vkafdd eku gksxk: viorZukad µ1 rFkk Qksdl f1nwjh ds ,d leryksÙky ysUl dks viorZukad µ 2
(1) 410 (2) 640 (3) 16 (4) 40
rFkk Qksdl nwjh f2 ds nwljs lery&vory ysUl ds lEidZ esa j[kk x;k gSA ;fn
23. A block of mass m is kept on a platform which starts from rest muds çR;sd xksyh; Qyd dh oØrk f=T;k R gS rFkk f1 = 2f2 gS] rks µ 1 rFkk
with constant acceleration g/2 upward, as shown in fig. Work µ 2 esa lEcU/k gksxk :
done bv normal reaction on block in time t is : (1) µ 1 + µ 2 = 3 (2) 2µ 1 – µ 2 = 1
fn[kk;s x;s fp=kuqlkj m æO;eku dk ,d xqVdk ,d IysVQkWeZ ij j[kk gS tks (3) 2µ 2 – µ 1 = 1 (4) 3µ 2 – 2µ 1 = 1
29. Three Carnot engines operate in series between a heat source
fojke ls fu;r Roj.k g/2 ls Åij dh vksj pyuk vkjEHk djrk gSA xqVds ij
E
at a temperature T 1 and a heat sink at temperature T4 (see
yxus okys vfHkyEc çfrfØ;k (normal reaction) cy }kjk le; t esa fd;k
figure). There are two other reservoirs at temperature T2, and
x;k dk;Z gS :
m
J g
a=2
T3, as shown, with T2 > T2 > T3 > T4 . The three engines are
equally efficient if:
E
rhu dkuksZ batu Js.khØe esa T1 rkieku ds ,d xeZ Å"ek Hk.Mkj rFkk T4 rkieku
(1) 0
m
(2) y 3mg t
8
2 2
(3) -
mg t
8
2 2
(4)
mg t
8
2 2
ds ,d B.Ms Å"ek Hk.Mkj ds chp yxs gSa (fp= nsf[k;s)A fn[kk;s vuqlkj T2
rFkk T3 rkieku ds nks vkSj Å"ek Hk.Mkj gS ;gk¡ T1 > T2 > T3 > T4 gASa rhuksa
24.
e
Two guns A a nd B can f ire bullets at spe eds
d
1 km/s and 2 km/s respectively. From a point on a horizontal
batu cjkcj {keRkk ds gkssaxs] ;fn :
(
(1) T2 = T12 T4 )
1/3
(
; T3 = T1 T42 )
1/3
T1
a
e1
ground, they are fired in all possible directions. The ratio of
A c
maximum areas covered by the bullets fired by the two guns,
on the ground is :
nks cUnwdksa A rFkk B }kjk vkjfEHkd pkyksa Øe'k% 1 km/s rFkk 2 km/s ls
xksyh pyk;h tk ldrh gSA {kfS rt Hkwfe ds fdlh fcUnq ls lHkh lEHko fn'kkvksa
(
(2) T2 = T1T42
(
(3) T2 = T13 T4
)
)
1/ 3
1/ 4
(
; T3 = T12 T4
(
;T3 = T1 T43
)
1/ 3
)
1/ 4
e2
T2
T3
s
e3
es budks pyk;k tkrk gSA nksuksa cUnwdksa }kjk nkxh xbZ xksfy;ksa ls Hkwfe ij Nkfnr
r (4) T2 = (T1 T4 )1 / 2 ; T3 = (T12 T4 )1 / 3 T4
e
vf/kdre {ks=Qyksa dk vuqikr gS : 30. The actual value of resistance R, shown in the figure is 30W.
(1) 1 : 2 (2) 1 : 4 (3) 1 : 8 (4) 1 : 16
k
This is measured in an experiment as shown using the standard
25. A string of length 1 m and mass 5 g is fixed at both ends. The
a n
tension in the string is 8.0 N. The siring is set into vibration
using an externa l vibr ator of freque ncy 100 Hz. The
separation between successive nodes on the string is close to:
formula R =
V
I
, where V and I are the readings of the
voltmeter and ammeter, respectively. If the measured value
R1 m yEckbZ rFkk 5 g æO;eku dh ,d Mksjh ds nksuksa fljksa dks n`<+ j[kk gSA Mksjh
esa 8.0 N dk ruko gSA 100 Hz vko`fÙk ds ,d ckgjh dfEi= ls Mksjh esa dEiUu
mRiUu djrs gAS Mksjh esa cus fudVre fuLianksa ds chp dh nwjh dk lfUudV eku
gksxk :
of R is 5% less, then the internal resistance of the voltmeter
is :
iznf'kZr fp= esa izfrjks/k R dk okLrfod eku 30W gSA ;g n'kkZ;s x;s iz;ksx
esa ekud lw= R =

V
dk mi;ksx djds ekik x;k gS] tgk¡ V rFkk I Øe'k%
(1) 16.6 cm (2) 20.0 cm (3) 10.0 cm (4) 33.3 cm I
26. In an electron microscope, the resolution that can be achieved

oksYVehVj rFkk vehVj ds ikB~;kad gSA ;fn R dk ekik x;k eku 5% de gS
is of the order of the wavelength of electrons used. To resolve a width
of 7.5 × 10–12m, the minimum electron energy required is close to : rks oksYVehVj ds vkUrfjd izfrjksèk dk eku gS %&
,d bysDVªkuW lw{en'khZ dh foHksnu mlesa ç;ksx fd;s x;s bysDVªkuW ksa dh rjaxn/S
V
;Z dh dksfV dh dh gSA 7.5 × 10–12m dh pkSM+kbZ ds foHksnu gsrq bysDVªkWu
A
dh U;wure ÅtkZ dk fudVre eku gksxk : R
(1) 100 keV (2) 500 keV
(3) 25 keV (4) 1 keV
(1) 350W (2) 570W (3) 35 W (4) 600 W

31. A hoop and a solid cylinder of same mass and radius are made 35. A closed organ pipe has a fundamental frequency of 1.5 kHz.
of a permanent magnetic material with their magnetic moment The number of overtones that can be distinctly heard by a
parallel to their respective axes. But the magnetic moment of person with this organ pipe will be : (Assume that the highest
hoop is twice of solid cylinder. They are placed in a uniform frequency a person can hear is 20,000 Hz)
magnetic field in such a manner that their magnetic moments ,d can vkxZu ikbi dh ewyHkwr vko`fÙk 1.5 kHz gSA bl vkxZu ikbi ds lkFk
make a small angle with the field. If the oscillation periods of ,d O;fä }kjk Li"V :i ls lqus tk ldus okys vf/kLojdksa dh la[;k gS (ekuk
hoop and cylinder are Th and Tc respectively, then : O;fä }kjk lquh tk ldus okyh vf/kdre vko`fÙk 20,000 Hz gksrh gS)
,d LFkk;h pqEcdh; inkFkZ ls cuh ,d fNæ ;qä pdrh (gwi) rFkk Bksl csyu (1) 7 (2) 5 (3) 6 (4) 4
ds æO;eku rFkk f=T;k leku gS rFkk buds pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ muds laxr v{kksa ds 36. Two kg of a monoatomic gas is at a pressure of 4×104 N/m2.
The density of the gas is 8 kg /m 3. What is the order of energy
lekUrj gSA ijUrq gwi dk pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ Bksl csyu ds pqEcdh; vk?kw.kZ ls
of the gas due to its thermal motion ?
nqxuq k gSA ;s le:i pqEcdh; {ks= esa bl izdkj j[ks tkrs gSa fd mudk pqEcdh;
nks fdyksxkz e ,dijekf.od xSl nkc 4 × 104 N/m2 ij gSA xSl dk ?kuRo
vk?kw.kZ {ks= ds lkFk vYi dks.k cukrk gAS ;fn gwi rFkk csyu ds nksyudky Øe'k%
8 kg/m3 gSA bldh rkih; xfr ds dkj.k xSl dh ÅtkZ dh dksfV gS %&
Th rFkk Tc gS rks %&
(1) 10 3 J (2) 10 5 J (3) 106 J (4) 10 4 J
(1) Th = 0.5 Tc (2) Th = 2 Tc
(3) Th = 1.5 Tc (4) Th = Tc 37. The Wheatstone bridge shown in Fig. here, gets balanced
32. Consider the nuclear fission when the carbon resistor used as R1 has the colour code (
Orange, Red, Brown). The resistors R2 and R4 are 80W and
ukfHkdh; fo[k.Mu
40W, respectively.
Ne20 ® 2He4 + C12 Assuming that the colour code for the carbon resistors gives
Given that the binding energy/nucleon of Ne 20, He4 and C12 their accurate values, the colour code for the carbon resistor,
are, respectively, 8.03 MeV, 7.07 MeV and 7.86 MeV, identify used as R3, would be :
the correct statement : iznf'kZr OghVLVksu lsrq larqfyr gksrk gS tc R1 ds :i esa iz;Dq r dkcZu izfrjksèkd
rFkk C12 dh izfr U;wfDy;ksu caèku ÅtkZ Øe'k% 8.03 MeV,
Ne20, He4 esa o.kZØe (ukjaxh] yky] Hkwjk) gksrk gSA izfrjks/kd R2 rFkk R4 ds eku Øe'k%
7.07 MeV rFkk 7.86 MeV gSA lgh dFku pqfu;s %&
(1) 8.3 MeV energy will be released
(2) energy of 12.4 MeV will be supplied
80W rFkk 40W gS A
E
ekukfd dkcZu izfrjks/kdksa ds fy, o.kZØe ds ;FkkFkZ eku fn;s x;s gSA R3 ds :i
E
J
(3) energy of 11.9 MeV has to be supplied esa iz;ä
q dkcZu izfrjksèkd ds fy, o.kZØe gksxk%&
(4) energy of 3.6 MeV will be released
R1 R2
y
33. Consider a Young's double slit experiment as shown in figure.
What should be the slit separation d in terms of wavelength
G
l such that the first minima occurs directly in front of the slit
(S1 ) ?
e m
iznf'kZr ;ax f}&fLyV iz;ksx ij fopkj dhft;sA fLyVksa ds e/; nwjh d rjaxnS/
d
;Z l ds inksa esa D;k gksuh pkfg;s rkfd izFke fufEu"B lh/kk fLyV (S1) ds lkeus
R3
+ –
R4
izkIr gks\
c a (1) Red, Green, Brown

(3) Grey, Black, Brown
(2) Brown, Blue, Brown
(4) Brown, Blue, Black
s A
Source d
S1 P
1st minima
38. A hydrogen atom, initially in the ground state is excited by
absorbing a photon of wavelength 980Å. The radius of the
atom in the excited state, it terms of Bohr radius a0, will be:
k e r S2
2d
Screen
vkjafHkd ewy voLFkk esa gkbMªkt
s u ijek.kq 980Å rjaxnSè;Z dk QksVkWu vo'kksf"kr
dj mÙksftr gks tkrk gAS bl mÙksftr Lrj esa ijek.kq dh f=T;k cksj f=T;k a0 ds
a n (
(1) 2 5 - 2
l
) (2)
( 5- 2
l
)
ek=d esa gksxh %&
(hc = 12500 eV – Å)
(1) 9a 0 (2) 25a 0 (3) 4a 0 (4) 16a 0
34.
R
(3)
(
l
5 -2 ) (4) 2
(
l
5 -2
The eye can be regarded as a single refracting surface . The

)
39. A liquid of density r is coming out of a hose pipe of radius
a with horizontal speed v and hits a mesh. 50% of the liquid
passes through the mesh unaffected. 25% looses all of its
momentum and 25% comes back with the same speed. The
radius of curvature of this surface is equal to that of cornea resultant pressure on the mesh will be :
(7.8 mm). This surface separates two media of refractive

r ?kuRo dk æo a f=T;k okys gksT+k ikbZi esa ls {kSfrt pky v ls fudy jgk gS
indices 1 and 1.34. Calculate the distance from the refracting
surface at which a parallel beam of light will come to focus. vkjS ,d tky ls Vdjkrk gSA 50% æo tky ls vizHkkfor fudy tkrk g]S 25%
vk¡[k dks ,dy viorZd lrg ekuk tk ldrk gSA bl lrg dh oØrk f=T;k] æo dk laosx 'kwU; gks tkrk gS rFkk 25% æo mlh pky ls okil vk tkrk gSA
dksfuZ;k ds leku (7.8 mm) gS ;g lrg viorZukad 1 rFkk 1.34 okys nks tky ij ifj.kkeh nkc gksxk %&
ek/;eksa dks i`Fkd djrh gSA viorZd lrg ls ml fcUnq dh nwjh Kkr dhft,
3 2 1 2 1 2
ftl ij izdk'k dk lekUrj iqat Qksdflr gksxk%& (1) pv2 (2) pv (3) pv (4) pv
4 2 4
(1) 2 cm (2) 1 cm (3) 3.1 cm (4) 4.0 cm

40. An electromagnetic wave of intensity 50 Wm–2
enters in a 45. In the given circuit the current through Zener Diode is close
medium of refractive index 'n' without any loss. The ratio of to :
the magnitudes of electrric fields, and the ratio of the
magnitudes of magnetic fields of the wave before and after fn;s x;s ifjiFk esa tsuj Mk;ksM esa /kkjk dk yxHkx eku gksxk%&
entering into the medium are respectively, given by :
50 Wm–2 rhozrk dh ,d fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax 'n' viorZukad ds ,d ek/
;e esa fcuk fdlh {k; ds izo's k djrh gSA rjax ds ek/;e esa izo's k djus ds iwoZ R1 500 W
rFkk i'pkr~ fo|qr {ks=ksa dk vuqikr rFkk pqEcdh; {ks=ksa dk vuqikr Øe'k% gksxa %s &
12V
æ 1 ö R2 1500 W V2=10V R2
æ 1 1 ö
(1) ç , ÷ (2) ç n, ÷
è n nø è nø
æ 1 ö (1) 6.0 mA (2) 4.0 mA

(3) ( n, n ) (4) ç
è n
, n÷
ø (3) 6.7 mA (4) 0.0 mA
41. Equation of travelling wave on a stretched string of linear density 46. The variation of refractive index of a crown glass thin prism
5 g/m is y = 0.03 sin(450 t – 9x) where distance and time
with wavelength of the incident light is shown. Which of the
are measured is SI units. The tension in the string is :
following graphs is the correct one, if D m is the angle of
5 g/m js[kh; ?kuRo okyh ruh gqbZ Mksjh esa izxkeh rjax dk lehdj.k fuEu gS
minimum deviation?
y = 0.03 sin(450 t – 9x) tgk¡ nwjh vkSj le; SI ek=dksa esa gSaA Mksjh esa
ruko gS %& ØkÅu dk¡p ds irys fizTe ds viorZukad ds ifjorZu dks vkifrr izdk'k dh
(1) 10 N (2) 12.5 N (3) 7.5 N (4) 5 N rjaxn/S ;Z ds lkFk fn[kk;k x;k gSA ;fn Dm U;wure fopyu dks.k gS rks fuEu esa
42. A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at a height h from the
earth surface, such that h << R where R is the radius of the ls dkSulk xzkQ lgh gS \
earth. Assuming that the effect of earth's atmosphere can be
E
1.535
neglected the minimum increase in the speed requried so that
the satellite could escape from the gravitational field of earth 1.530
is :
J
i`Foh dh lrg ls h Å¡pkbZ ij ,d mixzg ,d o`Ùkh; d{kk esa bl izdkj ?kwe
jgk gS fd h << R tgk¡ R i`Foh dh f=T;k gSA ekuk fd i`Foh ds ok;qe.My
1.525
1.520
1.515
E
y
dk izHkko ux.; gSA d{kh; pky esa fdruh U;wure o`f¼ gksuh pkfg, ftlls fd
mixzg i`Foh ds xq:Roh; {ks= ls iyk;u dj lds %&
(
m
) Dm
1.510
400 500 600 700
l(nm)
e
(1) gR 2 -1 (2) 2gR
43.
(3) gR
c a d (4)
A particle undergoing simple harmonic motion has time

gR
2 (1)
s A
dependent displacement given by x ( t ) = A sin
of kinetic to potential energy of this particle at t = 210 s will

pt
90
. The ratio
Dm
400 500 600 700
l(nm)
be :
k e r
ljy vkorZ xfr djrs gq, ,d d.k dk le; ij fuHkZj foLFkkiu lEcU/k
x ( t ) = Asin
pt
ls fn;k x;k gSA t = 210 s ij bl d.k dh xfrt ,oa
(2)
n
90
a
fLFkfrt ÅtkZvksa dk vuqikr gksxk %& l(nm)
400 500 600 700
1 1
44.
R(1) 2 (2)
9
(3)
3
Ice at –20° C os added tp 50 g of water at 40°C. When the
temperature of the mixture reaches 0°C, it is found that 20 g
of ice is still unmelted. The amount of ice added to the water
was close to
(4) 1
(3)
Dm
(Specific heat of water = 4.2 J/g/°C)

Specific heat of Ice = 2.1 J/g/°C l(nm)
Heat of fusion of water at 0°C = 334 J/g) 400 500 600 700
40°C ij 50g ikuh esa –20° C ij j[kh cQZ feykrs gA
aS tc feJ.k dk rkieku Dm
0°C gkstkrk gS rks ns[kk tkrk gS fd 20 g cQZ vHkh Hkh teh gqbZ gAS ikuh esa
feyk;h x;h cQZ dh ek=k dk lfUudV eku Fkk %
(ty dh fof'k"V Å"ek = 4.2 J/g/°C) (4)
cQZ dh fof'k"V Å"ek = 2.1 J/g/°C
0°C ij ty dh laxyu Å"ek = 334 J/g)
l(nm)
(1) 50 g (2) 40 g (3) 60 g (4) 100 g 400 500 600 700

47. An object is at a distacen of 20 m from a convex lens of focal 52. A particle of mass m and charge q is in an electric and magnetic
length 0.3 m. The lens forms an image of the object. If the field given by
object moves away from the lens at a speed of 5 m/s, the speed
æO;eku m rFkk vkos'k q dk ,d d.k
and direction of the image will be : r r
0.3 m Qksdl njw h ds ,d mÙky ysUl ls dksbZ oLrq 20 m dh nwjh ij gSA E = 2iˆ + 3ˆj ; B = 4 ˆj + 6kˆ .
ysUl }kjk oLrq dk izfrfcEc curk gSA ;fn ;g oLrq ysUl ls nwj 5 m/s dh The charged particle is shifted from the origin to the point
P(x = 1 ; y = 1) along a straight path. The magnitude of the
pky ls tkrh gS rks izfrfcEc dh pky vkSj fn'kk gksxh %&
total work done is :-
(1) 0.92 × 10–3 m/s away from the lens
(2) 2.26 × 10–3 m/s away from the lens }kjk fn;s x;s fo|qr ,oa pqEcdh; {ks= esa gSA bl vkos'k dks ewyfcUnq ls fcUnq
(3) 1.16 × 10–3 m/s towards the lens P(x = 1 ; y = 1) rd ,d lhèkh js[kk ds iFk ds vuqxr foLFkkfir djrs gSA
a
(4) 3.22 × 10–3 m/s towards the lens
48. A paramagnetic substance in the form of a cube with sides
fd;s x;s dqy dk;Z dk ifjek.k gS %&
1 cm has a magnetic dipole moment of 20 × 10 –6
J/T when (1) (0.35)q (2) (0.15)q (3) (2.5)q (4) 5q
3 53. In the figure shown, after the switch 'S' is turned from position
a magnetic intensity of 60 × 10 A/m is applied. Its magnetic
'A' to position 'B', the energy dissipated in the circuit in terms
susceptibility is :-
of capacitance 'C' and total charge 'Q' is:
1 cm Hkqtk ds ?ku:ih vuqpqEcdh; inkFkZ ij] pqEcdh; rhozrk 60 × 103
fp= esa fn[kk;s x;s ifjiFk esa tc fLop 'S' dks 'A' ls 'B' fLFkfr esa ykrs gS
q vk?kw.kZ 20 ×10–6 J/T gksrk gSA bldh
A/m yxkus ij mldk pqEcdh; f}/kzo rks /kkfjrk 'C' rFkk dqy vkos'k 'Q' ds :i esa] ifjiFk esa {kf;r ÅtkZ dk eku
pqEcdh; izof` Ùk gS% gksxk%&
(1) 2.3 × 10 –2 (2) 3.3 × 10 –2 A B
(3) 3.3 × 10 –4 (4) 4.3 × 10 –2
S
49. In the circuit , the potential difference between A and B is:-
C 3C
fn;s x;s ifjiFk esa A rFkk B ds chp foHkokUrj gS %&
M
1W 1V
(1)
3 Q2
8 C
(2)
3 Q2
4 C
(3)
1 Q2
8 C
E E (4)
5 Q2
8 C
A
5W
D
N
1W
y
1W
J 2V
3V
C
10W
B
54. A particle of mass m moves in a circular orbit in a central
potential field U(r) =

1 2
2
kr . If Bohr's quantization conditions
m
are applied, radii of possible orbitals and energy levels vary
e
(1) 6 V (2) 1 V (3) 3 V (4) 2 V with quantum number n as:
50. A galvanometer having a resistance of 20 W and 30 divisions
c a d
on both sides has figure of merit 0.005 ampere/division. The
resistance that should be connected in series such that it can
be used as a voltmeter upto 15 volt, is :-
m æO;eku dk ,d d.k U(r) =
1 2
2
kr . ds dsUæh; foHko {ks= ds vUrxZr
,d o`Ùkh; d{kk esa ?kwe jgk gSA ;fn cksj ds DokaVehdj.k izfrca/k dk mi;ksx djas
rks laHko d{kkvksa dh f=T;k vksj ÅtkZ Lrjksa dh DokaVe la[;k n ds lkFk lEcUèk
s A
,d /kkjkekih ftldk iz f rjks / k 20 W g S rFkk nks u ks a vk S j
30 Hkkx ga]S dh /kkjk lqxkz fgrk 0.005 ,fEi;j/Hkkx gA
S fdruk izfrjks/k Js.khc¼
Øe esa yxk;s fd] bldks 15 V rd ds ,d oksYVehVj ds :i esa iz;ksx fd;k
gksxk%&
1 1
r
(1) rn µ n2 , En µ (2) rn µ n , En µ
n2 n
tk lds\
k
(1) 80 W
e (2) 120 W (3) 125 W (4) 100 W
55.
(3) rn µ n, En µ n (4) rn µ
The galvanometer deflection, when key K1 is closed but K2
n , En µ n
51.
n
In a process, temperature and volume of one mole of an ideal
a
monoatomic gas are varied according to the relation VT =
K, where K is a constant. In this process the temperature of
is open, equals q0 (see figure). On closing K2 also and adjusting
R2 to 5W, the deflection in galvanometer becomes

q0
. The
R
the gas is incresed by DT. The amount of heat absorbed by 5
resistance of the galvanometer is, then, given by [Neglect the
gas is (R is gas constant) :
internal resistance of battery]:
,d izØe es]a ,d vkn'kZ ,dijek.kqd xSl ds ,d eksy dk vk;ru o rkieku] tc dqt
a h K1 can gS rFkk dqath K2 [kqyh gS rks xSYoSuksekih esa fo{ksi q0 gS (fp=
lEcU/k VT = K }kjk cnyrk gS] tgk¡ fd K ,d fu;rkad gSA bl izfØ;k esa q0
nsf[k;s)A K2 dks can djds R2 dks 5W j[kus ij xSYoSuksekih esa fo{ksi .
5
xSl dk rkieku DT c<+ tkrk gSA xSl }kjk vo'kksf"kr Å"ek dk eku gS
gks tkrk gAS xYS ouS ksekih dk izfrjks/k gksxk (cSVjh dk vkUrfjd izfrjks/k ux.; gS):
(R xSl fLFkjkad gS) :-
K2 R2
R1=220W
1 3
(1) RDT (2) RDT
2 2 G
1 2K
(3) KRDT (4) DT
2 3 K1
(1) 12W (2) 25W (3) 5W (4) 22W

56. Formation of real image using a biconvex lens is shown below: 60. The mean intensity of radiation on the surface of the Sun is
about 108 W/m2. The rms value of the corresponding magnetic
fp= esa f}&mÙky ysla ds mi;ksx ls okLrfod fcEc ds fuekZ.k dks n'kkZ;k x;k gAS
field is closest to :
lw;Z dh lrg ij fofdj.k dh ek/; rhozrk yxHkx 108 W/m 2 gksrh gSA
lax r pqEcdh; {ks= dk oxZ ekè;ewy eku yxHkx gksx k :
(1) 10 2 T (2) 10 –4 T (3) 1T (4) 10 –2 T
61. Water from a pipe is coming at a rate of 100 litres per minute.
If the radius of the pipe is 5 cm, the Reynolds number for the
flow is of the order of : (density of water = 1000 kg/m 3 ,
coefficient of viscosity of water = 1mPas)
If the whole set up is immersed in water without disturbing
the object and the screen position, what will one observe on ,d ikbi ls ikuh 100 yhVj izfr feuV dh nj ls fudy jgk gSA ;fn ikbi
the screen ? dh f=T;k 5 cm gS] rc izokg dh jsukYM la[;k dh dksfV gS % (ikuh dk ?kuRo
;fn fcEc rFkk insZ dh fLFkfr;ksa dks ifjofrZr fd;s fd;s fcuk lEiw.kZ O;oLFkk = 1000 kg/m3, ikuh dk ';kurk xq.kkad = 1mPa s)
dks ty esa Mqck fn;k tk;s rks insZ ij D;k fn[kkbZ nsxk\ (1) 10 6 (2) 10 3 (3) 10 4 (4) 10 2
(1) Image disappears (çfrfcEc vn`'; gks tk;sxkA) 62. A 200 W resistor has a certain color code. If one replaces the
red color by green in the code, the new resistance will be :
(2) No change (dksbZ ifjorZu ugha gksxkA)
200 W ds ,d izfrjks/k dk ,d fuf'pr o.kZ ladr s (color code) gSA ;fn
(3) Erect real image (lh/kk okLrfod çfrfcEc)
yky o.kZ dks gjs o.kZ ls foLFkkfir dj nsrs gS rks u;k izfrjks/k gksxk &
(4) Magnified image (vkof/kZr çfrfcEcA)
(1) 100 W (2) 400 W (3) 500 W (4) 300 W
57. A simple harmonic motion is represented by:
63. Voltage rating of a parallel plate capacitor is 500V. Its dielectric
,d ljy vkorZ xfr fuEu çdkj n'kkZ;h tkrh gS :
can withstand a maximum electric field of 106 V/m. The plate
y = 5(sin3pt+ 3 cos3pt) cm area is 10 –4 m 2 . What is the dielectric constant is the
The amplitude and time period of the motion are:
xfr dk vk;ke o vkorZdky gksxas :
capacitance is 15 pF?
(given Î0 = 8.86 × 10–12 C 2/Nm2 )
E E
,d lekUrj IysV la/kkfj= dh oksYVst Js.kh (rating) 500V gSA bldk ijkoS|qr
3
(1) 5cm, s
2
(3) 10cm, s
3
2
y J 2
(2) 5cm, s
3
(4) 10cm, s
2
3
inkFkZ vf/kdre 106 V/m dk fo|qr {ks= lgu dj ldrk gSA IysV dk {ks=Qy
10–4 m2 gSA ;fn la/kkfj= dh /kkfjrk dk eku 15 pF gks rks ijkoS|r
eku gksxk &
q kad dk
d e m 64.
(fn;k gS Î0 = 8.86 × 10–12 C2/Nm2)
(1) 3.8 (2) 4.5 (3) 6.2 (4) 8.5
An alternating voltage v(t) = 220 sin 100 pt volt is applied to

58.
c a a purely resistance load of 50 W. The time taken for the current
A
to rise from half of the peak value to the peak value is :
In the figure, given that VBB supply can vary from 0 to 5.0
V, VCC = 5V, bdc = 200, RB = 100 kW, RC=l kW and VBE=1.0 ,d izR;korhZ oksYVst L=ksr v(t) = 220 sin 100 pt oksYV dks ,d 50 W
r s
V, The minimum base current and the input voltage at which
the transistor will go to saturation, will be, respectively :
e
çnf'kZr ifjiFk esa VBB vkiwfrZ dk eku 0 ls 5.0 V rd ifjofrZr gks ldrk
izfrjks/k ij yxk;k x;k gSA /kkjk dk eku vk/ks f'k[kj eku ls iw.kZ f'k[kj eku rd
c<+us esa yxs le; dk eku gksxk &
n k
gS rFkk VCC = 5V, bdc = 200, RB = 100 kW, RC = l kW o
VBE = 1.0 V gSA U;wure vk/kkj rFkk fuos'kh oksYVrk ftl ij Vªk¡ftLVj larÌr 65.
(1) 2.2 ms (2) 5 ms (3) 3.3 ms
A common emitter amplifier circuit, built using an npn
(4) 7.2 ms
59. R a
voLFkk eas pyk tk;sxk] ds eku Øe'k% gS :
(1) 20mA and 3.5V
(3) 25mA and 2.5V
(2) 25mA and 3.5V
(4) 20mA and 2.8V
A galvanometer, whose resistance is 50 ohm, has 25 divisions
transistor, is shown in the figure. Its dc current gain is 250,
RC = 1kW and VCC = 10 V. What is the minimum base current
for VCE to reach saturation ?
fp= esa ,d npn Vªkfa lLVj }kjk cuk;s x;s mHk;fu"B mRltZd izo/kZd dks fn[kk;k
in it. When a current of 4 ×10 –4 A passes through it, its needle x;k gSA bldk dc /kkjk izo/kZu 250 gS rFkk blesa RC = 1kW rFkk VCC =
(pointer) deflects by one division. To use this galvanometer as 10 V gSA VCE dh larf` Ir (saturation) ds fy;s vk/kkj /kkjk dk U;wure eku
a voltmeter of range 2.5 V, it should be connected to a resistance gksxk ?

of:
çfrjks /k 50 vks e okys ,d xs Yos uks e hVj es a 25 Hkkx g S tc blls
RB RC
4 × 10 –4 A /kkjk çokfgr gksrh gS rks bldh lqbZ (ikbZU Vj) ,d Hkkx fo{ksi
n'kkZrh gSA bl xsYosuksehVj dks 2.5 V ijkl okys oksYVehVj ds :i esa ç;qDr
djus ds fy;s blls tks M+k tkus okyk çfrjks /k gks x k : VB V CC
(1) 6250 ohm (2) 250 ohm
(3) 200 ohm (4) 6200 ohm
(1) 100 µA (2) 7 µA (3) 40 µA (4) 10 µA

66. In the circuit shown, a four-wire potentiometer is made of a r
70. The electric field in a region is given by E = ( Ax + B) î , where
400 cm long wire, which extends between A and B. The
resistance per unit length of the potentiometer wire is r = 0.01 E is in NC–1 and x is in metres. The values of constants are
W/cm. If an ideal voltmeter is connected as shown with jockey A = 20 SI unit and B = 10 SI unit. If the potential at x = 1
J at 50 cm from end A, the expected reading of the voltmeter is V1 and that at x = –5 is V2, then V1 – V2 is :-
will be :- r
,d LFkku ij fo|qr {ks= E = ( Ax + B ) î g]S tgk¡ E NC–1 esa rFkk x ehVj esa
fn[kk;s x;s ifjiFk esa ,d pkj rkj okys foHkoekih ds 400 cm yEcs rkj dks A
rFkk B ds chp esa yxk;k x;k gS (fp= nsf[k;s)A bl foHkoekih rkj dk ,dkdh gSA fu;rkadksa ds eku] A = 20 SI unit rFkk B = 10 SI unit gSaA ;fn
x=1 ij foHko V1 rFkk x = –5 ij foHko V2 gS rks V1 – V2 gksxk :-
yEckbZ izfrjks/k r = 0.01 W/cm gSA ;fn ,d vkn'kZ oksYVehVj dks fp=kuqlkj
(1) –48 V (2) –520 V (3) 180 V (4) 320 V
tkWdh J ds lkFk fljs A ls 50 cm nwjh ij yxkrs g]Sa rks oksYVehVj ds ikB~;kad 71. A convex lens (of focal length 20 cm) and a concave mirror,
dk visf{kr eku gksxk: having their principal axes along the same lines, are kept
80 cm apart from each other. The concave mirror is to the
1 .5 V , 1 .5 V , V right of the convex lens. When an object is kept at a distance
0 .5 W, 0 .5 W A of 30 cm to the left of the convex lens, its image remains at
J
50 cm the same position even if the concave mirror is removed. The
maximum distance of the object for which this concave mirror,
by itself would produce a virtual image would be :-
1W ,d mÙky ysl a (Qksdl nwjh 20 cm) rFkk ,d vory niZ.k] ftuds eq[; v{k
B ,d gh js[kk esa gSa] dks ,d nwljs ls 80 cm dh nwjh ij j[kk x;k gS_ vory
1 0 0 cm
niZ.k mÙky ysla ds nkfguh rjQ j[kk gSA tc ,d oLrq mÙky ysl a ds ck¡;h rjQ
(1) 0.20 V (2) 0.25 V
30 cm dh nwjh ij j[kh tkrh gS] rks mldk izfrfcac mlh LFkku ij gh jgrk
(3) 0.75 V (4) 0.50V
g]S Hkys gh vory niZ.k dks mldh fLFkfr ls gVk fn;k tk;sA oLrq dh vf/kdre
67. Calculate the limit of resolution of a telescope objective having
a diameter of 200 cm, if it has to detect light of wavelength
500 nm coming from a star :- (1) 20 cm (2) 10 cm (3) 25 cm
E
(4) 30 cm
E
nwjh] ftlds fy, og vory niZ.k [kqn ls gh vkHkklh izfrfcac cuk;s] gksxh :-
dhft;s :-
(1) 305 × 10 –9radian
y J
,d rkjs ls vk jgs 500 nm rjaxnS/;Z ds izdk'k dks lalwfpr (detect) djus
ds fy;s 200 cm O;kl ds vfHkn`';d ysla okys nwjn'khZ dh foHksnu lhek Kkr
72. A nucleus A, with a finite de-broglie wavelength lA, undergoes
spontaneous fission into two nuclei B and C of equal mass.
B flies in the same direction as that of A, while C flies in the
opposite direction with a velocity equal to half of that of B.
The de-Broglie wavelengths l B and l C of B and C are
(2)
(3)
(4)
e
610 × 10 –9 radian
d m
152.5 × 10 –9 radian
457.5 × 10 –9 radian
respectively :-
ifjfer ns&czkXW yh rjaxn/S ;Z lA ds ,d ukfHkd A dk Lor% fo[k.Mu cjkcj æO;eku
ds nks ukfHkdksa B rFkk C esa gksrk gSA B ukfHkd A dh fn'kk esa rFkk C ukfHkd
68.
c a
A rocket has to be launched from earth in such a way that
it never returns. If E is the minimum energy delivered by the
rocket launcher, what should be the minimum energy that the
mlds foijhr fn'kk esa B ds vk/ks osx ls tkrk gAS rks B o C dh ns&czkWXyh rjaxnS/
;Z] lB rFkk lC Øe'k% gksxa h :-
s A
launcher should have if the same rocket is to be launched from
the surface of the moon ? Assume that the density of the earth
and the moon are equal and that the earth's volume is 64 times
(1) 2lA, lA
(3) lA,
lA
2
(2) lA, 2lA
(4)
lA
2
, lA
r
the volume of the moon :-
k e
,d jkWdVs dks i`Foh ls bl rjg iz{ksfir djrs gSa fd og okil ugha vkrk gSA
;fn blds fy;s jkWdVs iz{ksid (launcher) }kjk nh x;h U;wure mGtkZ E gS rks
mlh jkWdVs dks pUæek dh lrg ls iz{ksfir djus ds fy, iz{ksid }kjk nh x;h
73. A simple pendulum oscillating in air has period T. The bob
of the pendulum is completely immersed in a non-viscous liquid.
n
U;wure mGtkZ D;k gksxh\ ekfu;s fd i`Foh rFkk pUæek dk ?kuRo leku gS rFkk
a
i`Foh dk vk;ru pUæek ls 64 xquk T;knk gS :-
The density of the liquid is
1
16
th of the material of the bob.
If the bob is inside liquid all the time, its period of oscillation
69.
R
(1)
E
4
(2)
E
16
(3)
E
32
(4)
A damped harmonic oscillator has a frequency of 5 oscillations

per second. The amplitude drops to half its value for every 10
E
64
in this liquid is :
,d ljy nksyd dk gok esa vkorZdky T gAS bl nksyd ds xksyd dks ,d ';kurk
jfgr æo] ftldk ?kuRo xksyd ds ?kuRo dk

1
gS] esa nksyu djokrs gASa ;fn
16
1
oscillations. The time it will take to drop to of the original nksyu ds le; ;g xksyd iw.kZr;k% æo esa jgrk gS rks bldk vkorZdky gksxk:
1000
amplitude is close to :-
,d voefUnr vkorhZ nksyd dh vko`fÙk izfr lsd.M 5 nksyu gAS bldk vk;ke 1 1
(1) 4T (2) 2T
15 10
1
izR;sd 10 nksyu ds ckn vk/kk gks tkrk gSA blds ewy vk;ke dks xquk
1000
1 1
?kVkus esa yxs le; dk lfUudV eku gksxk :- (3) 4T (4) 2T
14 14
(1) 100 s (2) 20 s (3) 10 s (4) 50 s

74. The pressure wave, P = 0.01 sin [1000t – 3x] Nm–2,
corresponds to 78. The magnetic field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given
the sound produced by a vibrating blade on a day when atmospheric by :
temperature is 0°C. On some other day, when temperature is T, the ur
speed of sound produced by the same blade and at the same frequency B = B0 iˆ [cos(kz – wt) ] + B1ˆjcos(kz + wt) where B0=3 ×10–5 T
is found to be 336 ms–1 . Approximate value of T is : and B1 = 2 × 10–6 T. The rms value of the force experienced by
a stationary charge Q = 10–4 C at z = 0 is closest to :
daiu djrh gq;h ,d iÙkh mRikfnr /ofu ds vuqlkj ncko rjax dk :i gS, ,d lery fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax dk pqEcdh; {ks= fuEu gS :
P = 0.01 sin [1000t – 3x] Nm–2 bl fnu ok;qe.My dk rkieku 0°C gSA ur
B = B0 iˆ [cos(kz – wt) ] + B1ˆjcos(kz + wt)
fdlh vkSj fnu tc rkieku T gS rks mlh iÙkh }kjk mlh vko`fÙk ls mRikfnr /
ofu dh xfr 336 ms–1 ik;h tkrh gSA T dk yxHkx eku gksxk : ;gk¡ B0= 3 × 10–5 T rFkk B1 = 2 × 10–6 T gSA ,d fLFkj vkos'k
Q = 10–4 C dks z = 0 ij j[kk x;k gAS bl ij yxs oxZ ek/; ewy cy
(1) 15°C (2) 12°C (3) 4°C (4) 11°C
dk lfékdV eku gksxk :
75. An NPN transistor is used in common emitter configuration (1) 0.9 N (2) 0.1 N
as an amplifier with 1 kW load resistance. Signal voltage of (3) 3 × 10–2 N (4) 0.6 N
10 mV is applied across the base-emitter. This produces a 3
mA change in the collector current and 15µA change in the 79. A moving coil galvanometer has a coil with 175 turns and
base current of the amplifier. The input resistance and voltage area 1 cm 2 . It uses a torsion band of torsion constant
gain are : 10–6 N-m/rad. The coil is placed in a maganetic field B parallel
to its plane. The coil deflects by 1° for a current of 1 mA. The
,d NPN VªkfUlLVj dks mHk;fu"B mRltZd foU;kl esa ,d izo/kZd (amplifier) value of B (in Tesla) is approximately :-
dh rjg mi;ksx djrs gSAa blesa 1 kW dks yksM izfrjks/k yxk gSA 10 mV dk ,d py dq.Myh /kkjkekih esa 175 Qsjksa okyh rFkk 1 cm2 {ks=Qy dh ,d dq.Myh
flXuy oksYVst vkèkkj o mRltZd ds chp esa yxkus ij laxzkgd /kkjk esa 3 mA yxh gAS blesa ejksMk+ d
a 10–6 N-m/rad okys ,d ejksM+ c.S M dk iz;ksx gksrk gAS bl
dk vkSj vk/kkj /kkjk esa 15µA dk ifjorZu gksrk gAS fuos'k izfrjksèk rFkk oksYVst dq.Myh dks ,d pqEcdh; {ks= B esa j[krs gaS tks fd blds lery ds lekUrj gAS 1mA
yfC/k (gain) ds eku gksxa s :
(1) 0.33 kW, 1.5 (2) 0.67 kW, 200
(1) 10 –3 (2) 10 –1 (3) 10 –4
E E
èkkjk ds fy;s dq.Myh esa fo{ksi 1° gAS B dk eku (VsLyk es)a yxHkx gaS :-
(4) 10 –2
76.
(3) 0.33 kW, 300
y J (4) 0.67 kW, 300
A ball is thrown vertically up (taken as +z-axis) from the ground.

The correct momentum-height (p-h) diagram is :
80. 50 W/m2energy density of sunlight is normally incident on
the surface of a solar panel. Some part of incident energy
(25%) is reflected from the surface and the rest is absorbed.
The force exerted on 1m 2 surface area will be close to
(c = 3 × 108 m/s) :-
d e m
,d xsna dks Åij dh vksj Å/okZ/kj (ekuks +z-axis) fn'kk eas Qsd
lgh laoxs &Å¡pkbZ (p-h) fp= gksxk%
a k tkrk gSA bldk ,d lksyj iSuy dh lrg ij 50 W/m2 ÅtkZ ?kuRo dk l;w Z dk izdk'k
vfHkyEcor~ vkifrr gksrk gAS vkifrr ÅtkZ dk dqN Hkkx (25%) lrg ls ijkofrZr
c ap p
gks tkrk gS rFkk cpk gqvk Hkkx vo'kksf"kr gks tkrk gAS lrg ds 1m2 {ks=Qy ij
(1)
s A
O
h (2)
O
h
yxus okyk cy gksxk :- (c = 3 × 108 m/s)
(1) 15 × 10–8 N
(3) 10 × 10–8 N
(2) 35 × 10 –8 N
(4) 20 × 10 –8 N
k e r p
p
81. The area of a square is 5.29 cm2. The area of 7 such squares
taking into account the significant figures is :-
,d oxZ dk {ks=Qy 5.29 cm2 gSA ,sls lkr oxksZa dk {ks=Qy mfpr lkFkZd
a
(3)
n O
h
(4)
O
h vadksa esa gksxk :-
(1) 37 cm2 (2) 37.0 cm 2
77.
RA stationary horizontal disc is free to rotate about its axis. When
a torque is applied on it, its kinetic energy as a function of
q, where q is the angle by which it has rotated, is given as
kq2. If its moment of inertia is I then the angular acceleration
82.
(3) 37.03 cm 2 (4) 37.030 cm 2
A wedge of mass M = 4m lies on a frictionless plane. A particle
of mass m approaches the wedge with speed v. There is no
friction between the particle and the plane or between the
particle and the wedge. The maximum height climbed by the
of the disc is : particle on the wedge is given by :-
,d fLFkj {kSfrt fM+Ld viuh v{k ds ifjr% ?kweus ds fy;s Lora= gSA tc bl M = 4m nzO;eku dk ,d ost (wedge) vkdkj dk xqVdk ,d ?k"kZ.kghu lrg
ij ,d cy vk?kw.kZ yxk;k tkrk gS] rks bldh xfrt ÅtkZ q ds Qyu esa kq2 ij j[kk gSA m nzO;eku dk ,d d.k xqVds dh vksj v pky ls vkrk gSA d.k
ls nh tkrh gS] tgk¡ q ifjHkze.k dks.k gSA ;fn bldk tM+Ro vk?kw.kZ gS I gS rks vkSj lrg ;k d.k vkSj xqVds ds chp dksbZ ?k"kZ.k ugha gSA d.k ds }kjk xqVds ds
bldk dks.kh; Roj.k gksxk : chp dksbZ ?k"kZ.k ugha gSA d.k ds }kjk xqVds ds Åij p<+h x;h vf/kdre Å¡pkbZ
gksxh :-
k k k 2k
(1) q (2) q (3) q (4) q
2I I 4I I 2v2 v2 2v2 v2
(1) (2) (3) (4)
7g g 5g 2g

83. In a conductor, if the number of conduction electrons per unit 88. The graph shows how the magnification m produced by a thin
volume is 8.5 × 1028 m–3 and mean free time is 25ƒs (femto lens varies with image distance v. What is the focal length of
second), it's approximate resistivity is :- the lens used ?
fdlh pkyd esa ;fn pkyd bysDVªkWuksa dh la[;k izfr ,dkadh vk;ru 8.5 × fn;s x;s xzkQ esa ,d irys ysal ds vko/kZu m dks izfrfcEc dh nwjh v ds lkFk
1028 m–3 gS vkSj ek/; eqDr le; 25ƒs (QsEVks&lsds.M) gS rks mldh djhch n'kkZ;k x;k gSA bl ysal dh Qksdl nwjh D;k gksxh\
izfrjks/kdrk gSa :-
(me = 9.1 × 10–31 kg) m
(1) 10 –5 Wm (2) 10 –6 Wm
c
(3) 10 –7 Wm (4) 10 –8 Wm
84. Figure shows charge (q) versus voltage (V) graph for series
v
and parallel combination of two given capacitors. The a b
capacitances are :
nks fn;s x;s la/kkfj=ksa dks Js.kh rFkk lekUrj Øe esa yxkus ij mudk vkos'k (q) b2 c b2 a b
(1) (2) (3) (4)
rFkk oksYV (V) ds chp dk lac/a k xzkQ fp= esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSA budh /kkfjrkvksa a ac c c
ds eku gksxa s :
89. A submarine experiences a pressure of 5.05 × 106 Pa at a
depth of d1 in a sea. When it goes further to a depth of d2 ,
q(mC) it experiences a pressure of 8.08 × 106 Pa. ,Then d2 – d1 is
A
approximately (density of water = 103 kg/m3 and acceleration
due to gravity = 10 ms–2 )
500
80
B
E E
leqnz esa d1 xgjkbZ ij ,d iuMqCch 5.05 × 106 Pa dk nkc vuqHko djrh
(1) 50 mF and 30 mF
y J
10V V(Volt)
(2) 20 mF and 30 mF
gSA tc ;g iuMqCch vkSj xgjkbZ d2 ij tkrh gS rks 8.08 × 106 Pa dk nkc
vuqHko djrh gSA rc d2 – d1 dk fudVre eku gksxk (fn;k gS % ikuh dk
?kuRo = 103 kg/m3 rFkk xq:Roh; Roj.k = 10 ms–2)
85.
(3) 60 mF and 40 mF
d e m (4) 40 mF and 10 mF
A current of 5 A passes through a copper conductor (resistivity

= 1.7 ×10–8 Wm) of radius of cross-section 5 mm. Find the mobility
90.
(1) 500 m (2) 400 m (3) 300 m
A simple pendulum of length L is placed between the plates

of a parallel plate capacitor having electric field E, as shown
(4) 600 m
a
of the charges if their drift velocity is 1.1 × 10 –3 m/s.
in figure. Its bob has mass m and charge q. The time period
c
vuqiLz Fk dkV dh f=T;k 5 mm okys rk¡cs (izfrjks/kdrk = 1.7 ×10–8 Wm)
A
ds ,d pkyd ls 5 A dh /kkjk izokfgr gksrh gSA ;fn vkos'kksa dk viokg osx
1.1 × 10–3 m/s gS rks mudh xfr'khyrk gksxhA
of the pendulum is given by :
L yEckbZ ds ,d ljy nksyd dks fp=kuqlkj ,d lekUrj IysV la/kkfj= ds eè;]

ftlesa fo|qr {ks= E gS] esa j[kk gSA blds yksyd dk nzO;eku m rFkk vkos'k
e r s
(1) 1.3 m2/Vs
(3) 1.8 m2/Vs

(2) 1.5 m 2/Vs
(4) 1.0 m 2/Vs

q gSA bl nksyd dk vkorZdky gksxk :
86.
by
n k
The displacement of a damped harmonic oscillator is given +
+
+
+
+
L
a
x(t ) = e–01.1t cos (10pt + f). Here t is in seconds. + m
+ q
The time taken for its amplitude of vibration to drop to half +
+
R
of its initial value is close to :
,d voefUnr vkorhZ nksyd dk foLFkkiu fuEu gS]
x(t ) = e–0.1t cos (10pt + f). ;gk¡ t lsd.M esa gSA blds nksyu vk;ke
dks vius vkjfEHk eku ls vk/kk gksus esa yxs le; dk lfUudV eku gksxk :
+
+
+
E
(1) 13 s (2) 7 s (3) 27 s (4) 4 s L L

(1) 2p (2) 2p
æ qE ö
2 æ qE ö
87. An npn transistor operates as a common emitter amplifier, with g2 + ç ÷ çg + ÷
è mø
a power gain of 60 dB. The input circuit resistance is 100W èmø
and the output load resistance is 10 kW. The common emitter
current gain b is :
L L
(3) 2p (4) 2p
,d npn Vªkfa tLVj 60 dB 'kfDr yfC/k okys mHk;fu"B mRltZd izo/kZd ds æ qE ö q2E2
çg - ÷ g2 -
:i esa dke djrk gSA bl ifjiFk dk fuos'kh 100W rFkk fuxZr yksM izfrjksèk è mø m2
10 kW gSA mHk;fu"B mRltZd /kkjk yfC/k b gS :
(1) 6 0 (2) 10 4 (3) 6 × 10 2 (4) 10 2

91. The value of numerical aperature of the objective lens of a 94. The transfer characteristic curve of a transistor, having input
microscope is 1.25. If light of wavelength 5000 Å is used,
and output resistance 100 W and 100 kW respectively, is shown
the minimum separation between two points, to be seen as
in the figure. The Voltage and Power gain, are respectively:
distinct, will be :
fdlh VªkaftLVj ds] fuos'k rFkk fuxZe izfrjks/k Øe'k% 100 W rFkk 100 kW
,d l{w en'khZ ds vfHkn`' ;d ysU l dh la [;kRed }kjd (numerical
gASa blds fy;s varj.k vfHky{k.k oØ ;gk¡ n'kkZ;k x;k gSA rks] oksYVrk rFkk 'kfDr
aperature) dk eku 1.25 gSA ;fn 5000 Å rjaxnS/;Z dk izdk'k iz;ksx djs
yfC/k gSa Øe'k%:
rks] nks fcUnqvksa dks vyx&vyx ns[kus ds fy;s muds chp dh U;uw re njw h
gksxh :
(1) 0.24 mm (2) 0.48 mm
(3) 0.12 mm (4) 0.38 mm (400, 20)
92. A progressive wave travelling along the positive x-direction
IC (300, 15)
is represented by y(x, t) = A sin (kx – wt + f). Its snapshot at (mA)
t = 0 is given in the figure: (200, 10)
/kukRed x-fn'kk esa xeu djrh gqbZ fdlh izxkeh rjax dks y(x, t) = A sin (100, 5)
(kx – wt + f), ls fu:fir fd;k tkrk gSA t = 0 ij [khapk x;k vk'kq fp=
Ib (mA)
fuEu ls fn;k tkrk gS :
y (1) 5 × 104 , 5 × 105
A (2) 5 × 104 , 5 × 106

x
(3) 5 × 104 , 2.5 × 106
E E
y J
For this wave, the phase f is :
bl rjax ds fy,] dyk f dk eku gksxk :
p
95.
(4) 2.5 × 104 , 2.5 × 106
A galvanometer of resistance 100W has 50 divisions on its
scale and has sensitivity of 20 mA/division. It is to be converted
to a voltmeter with three ranges, of 0–2 V, 0–10 V and
(1) 0
d e m (2) -
p
2
0–20 V. The appropriate circuit to do so is :
fdlh x S Y os u ks e hVj dk iz f rjks / k 100W g S A blds Lds y ij

50 Hkkx gS vkSj bldh lqxzfgrk 20 mA/Hkkx gSA bls ,d ,sls oksYVehVj esa
93.
(3) p
c a (4)
2
An electromagnetic wave is represented by the electric field

ifjofrZr djuk gS] ftlds rhu ijkl 0–2 V, 0–10 V rFkk 0–20 V gSA
blds fy, yxHkx mi;qDr ifjiFk gksxk :
r
s A
E = E 0 nˆ sin[wt + (6y - 8z)] . Taking unit vectors in x, y and z G
R1 R2 R3
R1 = 1900 W
R2 = 9900 W
r
(1)
directions to be î, ˆj, kˆ , the direction of propogation ŝ , is : R3 = 19900 W
e
2V 10V 20V
,d fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax dks] fo|qr {ks=
r
n k
E = E 0 nˆ sin[wt + (6y - 8z)] , ls fu:fir fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn x, y rFkk R1 R2 R3
a
G R1 = 2000 W
z fn'kk esa bdkbZ lfn'k Øe'k% î, ˆj,kˆ , gSa lapj.k dh fn'kk ŝ , ds fy;s lgh (2) R2 = 8000 W
RfodYi gS :
(1) ŝ =
4ˆj - 3kˆ
5
G
R1
2V
R2
10V
R3
20V
R3 = 10000 W
R1 = 19900 W
R2 = 9900 W
(3)
R3 = 1900 W
20V 10V 2V
3iˆ - 4ˆj
(2) ŝ =
5
R1 R2 R3
æ -3jˆ + 4kˆ ö G R1 = 1900 W
(3) ŝ = çç 5
÷÷
R2 = 8000 W
è ø (4)
R3 = 10000 W
2V 10V 20V
-4kˆ + 3jˆ
(4) ŝ =
5

96. To verify Ohm's law, a student connects the voltmeter across
R Ig
the battery as, shown in the figure. The measured voltage is
(3) RARV = G2 and R = (I - I )
A
plotted as a function of the current, and the following graph V 0 g

is obtained:
2
vkse ds fu;e dk lR;kiu djus ds fy;s] ,d Nk=k oksYVehVj dks ,d cSVjh 2
æ I0 - Ig ö R æ Ig ö
(4) R A R V = G çç ÷÷ and A = ç ÷
ds fljksa ds fljksa ds chp tksM+rh gS] vkSj ifjiFk esa oksYVrk (V) rFkk fo|qr / è g øI R V çè I 0 - I g ÷ø
kkjk (I) ds fofHkUu eku izkIr dj] fuEukafdr xzkQ cukrh gSA 99. Consider the LR circuit shown in the figure. If the switch S
is closed at t = 0 then the amount of charge that passes through
V L
the battery between t = 0 and t = is :
R
fp= esa ,d LR ifjiFk n'kkZ;k gSA ;fn t = 0 ij dq¡th S dks cUn djrs gSa]
internal
Resistance Ammeter L
rks lsy ls fudyus okys vkos'k dk eku le;kUrjky t = 0 ls t = ds chp
R
gksxk :
R
L R
V
1.5V
i
E S
V0
I 1000 mA EL EL
If V0 is almost zero, identify the correct statement: (1) (2)
7.3R 2 2.7R 2
;fn V0 dk eku yxHkx 'kwU; gS rks] lgh dFku dk p;u
(1) The value of the resistance R is 1.5 W
fn;s x;s izfrjks/kd R dk izfrjks/k 1.5 W
dhft, :
(3)
7.3EL
R2
(4)
2.7EL
R2
E E
J
(2) The emf of the battery is 1.5 V and the value of R is 1.5 W
cVS jh dk bZ-,e-,Q- 1.5 V rFkk R dk eku 1.5 W gSA
y
(3) The emf of the battery is 1.5 V and its internal resistance
is 1.5 W
100. A solid sphere, of radius R acquires a terminal velocity n1 when
falling (due to gravity) through a viscous fluid having a coefficient
of viscosity h. The sphere is broken into 27 identical solid
spheres. If each of these spheres acquires a terminal velocity,
m
n2, when falling through the same fluid, the ratio (n1/n2) equals:
cVS jh dk bZ- ,e- ,Q- = 1.5 V vkSj bldk vkUrfjd izfrjks/k =1.5 W
e
(4) The potential difference across the battery is 1.5 V when f=T;k R ds ,d Bksl xksys dk] ';kurk xq.kkad h ds ,d nzo esa (xq:Roh; cy
it sends a current of 1000 mA.
d
ds dkj.k) lhekUr osx n1 gSA ;fn bl Bksl xksys dks cjkcj f=T;k ds 27 xksyksa
cSVjh ds fljksa ds chp foHkokUrj = 1.5 V, tc ;g 1000 mA /kkjk
a
esa ck¡Vk tk;s rks izR;sd xksys dk lhekUr osx blh nzo esa n2 ik;k tkrk gS] rks
c
izokfgr djrh gSA (n1/n2) dk eku gksxk :
97. A magnetic compass needle oscillates 30 times per minute (1) 1/27 (2) 1/9 (3) 27 (4) 9
A
at a place where the dip is 45º, and 40 times per minute where
the dip is 30º. If B1 and B2 are respectively the total magnetic
field due to the earth at the two places, then the ratio B1/B2
s
is best given by :
101. A small speaker delivers 2 W of audio output. At what distance
from the speaker will one detect 120 dB intensity sound ?
[Given reference intensity of sound as 10–12W/m2 ]
r
nks LFkkuksa ij ueu dks.kksa dk eku Øe'k% 45° rFkk 30° gSA bu LFkkuksa ij ,d
e
pqEcdh; lqbZ ,d feuV esa Øe'k% 30 rFkk 40 nksyu djrh gSA ;fn] bu nks
k
LFkkuksa ij i`Foh ds dqy pqEcdh; {ks= dh rhozrk Øe'k% B1 rFkk B2 gSa rks] vuqikr
,d NksVs Lihdj ls 2 W 'kfDr dh /ofu fudyrh gAS bl Lihdj ls fdruh
nwjh ij /ofu rhozrk 120 dB gksxh ? [fn;k gS % /ofu ds funs'Z k (reference)
rhozrk = 10–12W/m2]
n
B1/B2 dk fudVre eku gksxk : (1) 10 cm (2) 30 cm (3) 40 cm (4) 20 cm
102. A plane electromagnetic wave having a frequency n = 23.9
a
(1) 2.2 (2) 1.8 (3) 0.7 (4) 3.6
98. A moving coil galvanometer, having a resistance G, produces GHz propagates along the positive z-direction in free space.
R
full scale deflection when a current Ig flows through it. This The peak value of the electric field is 60 V/m. Which among
galvanometer can be converted into (i) an ammeter of range the following is the acceptable magnetic field component in
0 to I0 (I0 > Ig) by connecting a shunt resistance RA to it and the electromagnetic wave ?
(ii) into a voltmeter of range 0 to V(V = GI0) by connecting eqDr vkdk'k esa n = 23.9 GHz dh ,d lery fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax /kukRed
a series resistance RV to it. Then,
izfrjks/k G ds ,d py dqaMyh /kkjkekih esa /kkjk Ig ij iw.kZ fo{ksi ik;k tkrk z-v{k dh fn'kk esa lapj.k dj jgh gSA blesa fo|qr {ks= dk vf/kdre eku
gSA bl /kkjkekih dks ijkl 0 ls I0 (I0 > Ig) /kkjk ds vehVj esa ,d 'kaV izfrjksèk 60 V/m gSA fuEu esa ls dkSulk fodYi bl rjax ds pqEcdh; {ks= ds fy;s
RA yxkdj ifjofrZr dj ldrs gASa blh /kkjkekih dks ijkl 0 ls V(V = GI0) Lohdk;Z gS ?
ds oksYVehVj esa ,d Js.kh izfrjksèk RV yxkdj ifjofrZr dj ldrs gSa] rks : r
(1) B = 2 ´ 10 7 sin(0.5 ´ 103 z + 1.5 ´ 1011 t)iˆ
2
r
æ Ig ö R A æ I0 - Ig ö (2) B = 2 ´ 10 -7 sin(1.5 ´ 10 2 x + 0.5 ´ 1011 t) ˆj
(1) R A R V = G 2 ç ÷ and =ç ÷
ç I0 - Ig ÷ R V çè I g ÷ø r
è ø (3) B = 2 ´ 10 -7 sin(0.5 ´ 103 z - 1.5 ´ 1011 t)iˆ
2
r
R A æ Ig ö (4) B = 60 sin (0.5 ´ 10 3 x + 1.5 ´ 1011 t)kˆ
(2) RARV = G2 and =ç ÷
R V çè I 0 - I g ÷ø

5. The radius of gyration of a uniform rod of length l, about an
l
JEE(MAIN)-2020 axis passing through a point away from the centre of the
4
rod, and perpendicular to it, is :
JEE(MAIN)-2020
l
1. The time period of revolution of electron in its ground state yEckbZ l dh ,d ,dleku NM+ ds yEcor~ vkSj blds dsUnz ls nwjh ij xqtjus
4
orbit in a hydrogen atom is 1.6 × 10–16 s. The frequency of
okys v{k ds lkis{k NM+ dh ifjHkze.k f=T;k (radius of gyradtion) dk eku
revolution of the electron in its first excited state (in s–1) is:
gS%
,d gkbMª k s t u ijek.kq es a by SD Vªk Wu bldh U;wure ÅtkZ dh d{kk esa
1.6 ×10–16 s esa ,d ifjØe.k iwjk djrk gAS igyh mÙksftr voLFkk esa byDS VªkuW 1 7 3 1
(1) l (2) l (3) l (4) l
8 48 8 4
dh ifjØe.k vko`fÙk (frequency of revolution) gksxh (s–1 esa) :
6. Three point particles of masses 1.0 kg, 1.5 kg and 2.5 kg
(1) 6.2 × 1015 (2) 5.6 × 1012
are placed at three corners of a right angle triangle of sides
(3) 7.8 × 1014 (4) 1.6 × 1014 4.0 cm, 3.0 cm and 5.0 cm as shown in the figure. The center
2. A 60 HP electric motor lifts an elevator having a maximum of mass of the system is at a point:
total load capacity of 2000 kg. If the frictional force on the ,d ledks.k f=Hkqt ftldh rhu Hkqtk,¡ 4.0 cm, 3.0 cm vkSj 5.0 cm
elevator is 4000 N, the speed of the elevator at full load is yEch gS] ds dksuksa ij 1.0 kg, 1.5 kg vkSj 2.5 kg nzO;eku ds rhu d.k
close to: (1 HP = 746 W, g = 10 ms–2 ) j[ks gq, gSa (fp= ns[ksa)A bl fudk; dk lagfr dsUnz ftl fcUnq ij gS og %
vf/kdre 2000 kg dh dqy Hkkj {kerk okys ,d ,yhosVj dks 60 HP okyk
2.5 kg
,d eksVj Åij dh vksj mBkrk gAS ;fn ,yhosVj ij yxus okyk ?k"kZ.k cy 4000
N gks] rks iwjh {kerk ls Hkjs gq, ,yhosVj dh xfr fuEu esa ls fdlds fudVre 5 cm
E
4 cm
gS\ (1 HP = 746 W, g = 10 ms–2)
(1) 1.7 ms–1
(3) 1.9 ms–1
J
(2) 2.0 ms–1
(4) 1.5 ms–1
1.0 kg
3 cm
1.5 kg
(1) 1.5 cm right and 1.2 cm above 1 kg mass E

3.
y
As shown in the figure, a bob of mass m is tied by a massless
string whose other end portion is wound on a fly wheel (disc)
m
of radius r and mass m. When released from rest the bob starts
(1kg nzO;eku ds 1.5 cm nk¡;h vksj vkSj 1.2 cm Åij dh vksj gSA)
(2) 0.9 cm right and 2.0 cm above 1 kg mass
(1kg nzO;eku ds 0.9 cm nk¡;h vksj vkSj blls 2.0 cm Åij dh vksj
e
falling vertically. When it has covered a distance of h, the angular
speed of the wheel will be : gAS )
c d
tSlk fd fp= esa fn[kk;k x;k gS] m nzO;eku ds xksyd dks ,d nzO;ekujfgr
a
Mksj ls yVdk;k x;k gAS Mksj dks nwljh vksj ,d mipØ ij yisVk x;k gS ftldh
f=T;k r vkjS nzO;eku m gAS tc xksyd dks fojkekoLFkk ls NksMk tkrk gS rks ;g
A
Å/okZ/kj fn'kk esa fxjus yxrk gSA bl izdkj fxjrs gq, tc xksyd h nwjh r; dj
ys rks mipØ dh dks.kh; xfr gksxh
s
7.
A non-isotropic solid metal cube has coefficients of linear
r
expansion as :
m
e r 5 × 10 –5 /°C along the x-axis and 5 × 10 –6 /°C along the

y and the z-axis. If the coefficient of volume expansion of the
n k m
solid is C × 10–6 /°C then the value of C is ______.
/kkrq ds cus gq, Bksl vlenSf'kd ?ku ds js[kh; izlkj xq.kkad bl izdkj gS %
R a
(1)
1 2gh
r 3
1 4gh
(2) r
3
4gh
3 8.
5 ×10–5/°C x-fn'kk esa rFkk 5 × 10–6/°C, y rFkk z-fn'kkvksa esAa ;fn bldk
vk;ru izlkj xq.kkadC × 10–6/°C gks] rks C dk eku gS______.
(1) 60 (2) 40 (3) 30 (4) 20
An elevator in a building can carry a maximum of 10 persons,
(3) (4) r with the average mass of each person being 68 kg. The mass
r 3 2gh
of the elevator itself is 920 kg and it moves with a constant
4. Which of the following gives a reversible operation? speed 3 m/s. The frictional force opposing the motion is
6000 N. If the elevator is moving up with its full capacity, the
fuEu esa ls dkSu ,d mÙØe.kh; lafØ;k nsrk gS\ power delivered by the motor to the elevator (g = 10 m/s2 )
must be at least :
(1) (2) ,d bekjr esa yxs gq, ,yhosVj esa vkSlr æO;eku 68 kg ds vf/kdre
10 O;fDr tk ldrs gSaA [kkyh ,yhosVj dk æO;eku 920 kg gS vkSj ;g
3 m/s xfr ls pyrk gAS ,yhosVj ij yxus okyk ?k"kZ.k cy 6000 N gA S ;fn
,yhosVj viuh vf/kdre {kerk rd Hkjk gqvk Åij dks mB jgk gks rks bldks pykus
(3) (4)
okys eksVj }kjk nh tkus okyh U;wure 'kfDr dk eku gS : (g = 10 m/s2)
(1) 56300 W (2) 48000 W (3) 66000 W (4) 62360 W

(T) B 12. A 60 pF capacitor is fully charged by a 20 V supply. It is then
disconnected from the supply and is connected to another
2.0 uncharged 60 pF capactior is parallel. The electrostatic energy
that is lost in this process by the time the charge is redistributed
between them is (in nJ) ____.
1.0
60 pF /kkfjrk ds ,d la/kkfj= dks 20 V ds L=ksr ls iwjk vkosf'kr fd;k tkrk
–150 –50
9. H gSA rRri'pkr~ bls L=ksr ls gVkdj 60 pF ds ,d nwljs vukosf'kr la/kkfj= ls
50 150 A/m ik'oZ lac/a ku (parallel connection) esa tksMk+ tkrk gSA tc vkos'k iwjh rjg
–1.0 ls nksuksa la/kkfj=ksa esa forfjr gks tk;s rks bl izfØ;k esa fLFkj oS|rq ÅtkZ dh {kfr
nJ esa gksrh gS _______A
–2.0 (1) 6 (2) 3 (3) 2 (4) 5
The figure gives experimentally measured B vs. H variation 13. M gram s of ste am at 100°C is mix ed w ith
in a ferromagnetic material. The retentivity, co-ercivity and 200 g of ice at its melting point in a thermally insulated
saturation, respectively, of the material are: container. If it produces liquid water at 40°C [heat of
vaporization of water is 540 cal/ g and heat of fusion of ice
fp= esa ,d ykSg&pqacdh; (ferromagnetic) inkFkZ ds fy;s ,d iz;ksx }kjk
is 80 cal/g], the value of M is______.
ukis x;s B vs. H dk fopj.k fn[kk;k x;k gAS bl inkFkZ dh /kkj.k'khyrk] fuxzkfgrk
100°C rkieku dh M xzke ok"i dks 200 xzke cQZ esa ,d Å"ekjks/kh crZu
o larÌrrk dk eku gSA Øe'k%
esa feyk;k tkrk gAS ok"i feykus ls igys cQZ dk rkieku vius xyukad ds cjkcj
(1) 150 A/m, 1.0 T and 1.5 T
FkkA ;fn bl izfØ;k ds vUr esa 40°C dk ty feyrk gks rks M dk eku gS :
(2) 1.0 T, 50 A/m and 1.5 T
(3) 1.5 T, 50 A/m and 1.0 T
(4) 1.5 T, 50 A/m and 1.0 T
(ty dh ok"ihdj.k Å"ek 540 cal/ g vk S j cQZ dh lax yu Å"ek
80 cal/g g SA )
E E
10.
J
An ideal fluid flows (laminar flow) through a pipe of non-uniform
diameter. The maximum and minimum diameters of the pipes
y
are 6.4 cm and 4.8 cm, respectively. The ratio of the minimum
and the maximum velocities of fluid in this pipe is:
14.
(1) 40 g (2) 20 g
Consider two solid spheres of radii R1 = 1m, R2 = 2m and
masses M1 and M2, respectively. The gravitational field due
(3) 80 g (4) 10 g
M1
e m
,d vkn'kZ æo cnyrs gq, O;kl ds ,d ikbi ls Lrjh; izokg esa cg jgk gSA
d
ikbi dk vf/kdre o U;wure O;kl Øe'k% 6.4 cm vkSj 4.8 cm gSA rc
to sphere (1) and (2) are shown. The value of
nks Bksl xksys ftudh f=T;k,¡ R1 = 1m vkSj R2 = 2m gS vkSj ftuds nzO;eku

M2 is :
3
c a
ikbi esa cgus okys æo dh U;wure vkSj vf/kdre xfr dk vuqikr gS :
3 81 9
Øe'k% M1 vkSj M2 gS] dks laKku esa ysAa xksys (1) ,oa (2) }kjk tfur xq:Rokd"kZ.k
A
(1) (2) (3) (4) M1
2 4 256 16 {ks= fp= esa fn[kk;s x;s gSaA rc M dk eku gS :
2
11. Tw o
r s
idea l Ca rnot e ngines ope ra te in ca scade
Gravitational field E
(all heat given up by one engine is used by the other engine
e
to produce work) between temperatures, T 1 and T2 . The 4
3
k
temperature of the hot reservoir of the first engine is T1 and (2)
the temperature of the cold reservoir of the second engine 2
a n
is T2. T is temperature of the sink of first engine which is also
the source for the second engine. How is T related to T 1 and
1
(1)
R
T2, if both the engines perform equal amount of work ?
nks vkn'kZ dkuksZ batu lksikuh lac/a ku (,d bUtu }kjk NksMh+ x;h lEiw.kZ Å"ek
nwljs bUtu }kjk dk;Z djus esa iz;ksx dh tkrh gSA ) esa T1 vkSj T2 rkieku ds
nks Å"ek HkaMkjksa ds chp yxs gq, gSaA igys bUtu ds xeZ Å"ek HkaMkj dk rkieku
(1)
1
2
1
0 1 2 3 4 5
(2)
radius R
2
3
1
(3) (4)
T1 gS rFkk nwljs bUtu ds B.Ms Å"ek HkaMkj dk rkieku T2 gS vkSj igys bUtu 3 6
15. The critical angle of a medium for a specific wavelength, if
ds flad dk rkieku rFkk nwljs bUtu ds L=ksr dk rkieku nksuksa T gSA ;fn nksuksa
the medium has r elative pe rmittivity 3 a nd r elative
bUtu leku dk;Z dk mRiknu djrs gksa rks T, T1 vkSj T2 esa laca/k gS :
4
permeability for this wavelength, will be :
2T1T2 3
(1) T = (2) T = T1T2
T1 + T2 ,d ek/;e dks] ,d fo'ks"k rajxnS?;Z ds fy;s lkis{k fo|qr'~ khyrk 3 gS vkjS lkis{k
4
T1 + T2 pqacd'khyrk gSA bl rjaxnS?;Z ds fy;s ek/;e ds Økafrd dks.k dk eku gS%
(3) T = (4) T = 0 3
2
(1) 60° (2) 15° (3) 45° (4) 30°

16. Boolean relation at the output stage-Y for the following circuit 20. A galvanometer having a coil resistance 100 W gives a full
is :
scale deflection when a current of 1 mA is passed through
uhps fn;s x;s ifjiFk ds fuxZr Y ds fy;s cwfy;u lEcU/k gksxk % it. What is the value of the resistance which can convert this
+5V galvanometer into a voltmeter giving full scale deflection for

A a potential difference of 10 V?
Output-Y ,d xSYosuksekih dh dqaMyh dk izfrjks/k 100 W gS rFkk blesa ls 1 mA fo|qr

B /kkjk cgus ij ;g iwjh rjg ls fo{ksfir gks tkrk gSA ;fn bls ,d ,sls oksYVekih
5V
esa cnyuk gks tks 10 V foHkokUrj yxkus ij iwjk fo{ksfir gks tk;s rks bl ij
yxk;s tkus okys izfrjks/k dk eku gksxk ?
(1) A + B (2) A + B (3) A × B (4) A × B (1) 9.9 kW (2) 8.9 kW
17. At time t = 0 magnetic field of 1000 Gauss is passing
perpendicularly through the area defined by the closed loop (3) 7.9 kW (4) 10 kW
shown in the figure. If the magnetic field reduces linearly to 21. A simple pendulum is being used to determine th value of
500 Gauss, in the next 5s, then induced EMF in the loop is: gravitational acceleration g at a certain place. Th length of
le; t = 0 ij fp= esa fn[kk;s x;s ,d iw.kZ ywi ls gksdj 1000 xkWl eku the pendulum is 25.0 cm and a stop watch with 1s resolution
measures the time taken for 40 oscillations to be 50 s. The
dk pqEcdh; {ks= blds yEcr fudyrk gSA ;fn vxys 5 s esa pqEcdh; {ks=
accuracy in g is :
dk eku js[kh; (linear) :i ls ?kVdj 500 xkWl gks tkrk gS] rks ywi esa mRizfs jr
,d lk/kkj.k yksyd dk iz;ksx fdlh LFkku ij xq:Rokd"kZ.k ds dkj.k Roj.k
fo|qr&okgd cy dk eku gksxk
g dk eku Kkr djus ds fy;s fd;k tkrk g S A ;fn yksy d dh yEckbZ 25.0
16cm cm gks vkSj blds 40 nksy uks a ds fy;s ,d 1 s fo;kstu (resolution) okyh
4cm
2cm
gksx h : E
LVkWiokp ls ukik x;k le; 50 s gks rks g ds eku dh ifj'kq¼rk (accuracy)
E
18.
(1) 36 µV
y J
(2) 48 µV (3) 56 µV
A one metre long (both ends open) organ pipe is kept in a gas
(4) 28 µV
(1) 3.40%
(3) 4.40%
(2) 5.40%
(4) 2.40%
e m
that has double the density of air at STP. Assuming the speed
of sound in air at STP is 300 m/s, the frequency difference
d
between the fundamental and second harmonic of this pipe is
22. A carnot engine having an efficiency of
10
is being used as
a refrigerator. If the work done on the refrigerator is 10 J,

the amount of heat absorbed from the reservoir at lower
________ Hz.
c a
,d ehVj yEcs o nksuksa Nksjksa ij [kqys gq, ,d vkWxuZ ikbi dks ,d ,slh xlS esa j[kk
temperature is :
s A
x;k gS] ftldk ?kuRo ok;q ds ekud rki o nkc ij ?kuRo ls nks xquk gSA ;g ekurs
gq, fd ekud rki o nkc ij ok;q esa /ofu dh xfr 300 m/s, xl S esa j[ks ikbi
,d dkuksa bUtu dh n{krk (efficiency)
10
gS vkSj bls ,d jsfÝtjsVj ds
:i esa iz;ksx esa yk;k tk jgk gSA ;fn jsfÝtjsVj ij fd;k tkus okyk dk;Z
k e r
dh ewy vko`fr vkSj f}rh; gkjeksfud dh vko`fr esa vUrj gksxk ________ Hz.
(1) 105.00 to 105.50
(3) 106.00 to 107.20
(2) 103.00 to 104.20
(4) 101.00 to 103.00
10 J gks rks fuEurki okys rkidq.M ls vo'kksf"kr dh tkus okyh Å"ek dk eku
gS :
(1) 99 J (2) 100 J (3)90 J (4) 1 J
19. A
a
25
n plane
GHz is
electromagne tic
propagating in
wa ve
vacuum
of
z-direction. At a particular point in space and time, the magnetic

freque ncy
along the
23. In the given circuit, value of Y is :
fn;s x;s ifjiFk esa Y dk eku gS :
R r
r
field is given by B = 5 ´ 10 -8 ˆj T . The corresponding electric
field E is (speed of light c = 3 × 108 ms–1 )
25 GHz vko`fÙk dh ,d lery fo|qr&pqEcdh; rjax fuokZr esa z- fn'kk esa py

1
Y
jgh gSA ;fn fdlh ,d le; ij ,d LFkku rjax dk pqE cdh; {ks=
0
r r
B = 5 ´ 10 -8 ˆjT gks rks ogk¡ ij ml le; fo|qr {ks= E gksxk% (izdk'k dh xfr
c = 3 × 108 ms–1) (1) will not execute (ifjiFk dk;kZfUor ugha gksxk)
(1) 1.66 × 10–16 î V / m (2) 15 î V / m (2) 0 ('kwU;)
(3) toggles between 0 and 1 (0 vkSj 1 chp esa ?kVrk&c<+rk)
(3) -1.66 ´ 10 -16 î V / m (4) -15 î V / m
(4) 1

r 29. A vessel of depth 2h is half filled with a liquid of refractive
24. Consider a force F = -xiˆ + yjˆ . The work done by this force
in moving a particle from point A(1, 0) to B(0, 1) along the index 2 2 and the upper half with another liquid of refractive
line segment is :
(all quantities are in SI units) index 2 . The liquids are immiscible. The apparent depth
r
vkidks ,d cy F = -xiˆ + yjˆ . fn;k x;k gSA ,d d.k dks fcUnq A(1, 0) of the inne r surface of the bottom of vesse l
ls fcUnq B(0, 1) rd fp= esa fn[kk;h x;h js[kk ij ys tkus esa bl cy }kjk fd;k will be :
x;k dk;Z gksxk : xgjkbZ 2h ds ,d crZu eas nks vfeJ.kh; nkc nzo ftuds viorZukad 2 vkSj
(lHkh jkf'k;k¡ SI esa nh x;h gSA)
Y 2 2 gS vk/kh&vk/kh mG¡pkbZ h rd Hkjs gq, gSa rFkk 2 viorZukad dk nzo
B(0, 1)
blds mGijh Hkkx esa gSA crZu ds fupys fgLls dh vkarfjd lrg dh vkHkklh
mG¡pkbZ gksxh :
X h
(0, 0) A(1, 0) h 3 h
3 1
(1)
2
(2)
4
h 2 (3) 2
( 2 +1 ) (4)
3 2
(1) J (2) 1 J (3) 2 J (4) J
2 2
25. The electric fields of two plane electromagnetic plane waves 30. Three harmonic waves having equal frequency n and same
in vacuum are given by
r r p p
E1 = E 0 ˆjcos(wt - kx) and E 2 = E 0 kˆ cos(wt - ky) intensity I0, have phase angles 0, and – respectively.
4 4
At t = 0, a particle of charge q is at origin with a velocity
When they are superimposed the intensity of the resultant wave
r
v = 0.8 cjˆ (c is the speed of light in vacuum). The instantaneous is close to :
force experienced by the particle is :
fuokZr esa nks lery fo|qr&pqEcdh; rjaxks ds fo|qr {ks=
r r
E1 = E 0 ˆjcos(wt - kx) rFkk E 2 = E 0 kˆ cos(wt - ky) gAaS p p E
,d leku vko`fÙk n rFkk rhozrk I0 dh rhu gjkRed rjaxksa ds dykdks.k Øe'k%
E
y J
le; t = 0 ij q vkos'k dk ,d d.k vr = 0.8 cjˆ (c fuokZr esa izdk'k dh
xfr gS) osx ls ewyfcUnq ij py jgk gSA d.k ij yxus okyk rkR{kf.kd cy gS :
0,
4
rFkk – gAS tc bu rjaxksas ds v/;kjksfir (superimposed) djk tkrk
4
gS rks ifj.kkeh rjax dh rhozrk gksxh :
(1) 5.8 I 0 (2) 0.2 I0 (3) I0 (4) 3 I0
d e m
(1) E 0 q (-0.8iˆ + ˆj + k)
ˆ
(3) E 0 q (0.8iˆ + ˆj + 0.2k)

ˆ
(2) E 0 q (0.8iˆ - ˆj + 0.4k)
ˆ
(4) E 0 q (0.4 î - 3ˆj + 0.8k)

ˆ
31. In a fluorescent lamp choke (a small transformer) 100 V of
reverse voltage is produced when the choke current changes
uniformly from 0.25 A to 0 in a duration of 0.025 ms. The
a
26. Consider two ide al dia tomic ga se s A and B at some
temperature T. Molecules of the gas A are rigid, and have a self-inductance of the choke (in mH) is e stimated to
c
mass m. Molecules of the gas B have an additional vibrational
A
mode, and have a mass
m
4
. The ratio of the specific heats
be__________ .
,d izfrnhIr cÙkh esa yxh pksd (,d NksVk VªkUlQkeZj) esa cgus okyh fo|qr /kkjk
tc dkyko/kh 0.025 ms esa 0.25 A ls ,d leku :i ls ?kVdj 'kwU; gks tkrh
e r s
(CAV and C BV ) of gas A and B, respectively is :
fdlh rkirku T ij nks vkn'kZ f}ijek.kqd xSls A vkSj B ij fopkj djsaA xSl
A ds v.kq n`< gSa rFkk mudk nzO;eku m gSA xSl B ds v.kq dEiu xfr Hkh djrs
gS rks blesa 100 V dh foykse oksYVrk iSnk gksrh gSA pksd dk LoizsjdRo
(self-inductance) dk eku mH esa fdruk gS _______ .
n k
gS vkSj mudk nzO;eku
m
4
gSA xSlksa A vkSj B dh fof'k"V mG"ekvks]a Øe'k% 32.
(1) 10 (2) 20 (3) 5
Both the diodes used in the circuit shown are assumed to be
(4) 8
a
ideal and have negligible resistance when these are forward
C AV rFkk CBV dk vuqikr gksxk : biased. Built in potential in each diode is 0.7 V. For the input
27.
R
(1) 7 : 9 (2) 5 : 7 (3) 3 : 5
A pa rt icle m oving wi th k inet ic e ne rgy E ha s
de Broglie wavelength l. If energy DE is added to its energy,
the wavelength become l/2. Value of DE, is :
(4) 5 : 9
voltages shown in the figure, the voltage (in Volts) at point A
is__________ .
fn[kk;s x;s ifjiFk esa iz;ksx fd;s x;s nksuksa Mk;ksMk+ s dks vkn'kZ ekusa rFkk vxzfnf'kd
(QkjoMZ) ck;l esa budk izfrjks/k ux.; ekusAa izR;sd Mk;ksM dk varjfufeZr
xfrt mGtkZ E ds ,d d.k dk Mh&czkXs yh rjaxnS/;Z l gAS ;fn bldh mGtkZ esa DE foHkokUrj (Built in potential), 0.7 V gSA fp= esa fn[kk;h x;h fuos'k
mGtkZ vkjS tksMh+ nh tk; rks rjaxn/S ;Z dk eku l/2 gks tkrk gSA DE dk eku gS : (input) oksYVrk ds fy;s fcUnq A ij oksYVrk dk eku (oksYV es) a gksxk_________A
(1) 2E (2) E (3) 3E (4) 4E
A
28. If the screw on a screw-gauge is given six rotations, it moves Vin = 12.7V 4V
by 3 mm on the main scale. If there are 50 divisions on the
circular scale the least count of the screw gauge is :
,d LØwxt s esa ;fn isp dks N% ckj ?kqek;k tk; rks ;g eq[; iSekus ij 3 mm
0V 0V
dh nwjh r; djrk gSA ;fn o`Ùkh; ieS kus ij 50 Hkkx gksa rks LØwxt
s dk vYirekad
fdruk gksxk ? (1) 8 V (2) 3.3 V (3) 12 V (4) 6
(1) 0.001 mm (2) 0.001 cm (3) 0.02 mm (4) 0.01 cm

36. The displacement time graph of a particle executing S.H.M.
\\\\
is given in figure : (sketch is schematic and not to scale)
\\\
Object
\\
ljy vkorZ xfr djrs gq, ,d d.k dk foLFkkiu le; xzkQ fp= esa fn[kk;k
\\\ \\ \\\\\\\\\\\
33. x;k gSA (js[kkfp= lkadfs rd gS)
20 16 12 8 4
(cm)
displacement
\\\ 2T
\
4
O 3T T 5T time (s)
T
A spherical mirror is obtained as shown in the figure from a 4 4 4
hollow glass sphere. If an object is positioned in front of the
mirror, what will be the nature and magnification of the image Which of the following statements is/are true for this motion?
of the object ? (Figure drawn as schematic and not to scale) fn[kk;s x;s xzkQ ds fy;s fuEu esa ls dkSu lk@ls dFku lgh gksax\
s
tSlk fd fp= esa fn[kk;k x;k g]S ,d [kks[kys dk¡p ds xksys ls dkVdj ,d xksyh;
3T
niZ.k cuk;k tkrk gSA ;fn ,d oLrq dks fp=kuqlkj niZ.k ds vkxs j[kk tk; rks (A) The force is zero t =
4
blds izfrfcEc dk Lo:i o vko/kZu fuEu esa ls dkSulk gksxk \ (fp= lkadfs rd
g S) 3T
(t = ij cy 'kUw ; gSA)
(1) Inverted, real and magnified (mYVk, okLrfod ,oa cM+k ) 4
(2) Erect, virtual and magnified (lh/kk, vkHkklh ,oa cM+k ) (B) The acceleration is maximum at t = T
(3) Erect, virtual and unmagnified (lh/kk, vkHkklh ,oa vukof/kZr ) (t = T ij Roj.k vf/kdre gSA)
(4) Inverted, real and unmagnified (lh/kk, vkHkklh ,oa vukof/kZr) T
(C) The speed is maximum at t =
34. Magnetic materials used for making permanent magnets (P) 4
E
and magnets in a transformer (T) have different properties of
the following, which property best matches for the type of T
(t = ij xfr vf/kdre gSA)
magnet required ?
J
LFkk;h pqca d (P) vkjS VªkUlQkeZj esa iz;ksx vkus okys pqca d (T) ds fy, vyx&vyx
pqca dh; inkFkksZ dk iz;ksx fd;k tkrk gAS fuEufyf[kr esa ls bu inkFkksZ dk dkuS &lk
4
(D) The P.E. is equal to K.E. of the oscillation at t =

E T
2
y
xq.k muds iz;ksx ls lcls vPNk esy fn[kkrk gS \
(1) T : Large retentivity, small coercivity
m (t =
T
ij nksyu dh fLFkfrt ,oa xfrt ÅtkZ cjkcj gSA)
e
(T : vf/kd /kkj.k'khyrk, de fuxzkfgrk) 2
d
(2) P : Small retentivity, large coercivity (1) (A), (B) and (D) (2) (B), (C) and (D)
c a
(P : de /kkj.k'khyrk, vf/kd fuxzkfgrk)
(3) T : Large retentivity, large coercivity 37.
(3) (A) and (D) (4) (A), (B) and (C)
A heat engine is involved with exchange of heat of 1915 J,
A
–40 J, +125 J and QJ, during one cycle achieving an efficiency
(T : vf/kd /kkj.k'khyrk, vf/kd fuxzkfgrk)
of 50.0%. The value of Q is:
(4) P : Large retentivity, large coercivity
e r s
(P : vf/kd /kkj.k'khyrk, vf/kd fuxzkfgrk) 50.0% n{krk dk ,d batu 1915 J, –40 J, +125 J o –QJ Å"ek
dk iznku ,d pØ esa djrk gSA ,slh fLFkfr esa Q dk eku gS &
35.
n k
0 25 50 75 100 38.
(1) 640 J (2) 400 J (3) 980 J
In a Young's double slit experiment, 16 fringes are observed
(4) 40 J
a
A B in a certain segment of the screen when light of wavelength
2m 700 nm is used. If the wavelength of light is changed to 400
RShown in the figure is rigid and uniform one meter long rod
AB held in horizontal position by two strings tied to its ends
and attached to the ceiling. The rod is of mass 'm' and has
another weight of mass 2 m hung at a distance of 75 cm from
nm, the number of fringes observed in the same segment of
the screen would be :
;ax ds f}&f>jh iz;ksx esa tc 700 nm rjaxnS/;Z ds izdk'k ls insZ ds ,d Hkkx
esa cuus okyh fÝatksa dh la[;k 16 gSA ;fn izdk'k dk rjaxnS/;Z 400 nm dj
fn;k tk;s rks insZ ds mlh Hkkx esa cuus okyh fÝatksa dh la[;k gksxh &
A. The tension in the string at A is :

(1) 28 (2) 24 (3) 18 (4) 30
fp= esa ,d ehVj yEch ,d n`<+ ,dleku NM+ AB fn[kk;h x;h gS tks blds
39. In a hydrogen atom the electron makes a transition from
Nksjksa ij ca/kh nks Mksfj;ksa }kjk Nr ls Vkaxh x;h gS vkSj {kSfrt voLFkk esa gSA NM+ (n + 1)th level to the nth level. If n>>l, the frequency of radiation
dk nzO;eku 'm' gS vkSj blds A Nksj ls 75 cm njw h ij 2 m nzO;eku dk emitted is proportional to :
,d Hkkj yVdk;k x;k gSA A ij ca/kh Mksj ij ruko gksxk : ,d gkbMªkstu ijek.kq bysDVªkWu (n + 1)th d{kk ls nth d{kk ij tkrk gSA ;fn
(1) 2 mg (2) 0.5 mg n>>l gks rks mRlftZr fofdj.k dh vko`fÙk fuEu esa ls fdlds lekuqikrh gksxh\
(3) 0.75 mg (4) 1 mg 1 1 1 1

(1) (2) (3) (4)
n4 n3 n2 n

40. In a plane electromagnetic wave, the directions of electric field 45. A uniform thin rope of length 12 m and mass 6 kg hangs
vertically from a rigid support and a block of mass 2 kg is
and magnetic field are represented by k̂ and 2iˆ - 2ˆj ,
attached to its free end. A transverse short wavetrain of
respectively. What is the unit vector along direction of wavelength 6 cm is produced at the lower end of the rope.
propagation of the wave. What is the wavelength of the wavetrain (in cm) when it reaches
,d lery fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax esa fo|qr {ks= o pqEcdh; {ks= dh fn'kk,¡ the top of the rope ?
Øe'k% k̂ vkSj 2iˆ - 2ˆj dh vksj gSA rjax ds pyus dh fn'kk esa bdkbZ osDVj ,d ,dleku iryh jLlh ftldh yEckbZ 12 m vkjS nzO;eku 6 kg gS ÅèokZèkj
yVdh gqbZ gS vkSj blds fupys fljs ij 2 kg nzO;eku dk ,d [k.M yVdk
gS\
gqvk gSA blds fupys fljs ij 6 cm rjaxnS/;Z dh ,d vuqizLFk rjaxkofy
(1)
1 ˆ ˆ
2
(
i+ j ) (2) (
1 ˆ ˆ
5
i + 2j ) (wavetrain) cuk;h tkrh gSA tc ;g jLlh ds Åijh Nksj ij igqp
rjaxkofy dk rjaxnS/;Z (cm esa)s gksxk%
¡ xs h rks bl
(1) 9 (2) 12 (3) 6 (4) 3

(3)
1 ˆ ˆ
5
(
2i + j ) (4)
2
(
1 ˆ ˆ
j+k ) 46. In a Young's double slit experiment, light of
500 nm is used to produce an interference pattern. When the
41. Using screw gauge of pitch 0.1 cm and 50 divisions on its distance between the slits is 0.05 mm, the angular width (in
circular scale, the thickness of an object is measured. It should degree) of the fringes formed on the distance screen is close to:
correctly be recorded as : ;ax ds ,d f}&f>jh iz;ksx esa 500 nm dk izdk'k bUVjQs;jsUl fÝUtsl cukrk
LØw xst dk iz;ksx djds ,d oLrq dh eksVkbZ ukih tkrh gSA ;fn LØw xst dh gSA ;fn f>fjZ;ksa ds chp dh nwjh 0.05 mm gks rks cuus okyh fÝUtsl ds chp
fip 0.1cm gks vkSj blds o`Ùkh; Ldsy ij 50 Hkkx gksa rks oLrq dh eksVkbZ dks dh dks.kh; nwjh (fMxzh esa) fuEu esa ls fdlds fudVre gksxh\
bl izdkj ls lgh fy[kk tk;sxk% (1) 0.07° (2) 0.17° (3) 1.7° (4) 0.57°
(1) 2.123 cm (2) 2.125 cm
47.
E
(3) 2.121 cm (4) 2.124 cm
42. Moment of inertia of a cylinder of mass M, length L and radius
R about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular
J
to the axis of the cylinder is I = M ç
æR
+
L ö
2
è 4 12 ÷ø
2
. If such a cylinder
E
Consider a gas of triatomic molecules. The molecules are
m y
is to be made for a given mass of material, the ratio L/R for
it to have minimum possible I is :-
assumed to the triangular and made of massless rigid rods
whose vertices are occupied by atoms. The internal energy
of a mole of the gas at temperature T is :
d e
,d csyu (cylinder) dsUnz ls gksdj tkus okys vkjS csyu ds v{k ds yEcor~
æ 2 2
ö
,d v{k ds fy;s csyu dk tM+Rok?kw.kZ I = M ç R + L ÷ gS] tgk¡ M csyu
f=ijek.kqd v.kqvksa dh ,d xSl yhft;sA ;s v.kq f=dks.kh; vkdkj ds gSa vkSj
;g ekuk tk ldrk gS fd blds ijek.kq nzO;eku jfgr vuE; (rigid) NM+kas ls
c a è 4 12 ø
dk nzO;eku] R bldh f=T;k vkSj L bldh yEckbZ gAS ;fn ,d fn;s gq, nzO;eku
tksM+s x;s gSaA bl xSl dh rkieku T ij ,d eksy dh vkUrfjd ÅtkZ gksxh%
9 3 5
A
ds fdlh inkFkZ ls ,d csyu cuk;k tk;s rks blds tM+Rok?kw.kZ ds U;wure eku
s
ds fy;s L/R dk vuqikr gksxk% 48.
(1)
2
RT (2)
2
RT (3)
2
RT (4) 3RT
A perfectly dimagnetic sphere has a small spherical cavity at
r
its centre, which is filled with a paramagnetic substance. The
r
e
2 3 3 2 whole system is placed in a uniform magnetic field B . Then
(1) (2) (3) (4)
3 2 2 3
k
the field inside the paramagnetic substance is:
n
43. A balloon filled with helium (32°C and 1.7 atm.) bursts. ,d izfrpqEcdh; (dimagnetic) inkFkZ ls cus ,d xksys ds dsUnz ij ,d NksVh
Immediately afterwards the expansion of helium can be
a
xksykdkj xqgk cuk;h x;h gS ftlesa ,d vuqpEq cdh; (paramagnetic) inkFkZ
considered as : r
Hkj fn;k x;k gSA bl iwjs fudk; dks ,d ,dleku pqEcdh; {ks= B esa j[kk
R
,d xq C ckjs es a Hkjh gq b Z ghfy;e dk rkieku 32°C, ncko
1.7 ok;qe.My ncko ds cjkcj gSA tc ;g xqCckjk QwVrk gS rks QwVus ds rqjUr
ckn blesa Hkjh ghfy;e xSl QSyrh gSA ;g QSyko%
(1) Irreversible isothermal (vfoi;sZ; :¼ks" e)
tk; rks vuqpEq cdh; inkFkZ esa pqEcdh; {ks= gksxk :
P
(2) Irreversible adiabatic(vfoi;s;

Z lerkih;)
(1) Zero ('kwU;)
(3) Reversible adiabatic (izfrorhZ :¼ks" e) r
(2) B
(4) Reversible isothermal (izfrorhZ lerkih;) r r
(3) much large than B but opposite to B
44. Pressure inside two soap bubbles are 1.01 a nd 1.02
r r
atmosphere, respectively. The ratio of their volumes is : (B ls cgqr vf/kd vkSj B ds lekUrj)
r r
lkcqu ds ikuh ls cus nks cqycqyksa ds vUnj dk ncko ok;qe.My ds ncko ls Øe'k% (4) much large than B and parallel to B
1.01 o 1.02 xquk T;knk gSA bu cqycqyksa ds vk;ru dk vuqikr gksxk% r r
(B ls cgqr vf/kd vkSj B ds izfr lekukUrj)
(1) 8 : 1 (2) 0.8 : 1 (3) 2 : 1 (4) 4 : 1

49. Concentric metallic hollow spheres of radii R and 4R hold 54. A galvanometer coil has 500 turns and each turn has an
charges Q1 and Q2 respectively. Given that surface charge average area of 3 × 10–4 m2. If a torque of 1.5 Nm is required
densities of the concentric spheres are equal, the potential to keep this coil parallel to magnetic field when a current of
difference V(R) – V(4R) is:
0.5 A is flowing through it, the strength of the field
/kkrqvksa ds cus gq, nks xksykdkj ledsUnzh; [kksyksa dh f=T;k R vkSj 4R gS rFkk (in T) is _______ .
bu ij Øe'k% Q1 vkSj Q2 vkos'k gaAS ;fn nksuksa [kksyksa ij lrgh; vkos'k ?kuRo ,d xSYosuksekih dh daM
q yh esa 500 ?kqeko (turns) gS vkSj gj ?kqeko dk vkSlr
(surface charge density) leku gks rks foHkokUrj V(R) – V(4R) dk eku
{ks=Qy 3 × 10–4 m2 gSA ;fn bl dqaMyh eas 0.5A fo|qr /kkjk cg jgh gks
gS :
rks bls ,d pqEcdh; {ks= eas ml {ks= ds lekukUrj j[kus ds fy;s 1.5 Nm cy
3Q1 Q2 3Q1 3Q 2 vk?kw.kZ dh vko';drk iM+rh gAS rc Vslyk eas pqEcdh; {ks= dk eku gS _______A
(1) (2) (3) (4)
16 pe0 R 4 pe0 R 4pe0 R 4pe0 R (1) 20 (2) 10 (3) 5 (4) 2
50. A block of mass m attached to massless spring is performing 55. For a transverse wave travelling along a straight line, the
oscillatory motion of amplitude 'A' on a frictionless horizontal distance between two peaks (crests) is 5 m, while the distance
plane. If half of the mass of the block breaks off when it is passing between one crest and one trough is 1.5 m. The possible
through its equilibrium point, the amplitude of oscillation for wavelengths (in m) of the waves are :
the remaining system become f A. The value of f is:
ljy js[kk ds vuqfn'k lapfjr ,d vuqizLFk rjax ds fy;s nks f'k[kjksa (Jàx) ds
nzO;eku m dk ,d xqVdk ,d nzO;eku jfgr dekuh ls tqM+k gqvk gS vkjS ,d e/; nwjh 5 m gS tcfd ,d Jàx o ,d xrZ ds e/; nwjh 1.5 m gSA rjaxksa
?k"kZ.kghu {kfS rt lery ij vk;ke A ds ljy nksyu dj jgk gAS ;fn lary
q u fcUnq
dh laHkkfor rjaxnS/;Z (m esa) gksxh%&
ls fudyrs le; xqVdk VwV tk;s vkjS bldk nzO;eku vk/kk jg tk; rks cps gq, u;s
1 1 1
fudk; ds nksyu dk vk;ke fA gks tkrk gSA f dk eku gS : (1) 1, 2, 3, ........ (2) , , , ...
2 4 6
1 1 1 1 1
E
(1) (2) 2 (3) 1 (4) (3) 1, 3, 5, ..... (4) , , , ...
2 2 1 3 5
E
56. A small bar magnet is moved through a coil at constant speed
51. The electric field of a plane electromagnetic wave propagating
r
J
from one end to the other. Which of the following series of
along the x direction in vacuum is E = E 0 ˆjcos(wt - kx). The observations wil be seen on the galvanometer G attached across
r the coil ?
magnetic field B , at the moment t = 0 is :
m y
,d lery fo|qr pqEcdh; rjax] tks fuokZr esa x fn'kk esa py jgh gS] dk fo|qr
{ks= E = E 0 ˆjcos(wt - kx). gSA le; t = 0 ij bldk pqEcdh; {ks= gksxk:
,d NksVh NM+ pqEcd dks fdlh dq.Myh ls fu;r pky ls ,d fljs ls nwljs
fljs rd xfr djk;h tkrh gAS dq.Myh ij tqM+s xsYosuksehVj G ij fn[kkbZ nsus
d e
(1) B = E 0 m 0 Î0 cos(kx) ˆj
okys izs{k.kksa dh lgh Jà[kyk D;k gksxh\
G
r
(2) B =
E0
c a
m 0 Î0
cos(kx)kˆ
a
r
s A
(3) B = E 0 m0 Î0 cos(kx)kˆ
E0
c b
magnet
Three positions shown describe : (a) the magnet's entry (b)
52.
(4) B =
k e r m 0 Î0
cos(kx)ˆj
Amount of solar energy received on the earth's surface per

unit area per unit time is defined a solar constant. Dimension
magnet is completely inside and (c) magnet's exit.
fuEu rhu fLFkfr;k¡ (a) pqEcd dk izos'k_ (b) pqEcd iw.kZr;k vUnj gS rFkk (c)
pqEcd dk ckgj fudyuk n'kkZrh gSaA
n
of solar constant is:
a
i`Foh dh lrg ij izfr bdkbZ {ks=Qy ij izfr bdkbZ le; esa feyus okyh lkSj
(a) (b) (c)
53.
RÅtkZ dks lkSj fLFkjkad dgk tkrk gSA lkSj fLFkjkad dh foek,¡ gksxa h :
(1) ML2 T–2
(3) M2L0T–1
(2) MLT–2
(4) ML0 T–3
A calorimeter of water equivalent 20 g contains 180 g of
(1)
(2)
(a) (b) (c)
water at 25°C. 'm' grams of steam at 100°C is mixed in it

till the temperature of the mixure is 31°C. The value of 'm'

is close to (Latent heat of water = 540 cal g–1, specific heat (a) (b) (c)
of water = 1 cal g–1 °C–1 )
,d dSyksjhekih (ty rqY;kad 20 g) esa 25°C ij 180 g ikuh Hkjk gqvk (3)
gAS blesa 100°C rkieku dh 'm' xzke ok"i fefJr dh tkrh gS tc rd rkieku
31°C u gks tk;sA m dk fudVre eku gS (ok"i dh xqIr Å"ek = 540 cal g–1, ikuh (a) (b) (c)
dh fof'k"V Å"ek = 1 cal g–1 °C–1) (4)
(1) 2.6 (2) 2 (3) 4 (4) 3.2

57. Identify the operation performed by the circuit given below: 61. Ten charges are placed on the circumference of a circle of
radius R with constant angular separation between successive
fups fn;s x;s ifjiFk ds }kjk fd;s tkus okyh lafØ;k (operation) dh igpku
charges. Alternate charges 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 have charge (+q) each,
djsa :- while 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 have charge (–q) each. The potential V
and the electric field E at the centre of the circle are
A respectively:
(Take V = 0 at infinity)
B f=T;k R ds ,d o`Ùk dh ifjf/k ij 10 vkos'k ,sls j[ks x;s gSa ftlls Øekxr
vkos'kksa ds chp dks.kh; nwjh leku jgsaA ,dkUrj vkos'kksa 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 ds
Åij Øe'k% (+q) vkos'k vkSj 2, 4, 6, 8, 10 ds Åij Øe'k% (–q) vkos'k
C
gSaA o`Ùk ds dsUnz ij foHko (V) vkSj fo|qr {ks= (E) gksxh %
(1) AND (2) NAND (vuUr ij V=0 yhft,)
(3) OR (4) NOT
10q 10q
58. A paramagnetic sample shows a net magnetisation of (1) V= ;E=
6 A/m when it is placed in an external magnetic field of
4pÎ0 R 4 p Î0 R 2
0.4 T at a temperature of 4 K. When the sample is placed
in an external magnetic field of 0.3 T at a temperature of 10q
(2) V = 0, E =
24 K, then the magnetisation will be : 4 pÎ0 R 2
tc vuqpEq cdh; inkFkZ ls cus ,d uewus dks 4 K rkieku ij 0.4 T eku ds (3) V = 0, E = 0
ckgjh pqEcdh; {ks= esa j[kk tkrk gS] rks bl ij mRiUu pqacdu dk eku
10q
6 Am–1 gSA ;fn blh uewus dks 24 K rkieku ij 0.3 T eku ds pqEcdh; (4) V= ;E = 0
4 pÎ0 R
{ks= esa j[kk tk, rks blesa mRiUu pqacdu dk eku gksxk%&
(1) 4 A/m (2) 0.75 A/m
62.
E
A radioactive nucleus decays by two different processes. The
E
59.
(3) 2.25 A/m
J (4) 1 A/m
Activities of three radioactive substances A, B and C are
y
represented by the curves A, B and C, in the figure. Then
half life for the first process is 10 s and that for the second is
100s. the effective half life of the nucleus is close to:
,d jsfM;ks,fDVo ukfHkd nks vyx&vyx çfØ;kvksa ls fo?kfVr gksrk gSA igyh

çfØ;k dh v/kkZ;q 10s gS vkSj nwljh dh 100 s gSA ml ukfHkd dh çHkkoh v/
their half-lives
2
d e m
T1 (A) :T1 (B):T1 (C) are in the ratio :
2 2
rhu jsfM;ks/kehZ inkFkksZ A, B rFkk C, dh lfØ;rk dks fn;s x;s fp= esa Øe'k%
kkZ;q dk fudVre eku gS %
(1) 9 sec (2) 55 sec (3) 6 sec (4) 12 sec
c a
oØ A, B rFkk C ls fn[kk;k x;k gSA bu inkFkksZ dh v/kZ vk;qvksa dk vuqikr]
T1 (A) :T1 (B):T1 (C) , gksxk :
63. A galvanometer is used in laboratory for detecting the null point
in electrical experiments. If, on passing a current of 6mA it
produces a deflection of 2°, its figure of merit is close to :
2 2
s A 2 ç;ksx'kkyk esa ,d xYS osuksehVj dk mi;ksx fo|qr ç;ksxksa esa 'kwU; fo{ksi Kkr djus
ds fy;s fd;k tkrk gSA ;fn 6 mA dh /kkjk çokfgr djus ij blesa 2° dk fo{ksi
k e r In R
6
4
B
A
mRiUu gksrk gS] rks bldk n{krkad (figure of merit) yxHkx gksxk %
(1) 3 × 10–3 A/div.(fMfotu )
n
(2) 333° A/div.( fMfotu)
2 C
R a
(1) 3 : 2 : 1
(3) 2 : 1 : 3
0
5 10 t (yrs)
(2) 4 : 3 : 1
(4) 2 : 1 : 1
64.
(3) 6 × 10–3 A/div.(fMfotu )
(4) 666° A/div. ( fMfotu)
A satellite is in an elliptical orbit around a planet P. It is observed

that the velocity of the satellite when it is farthest from the
planet is 6 times less than that when it is closest to the planet.
60. An electrical power line, having a total resistance of 2 W,
The ratio of distances between the satellite and the planet at
delivers 1 kW at 220 V. The efficiency of the transmission closest and farthest points is :
line is approximately:
,d mixzg fdlh xzg P ds pkjksa vksj ,d nh?kZoÙ` kh; d{k esa gAS ns[kk tkrk gS fd
,d fo|qr'kfDr lapj.k ykbu] ftldk dqy izfrjks/k 2W gS] 220 V ij 1 tc mixzg] xzg ls vf/kdre nwjh ij gS rks mldh pky ml pky ls 6 xquk de gS
kW 'kfDr ns jgh gSA bl lapj.k ykbu dh n{krk yxHkx gksxh : tcfd og xzg ls fudVre nwjh ij gAS mixzg vkjS xzg ds chp dh fudVre rFkk
(1) 72% (2) 96% vf/kdre nwfj;ksa dk vuqikr gksxk :
(3) 91% (4) 85% (1) 1 : 6 (2) 3 : 4 (3) 1 : 3 (4) 1 : 2

65. For the given input voltage waveform Vin(t), the output voltage 67. An AC circuit has R = 100 W, C = 2 µF and L = 80 mH,
waveform VD(t), across the capacitor is correctly depicted by:
connected in series. The quality factor of the circuit is :
fn;s x;s fuosf'kr oksYVst Vin(t) ds rjax ds fy;s la/kkfj= ij fuxZr oksYVst V0(t)
ds rjax#i dk lgh o.kZu gksxk : ,d AC ifjiFk esa R = 100 W, C = 2 µF rFkk L = 80 mH, Js.khØe
1kW esa yxk;k tkrk gSA ifjiFk dk xq.krk dkjd gS :
+5V (1) 0.5 (2) 2 (3) 20 (4) 400
5µs
10nF V0(t) 68. A part of a complete circuit is shown in the figure. At some
instant, the value of current I is 1 A and it is decreasing at a
0V t
0 5µs rate of 102A s–1. The value of the potential difference VP –
VQ, (in volts) at that instant, is.
V0(t)
fp= esa fdlh lEiw.kZ ifjiFk ds ,d Hkkx dks fn[kk;k x;k gSA fdlh {k.k] /kkjk I
3V dk eku 1 A gS rFkk ;g 102A s–1 dh nj ls ?kV jgh gSA mlh {k.k] foHkokUrj VP
– VQ dk eku (oksYV esa) gksxk_______A
(1) 2V
t L = 50mH
5µs 10µs 15µs I R = 2W
P Q
V0(t) 30V
(1) 33 (2) 28 (3) 23 (4) 30

2V
69. A double convex lens has power P and same radii of curvature
(2)
t
R of both the surfaces. The radius of curvature of a surface
E
of a plano-convex lens made of the same material with power
E
J
5µs 10µs 15µs 1.5 P is:
V0(t) {kerk P ds ,d mHk;ksÙky ysla ds nksuksa i`"Bksa dh oØrk f=T;k;sa R gAS mlh inkFkZ
m y ds cus 1.5 P {kerk ds lery mÙky ysl

gksxh\
a ds oØ i`"B dh oØrk f=T;k fdruh
(3) 2V
d e t (1)
R
(2) 2R
V0(t)
c a5µs 10µs 15µs 2
A
3R R
(3) (4)
2 3
2V
(4)
e r s t
70. A circuit to verify Ohm's law uses ammeter and voltmeter in
series or parallel connected correctly to the resistor. In the
circuit:
66.
n k 5µs 10µs 15µs

A screw gauge has 50 divisions on its circular scale. The
,d ifjiFk] tks fd vksgkz ds fu;e dk lR;kiu djrk gs] ;s ,ehVj rFkk oksYVehVj
dk mi;ksx Js.kh ;k lekUrj Øe esa izfrjks/kd ds lkFk lgh tksMd+ j fd;k x;k
a
circular scale is 4 units ahead of the pitch scale marking, prior
to use. Upon one complete rotation of the circular scale, a gSA rks bl ifjiFk es &
Rdisplacement of 0.5 mm is noticed on the pitch scale. The

nature of zero error involved, and the least count of the screw
gauge, are respectively :
,d LØwxst (ispekih) ds o`Ùkh; iSekus ij 50 Hkkx gSaA iz;ksx ls igys] o`Ùkh;
ieS kuk fip ieS kus ds fp ls 4 bdkbZ vkxs gAS o`Ùkh; iSekus ds ,d iwjs pDdj ds
(1) ammeter is always connected series and voltmeter in
parallel.
(,sehVj lnSo Js.khØe esa rFkk oksYVehVj lekUrj Øe esa gksxkA)
(2) Both, ammeter and voltmeter mast be connected in series.

ckn fip ieS kus esa 0.5 mm dk foLFkkiu ns[kk tkrk gAS laxr 'kwU; =qfV dh izdf` r (,sehVj rFkk oksYVehVj nksuksa gh Js.khØe esa gksaxsA)
rFkk LØwxts dk vYirekad gS : (3) Both ammeter and voltmeter must be connected in
(1) Negative, 2 µm (½.kkRed, 2 µm) parallel.
(2) Positive, 10 µm (/kukRed, 10 µm) (,sehVj rFkk oksYVehVj nksuksa gh lekUrj Øe esa gksx
a sA)
(3) Positive, 0.1 µm (/kukRed, 0.1 µm) (4) ammeter is always used in parallel and voltmeter is series.
(4) Positive, 0.1 mm (/kukRed, 0.1 mm) (,sehVj lnSo lekUrj rFkk oksYVehVj Js.khØe esa tqMk+ gksxkA)

71. Given the masses of various atomic particles 73. The output characteristics of a transistor is shown in the figure.
(fofHkUu ijek.kqd d.kksa dk eku ) When VCE is 10 V and 1 C = 4.0 mA, then value of bac
is________ .
m p = 1.0072u, m n = 1.0087u,
vkjs[k esa fdlh Vªkfa tLVj ds fuxZe vfHky{k.k n'kkZ;s x;s gSA tc VCE dk eku
m e = 0.000548u, mv = 0, m d = 2.0141u, 10 V rFkk 1C = 4.0 mA gS] rks bac dk eku gS ________ .
(IB)
where p º p ro to n, n º ne ut r o n , e º e l e ct r on ,
60 µA
v º antineutrino and d º deuteron. Which of the following 8
50 µA
(IC) in mA
process is allowed by momentum and energy conservation? 6 40 µA
30 µA
(tgka p º izkVs kWu, n º U;wVkª uW , e º bysDVªkuW , v º ,.Vh (izfr) U;wfVªuksa 4
20 µA
rFkk d º M~;wfVjkWu gSA laosx rFkk ÅtkZ laj{k.k ds vuqlkj fuEu esa ls dkSulk 2 10 µA
izØe vuqer gS\)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
(1) n + p ® d+ g (VCE) in volts
(1) 150 (2) 140 (3) 160 (4) 130
(2) e+ + e– ®g
(3) n + n ® deuterium atom (M~;fw Vfj;e ijek.kq )
electron bound to the nucleus (ukfHkd ls c¼ bysDVªkWu)

(4) p ® n + e+ + v
72. A student measuring the diameter of a pencil of circular
cross-section with the help of a vernier scale records the
following four readings 5.50 mm, 5.55 mm, 5.45 mm; 5.65
E E
y J
mm. The average of these four readings is 5.5375 mm and
the standard deviation of the data is 0.07395 mm. The
average diameter of the pencil should therefore be recorded
as:
e m
fdlh iSafly ds o`Ùkkdkj vuqizLFk dkV dk O;kl ukius ds fy, ,d fo|kFkhZ
d
ofuZ;j iSekus dk mi;ksx djrk gS vkSj fuEukafdr pkj iBu uksV djrk gAS 5.50
c a
mm, 5.55 mm, 5.45 mm; 5.65 mm A bu pkj iBuksa dk vkSlr eku
5.5375 mm gS rFkk bl vkadM+s (MkVk) dk ekud fopyu 0.07395
A
mm gSA rks iSfa ly ds vkSlr O;kl dks vafdr fd;k tkuk pkfg;s\
(1) (5.5375 ± 0.0739) mm
s
r
(2) (5.538 ± 0.074) mm
k e
(3) (5.54 ± 0.07) mm
(4) (5.5375 ± 0.0740) mm
a n
R

HINTS & SOLUTIONS

r r
AIEEE 2002 2. bl question esa Fsystem = 0 blfy, vr = constant
ANSWER KEY 3. Weight of the block is balanced by frictional force

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Þ Weight = mN = 0.2 × 10 = 2N
5. Escape velocity does not depends on angle of projection of
2 2 2 2 3 1 3 2 3 1
body.
1. Let equation of another wave be y'=a sin (wt + kx +f) 1 1 2h
y + y' = a sin (wt – kx) + a sin (wt + kx+ f)
6. hf1 = f0 +
2
mv12 , hf2 = f0 + mv22 Þ v12 - v 22 =
2 m
( f1 - f2 )
At x=0, y+y'=0 Þ a sin wt + a sin (wt + f) = 0
A Î0
8. Use C =
Þ f = p Þ y' = – a sin (wt + kx) d1 d2
+ + .....
K1 K 2
9. Acoswt + Bcoswt dh maximum value A 2 + B2 rFkk mini-

q q
2. (1) (2) f = - =0
q q 6 Î0 6 Î0 mum value - A 2 + B2 gksrh gSA
10. Given P µ T3 Q PV = mRT
\ P µ (PV)3 Þ P3 V3 µP Þ P2 V3 = constant
T2 T
5. h =1- = 1 Þ 2 = 0 Þ T2 = 0 or T = ¥ CP 3
T1 T1 Þ PV3/2 = constant Þ g = C = 2
V
Which is not possible
r r r r r 12. Initial thrust = m(a+g)=3.5 × 10 4 [10 + 10] = 7 × 10 5 N
6. As F1 + F2 + F3 = 0 and F2 ^ F3 Þ F1 = F22 + F32 AIEEE 2004
r
If F1 is removed then acceleration = 2
m
r
F + F3
r
F
=- 1
m
ANSWER KEY
E E
J
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
mg - Tmax = ma max Tmax 1 4 1 2 3 3 2 3 3

7. amax
Þ a max =
r r r z
m y
600 - 360 240
60
z
=
60
= 4ms -2 mg
1. Here F µ x,
DKE =
by using work energy theorem
F dx Þ DKE µ x dx Þ DKE µ x 2
8.
9.
d e
L = r ´ p = mvr sin q = mvl
r r æm i ö m i i dl cos q
F = i2 ( d l ´ B ) = i2 ç 0 1 ( 2cos q )÷ dl = 0 1 2
2.
3.
Use F =
Dp
Dt
Þ 144 = [40 × 10 –3 × 1200]N Þ N
nksuksa dh Horizontal direction esa speed same gksuh pkfg,

= 3
10.
c a è 4 pr ø
Covalent bonding esa electron cloud dh overlapping

2p r
v0 cosq =
v0
2
Þ cosq =
1
2
Þ q = 60°
s A
region esa electron ds ik;s tkus dh probability density T;knk
gksrh gS ftls ge wave nature of electron ls le> ldrs gSaA
AIEEE 2003
4. T = 2p
1
m
k
1
Þ T2 µ
1
1
k
1
1
3
k e r2
4
3
4
4
2
ANSWER KEY
5
3
6
1
7
1
8
2
9
3
10
4
t 12 µ k & t 22 µ k Þ t 12 + t 22 µ k + k
1
1
1
But k + k =
1 2
1
k
2
µ T2 Þ t 12 + t 22 = T2
1 2
11
3
a n 12
2
13
2
5.
6.
w1 = w 20 - 2b2 , w2 = w0 Þ w2 > w 1
Assume T1 > T2
Heat given = Heat taken
1.
R Initial position m1Cv1 (T 1–T)= m2C v2 (T–T2)
1
P1 V1
1
P2 V2
Here C v = C v 2 & m 1 = T , m 2= T
2
1 2
d sinq 2l sin q
7. dsinq = nl Þ n= = =2sinq
Just before collision l l
Þ nmax = 2
bl System ds centre of mass dh situation ogh jgsxh Þ Maximum number of possible
r r interference maxima = (2nmax + 1) = 5
éQ Fsystem = 0ù 8. Use 5 × 10 6 × 1.6 × 10 –19
ë û
9 ´ 109 ´ 2 ´ 1.6 ´ 10-19 ´ 92 ´ 1.6 ´ 10-19
M ( 0 ) + 5M (12R ) M ( d ) + 5M ( d + 3R ) = rmin .
= Þ d = 7.5 R
M + 5M M + 5M rmin. = 5.3 × 10–12 cm
9. Read this booklet carefully.

AIEEE : 2005 16. Let q1 be the charge flows through silver voltameter
then charge flows through copper voltameter = q – q1
ANSWER KEY Now according to question m = z1 (q–q1 ) = z 2 (q1 )
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 q
Þ q1 =
2 2 1 4 1 2 2 2 2 4 z2
1+
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 z1
4 1 4 1 1 3 1 4 17. Resistance of galvanomenter
1. t = ax2 + bx Differentiating it w.r.t. time 1 = (2ax+b) current sensitivity 10
Rg = = =5W
dx dx 1 voltage sensitivity 2
Þv= = ( 2ax + b) As galvanometer is to be converted into a voltmeter of range
dt dt
1 × 150 = 150V. So resistance to be connected in series =
dv –2a æ dx ö -2a V 150
Acceleration = = 2ax + b 2 çè dt ÷ø = ( 2ax + b )3 = –2av3
dt ( ) I g – Rg = æ 150 –3 ö
–5 = 10000 – 5 = 9995 W
2. By work energy theorem DKE = W çè 10 ´ 10 ÷ø
V2 (200)2
æ sö 18. Resistance of hot tungsten filaments = = =400 W
Þ 0 = (mg sinf)s –µmg cos f çè ÷ø Þ µ = 2 tanf P 100
2 400
Resistance of filament when not in use = = 40 W
F1 mR1w2 R1 10
3. F2 = mR 2w2 = R 2 AIEEE 2006
4. Let maximum momentum be p then
ANSWER KEY
p2 1
= KL 2 Þ p = L MK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2M 2
2 1 1 2 4 1 2 1 1 2
F (15 )( 0.20 )
5. Initial acceleration = = = 10 ms–2 11 12
m 0.3
6. The object will have translational motion without rotation, when
r
force F is applied at the centre of mass of the system. Let
3
Q
4
æ v ö æ 300 ö
E E
J
distance of P from midpoint of AB be x. 1. n' = ç n \ 10000 = ç (9500)
è v - v s ÷ø è 300 - v s ÷ø
If P is the centre of mass then m (x) = 2m (l –x)
Þx =
2l
3
hc 12400
Þ CP = 2l –
m y
2l 4l
3
=
3 Þ 300–vs =
Q
300 ´ 9500
10000
= 285 Þ v = 15 ms–1
s
n1Cv1 T1 + n2 Cv 2 T2 = ( n1Cv1 + n2 Cv 2 ) Tf
e
7. Eg = = = 0.5 eV 4.
l 24800 B
T2 = 2T0
8. Heat supplied Q
= Area FBCEF
= T (S 2–S 1) +
c a d
1
(T –T )(S –S )
2 2 1 2 1
T1 = T0
A
F
C
E
\Tf=
n1C v1 T1 + n2C v2 T2
n1C v1 + n2 C v2 =
1´
5
2 0
5
3 æ7 ö
RT + 1 ´ R ç T0 ÷
2 è 3 ø 6RT
1´ R +1´ R
2
3
2
=
4R
0 3
= T0
2
A
Work done W S1 = S0 S2 = 2S0
1 5. For minimum potential energy
= Area ABC = (T2–T1)(S 2 –S 1 )
s
2
dV 1 1 1
= 0 = x 3 - x = 0 Þ x = 0 or x2 = 1 Þ PE - =- J
r
1 =
(T – T1 )(S 2 – S1 ) dx min 4 2 4
W 2 2
h = Q
k
=
e 1
T1 (S2 – S1 ) + (T2 – T1 )(S 2 – S1 )
2
Þ
Total mechanical energy = PE min + KE max = 2
1 æ 1ö 1 9
mv 2max = 2 – ç - ÷ = 2 + =
n
T2 – T1 2T0 – T0 1 2 è 4ø 4 4
= T + T = 2T + T = 3
a
2 1 0 0
9 3
2
Þ v max = Þ v max = ms -1
æ DT ö æ T1 – T2 ö 2 2
9.
10.
R
Rate to flow of heat = KA çè
1.22l d
D
=
R
ÞR =
Dd
=
Dx ÷ø
= K (4pr1r2) çè r – r ÷ø
3 ´ 10–3 1 ´ 10–3
1.22l 1.22 ´ 500 ´ 10–9
)( )
=4.92 m ~
2
- 5m
1
Let dots can be resolved by eye at maximum distance R then
(
6.
10.
r r r
t = r ´ F = (–î + ˆj) ´ (–Fk)
Terminal speed v =
2(r - s )r 2 g
h
ˆ = F(–ˆj – î) = -F (î + ˆj )
ˆ = F(iˆ ´ kˆ – ˆj ´ k)
Þ v µ (r – s)
æ r '– s ' ö æ 10.5 - 1.5 ö

11. The shape of interference fringes on the screen is hyperbola. v' = çè r – s ø÷ v = ç ÷ (0.2) = 0.1 m/s
è 19.5 - 1.5 ø
1 - cos 2wt 1 1
12. y = sin2 wt = = - cos2wt Þ motion is SHM with
2 2 2 mR ( T1 – T2 )
12. Work done in adiabatic process W =
2p p g –1
time period = =
2w w
R ( T2 – T1 ) 103 ´ 8.3 ( 7)
1 2msDT Þ g = 1 + = 1+ = 1+0.40 = 1.40
15. CV2 = msDT Þ V = W 146 ´ 103
2 C
\ The gas must be diatomic

AIEEE 2007 mv 2 k nh 1 k
11. = & mvrn = Þ Tn = mv 2 = & rn µ n
ANSWER KEY rn rn 2p 2 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2
2 3 1 1 1 1 2 12. Q x1 = at , x = vt \ x – x = 1 at2 - vt
2 2 1 2
2
1. Q x = 2 × 10–2cospt
\ v = (2 × 10 –2 ) (p) (–sinpt) = –2p × 10 –2 sinpt 13. For a diamagnetic material 0 < µ r < 1 and for any material
Îr > 1
p 1
Speed will be maximum if pt = Þ t = = 0.5s 14. According to question Q = 0 = W so DU = 0 Þ U = constant
2 2
f(n1 + n 2 )RT fn1RT1 fn 2RT2
so U = U1 + U2 Þ = +
( ) ( )
2 2
2. Distance of point A from origin = 2 + 2 = 2 units 2 2 2
æP V P V ö T P V P V (P V + P2 V2 ) T1T2
Þ ç 1 1 + 2 2÷ = 1 1 + 2 2 Þ T = 1 1
Distance of point B from origin = 22 + 02 = 2 units è T1 T2 ø 2 2 2 P1 V1 T2 + P2 V2 T2
As point A & B are situated at equal distance so v A–vB= 0
æ pö dx æ pö AIEEE 2009
3. Q x = x 0cos çè wt - ÷ø
4
\ v =
dt
= –x 0w sin çè wt - ÷ø
4
ANSW ER K EY
dv æ pö æ pö
Þ a = = –x 0 w2 cos çè wt - ÷ø = x 0w2 cos çè p + wt - ÷ø 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
dt 4 4
3 4 4 3 4 1 4 2 4 2
æ pö p 3p
Þx 0 w cos èç p + wt - ÷ø =Acos(wt + d)ÞA= x 0w2 , d = p - =
2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
4 4 4
2 2 3,4 1 1 3 3 1 4 4
4. Potential remains same as it depends on algebraic sum of
r 21 22 23
charges but electric field E changes.
5. Intensity change in in decibel 1 2 2
6.
I2 I2 I2
= 10 log I =20 Þ log I = 2 Þ I = 10 2 =100
1 1 1
1. Least count of vernier callipers L.C. = 1MSD – 1VSD
But here 29 MSD = 30 VSD
29 1
E E
J
Net work done by the system in the process is zero, as in ÞL.C. = 1MSD – MSD = MSD
removing the dielectric, work done is equal and opposite to 30 30
the work done is reinserting the dielectric. o o
æ 1 ö æ 1ö
7.
m y
The value of electric charge is constanst everywhere.
AIEEE 2008
2.
=ç ÷ × 0.5° = çè 60 ÷ø = 1 minute.
è 360 ø
B0 = B1 – B2
a A
B
e
ANSWER KEY I1 30° I
m 0 I æ p ö m0 I æ p ö O
= -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2a çè 6 ´ 2p ÷ø 2b çè 6 ´ 2p ÷ø
2
11
2
2
12
2
c
4
a
13
2
d 14
1
1
1 4 4 2 4 1
3.
=
m0I
24ab
(b - a)
Magnetic field due to I1 is circular. So forces on AD and BC

b
D
C
1.
s A
For constructive interference
2dcosi = nl =
l
2meV
Þ V » 50 volt
5.
are zero.
Energy of the diatomic gas
5 5 5 1
r = nRT = PV = ´ 8 ´ 104 ´ = 5 × 104 J

3. Diffraction pattern should be wider than slit-width 2 2 2 4
4.
k e 2
aVr1 g = kv + Vr2 g Þ v =
(r1 - r2 )Vg
Vr 2g
kv2
6. Third bright of known light X3 =
3l1D
d
..... (i)
a n L æ Xö
n
ò Xdm = ò k çè L ÷ø Xdx = æç n + 1 ö÷ L
k
4th bright of unknown light
Given X3 = X4 Þ 3l 1 = 4l 2
X4 =
4l 2D
d
..... (ii)
R
0
x cm = 3 3
mg = Vr 1g
5. ò dm ò k æç X ö÷ dx è n + 2 ø
n
L Þ l2 = l = × 590 = 442.5 nm
è Lø 4 1 4
0
v - v0 94
1 9. n' = n = n
For n = 0, Xcm = ; for n Þ ¥, Xcm = L v 100
2
from (iii) eqn. of motion v2 = u2 + 2as
s 100
6. Average velocity v = = = 10ms -1 Þ v02 = 0 + 2as Þ v0 = 2as
t 10
1 1 94 æ v - 2as ö
Kinetic energy = mv 2 = (m)(10)2 = 50m Þ 100 n = ç v ÷ n Þ s = 98 m.
2 2 è ø
For athelete 40 < m < 100 Þ 2000 J < KE < 5000 J F/A YA2 Dl
9. As liquid 2 is below liquid 1 so r2 > r1 . Solid ball sinks in 10. Q Y = Dl \ F =
lA
Þ F µ A2
liquid 1 and does not sink in liquid 2 so r3 > r1 and r3 < l
r2. Therefore r1 < r3 < r2 2 2
10. No conduction is found between P & Q so both P & Q will F2 æ A 2 ö æ 3A ö
Þ = =ç = 9 Þ F2 = 9F
be n-type or p-type. Therefore R will be base. F1 çè A1 ø÷ è A ÷ø

11. qC
AIEEE 2010
90°-qC 2
q 3
ANSW ER K EY
qC
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(1) sinq = msin (90–qC) 1 2 3 3 4 1 2 2 3 4
2 1 1 æ 1 ö 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Þ sinq = mcosqC = ´ = Þ q = sin–1 èç ÷
3 2 3 3ø 3 2 2 3 1 3 1 4 3 1
12. By using conservation of mechanical energy : 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
1 4 4 4 1 4 1
1 2 ml2
Iw = mgh where I = 1. Parallel cylindrical beam gives planar wavefront
2 3
1 ml2 2 1 ml2 2 l 2 w2
Þ w = mgh w = mgh Þ h =
2 3 2 3 6g
13. a = –w2x , v = w A2 - x2
a2 T2 + 4p2v2 = w4x 2 T2 + 4p2 w2(A 2 – x 2 )
4 p2 2 2 2
= w x T + 4p2 w2 (A 2 – x 2 ) = 4p2w2A 2 = constant c c
T2 2. µ= Þv= Since I is decreasing so µ also decreases and
v m
aT w 2 xT hence v increases. So v is minimum on the axis of the beam.
= – = –w2T = constant 3. As light enters the medium then
x x
along the axis velocity is
4Q é r14 ù
r1
Q decreasing so as we move away
14. Q' = ò rdV = ò pR 4
r.(4 pr 2 )dr = ê ú
R4 ë 4 û from the centre (that is x in figure)
E
0
the wave covers less distance and
KQ ' 1 é 4Qr14 ù Qr12
E
= hence shape is convex.
ÞE = ê ú
r12 4p Î0 r12 ë 4R 4 û = 4p Î0 R 4 4. Total kinetic energy of products = Total energy released
16. Y = A + B = A.B
|v|
y J p 2
+
p
2m 2m
æ p2 ö é
2ç
2
= (mass defect) c2(where m = M/2 given)
è 2m ÷ø êë
æ M Mö ù
= (M + Dm) - ç + ÷ ú ´ c2
è 2 2 øû
17. 2ƒ
ƒ
d e m |u|
é p2
2´ê
( )
ë2 M / 2 û
ù æM ö
2 ç v÷
ú =(Dm)c2Þ è 2 ø =(Dm)c2 Þ v = c
2 Dm
M
2
a
ƒ 2ƒ M
c
5. Because energy is releasing Þ Binding energy per nucleon
18. WAB = Work done in isobaric process of product > that of parent Þ E 2 > E1 .
= mRDT = 2R × (500 – 300) = 400R
19.
s A
Work done on the gas = – 400R
P1
WDA = Work done in isothermal process = 2.303 mRT log P
8. Considering A,B,C,D,E points
in plane where C is the mid
point.At mid point magenetic
field is zero and right and left
r
2
side of mid point magnetic field
1 ´ 105
k e = 2.303 × 2R × 300 log

2 ´ 105
= 2.303 × 2R × 300 × (– 0.3010) = – 414R
is in opposite direction and for
both conductors magnetic field
in right & left side are opposite
20.
a n
Work done on the gas = – (– 414 R) = 414 R
WABCDA = WAB + WBC + WCD + WDA
2
= mR(500–300)+2.303mR (500)log +
9.
in direction.
In equilibrium ball will remain at the interface of water and
oil.
R
r 2kl
2
10. E=
r
-ˆj =( ) 2 q
( 4p Î0 r ) ( pr )
-ˆj = - 2
q
( )
2 p Î0 r 2
ĵ ()
1
+ mR(300–500) + 2.303 mR(300) log = 276R 11. TB = T1, TC = T2, g = 1.4; VB = V, VC = 32 V
2
Work done on the gas = – 276 R TB VBg –1 = TC VCg –1
22. Equivalent resistance across L(by short circuiting battery)
g –1 g –1
= Req = 2W then current through L : TC T2 æ VB ö æ 1ö 1
= = =ç ÷ =
TB T1 çè VC ø÷ è 32 ø 4
4
i = i0(1 – e –Rt/L) where R = 2W, L = H,
10 T2 1 3
h = 1 – T = 1- = = 0.75
1 4 4
E 12
i0 = = = 6A 12. In 23.023 Number of significant figures will be 5 because all
R 2
the zero's between non zero digits are siginificant. In 0.0003
i = 6(1 – e ) .... (i) \ p.d. across L is VL
–5t
number of significant figures will be one because all the zero's
before and after decimal point are insignificant if the number
di 4 d
= L = ´ [6(1 – e–5t)] = 12 e–5t is less then one. In 2.1 × 10–3 number of significant figure are
dt 10 dt two because power of 10 is not considered as significant figure.

21. relative vertical acceleration of A with respect to B
A
A
æ 3 1ö
= g (sin260° – sin2 30°) = 9.8 çè - ÷ø = 4.9 m/s2
13. 4 4
B
B 22.
x = A . B = A + B = A + B Þ OR gate
r r
æ5 r ö
Total charge Q = ò r dv = ò r0 çè - ÷ø 4pr dr
2
14. r V2 V2
0 0
4 R a=– cos q î - sin q ˆj
R R
r
æ 5r2 r 3 ö é 5r 3 r 4 ù
= 4pr0 ò ç - ÷ dr = 4pr0 ê - ú
0è
4 Rø ë 12 4R û
KQ 1 é5 r 4 ù r0r é 5 r ù r r r
E= = 4pr0 ê r 3 - ú= ê - ú 23. Q Angular momentum L = r ´ p
r2 4p Î0 r2 ë 12 4R û 4 Î0 ë 3 R û
XL - XC XC R r æ 1 2ö
15. tan f = ; tan 30° = Þ XC = ; where r = u cos qt î + çè u sin q t - gt ÷ø ˆj
R R 3 2
XL R r
tan 30° = Þ XL = p = m[u cos qî + (u sin q - gt)ˆj]
R 3
XL = XC Þ Condition for resonance So f = 0° r r r 1 ˆ
L = r ´ p = - 2 mgv 0 t cos qk
2
(220) = 242W
2 2
V
P = VI cos0°; P = =
R 200 r 1.6
24. K= = = 2
16. At t = 0 inductor behaves as broken wire then i = V/R2 r - s 1.6 - 0.8
E
V r ® density of sphere, s ® density of liquid
E
ds dv
25. As s = t3 + 5 so v = =3t2 and at = = 6t
dt dt
J R2
at t = ¥ Inductor behaves as conducting wire
y V
At t = 2sec
r æ v2 ö
a = a 2c + a 2t = ç ÷ + a2t
è Rø
2
i=
V
d e m
R1R 2 / ( R1 + R2 )
R1
R2 a=
R
a b
+ç ÷ =
2
(3t 2 ) 2 æ dv ö
è dt ø
9t 4
R
+ 36t 2 = 144 + (7.2)2 = 14m/s2 .
a
dx dy dy dy / dt x 26. U= -
17. = Ky; = Kx Þ = = Þ ydy = xdx x12 x 6
c
dt dt dx dx / dt y
by integrating y2 = x2 + c. dU a 6b
1/ 6
æ 2a ö
18. U =
1
2
AU 1 1
CV 2 Þ 0 = CV02 e -2t1 / RC Þ = e -2t1 / RC
s
2 2 2
F=-
dx
= +12 13 – 7 = 0 Þ x = ç ÷
x x è bø
a b b2
r
2t1 RCln2 U(x = ¥) = 0; U equilibrium = 2
- =-
= ln2 ; t = æ 2a ö æ 2a ö 4a
...(1)
e
çè ÷ø
RC 1 2 èç b ø÷ b
n k
q0
and 4 = q 0e
- t2 / RC t
- 2 = 2ln2 ; t = 2RC ln2 ...(2)
RC 2
æ b2 ö
\ U(x = ¥) – Uequilibrium = 0 – çè - ÷ø =
4a
b2
4a
.
19.
R a
Circuit can be reduced as
i=
e
=
2vlB
t1 1
from equation (1) and (2) t = 4
2
i1 R
i2
i R
27. aS =
a 1R 01 + a 2R 02
R 01 + R 02 =
1
a1 + a2
2
1 1
For parallel combination R = R + R
; R01 = R02 = R0 (given)
3R / 2 3R R 1 2
i vlB e = vl B 1 1 1
i1 = i2 = =
2 3R Þ R = R (1 + a t) + R (1 + a t)
eq 0 1 0 2
é æ t x öù
20. y = 0.2 sin ê2p èç – ÷
ë 0.04 0.50 ø úû 1
=
1
+
1
Þ R 0 (1 + a t) R 0 (1 + a1 t) R 0 (1 + a 2 t)
1 2 p
T 0.04
T w = Þ 2 (1 + apt)–1 = (1 + a1t) –1 + (1 + a2t)–1
v= = Þ 0.04 1
m k using binomial expansion
0.50
2 a1 + a2
æ 0.50 ö 2 – 2apt = 1 – a1t + 1 – a2t Þ ap =
Þ T = çè ÷ ´ 0.04 = (12.5)2 × 0.04 = 6.25 N 2
0.04 ø

= 10 × 106
× 16 × 4 × 4
AIEEE 2011
= 2 × 10–3 kJ = 0.002 kJ
ANSWER KEY
T2 Q2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 b = =
4 4 2 2 4 1 3 1 4 3 T1 - T2 W
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 0.02 4 0.002
3 1 4 4 3 2 3 2 = =
3W - 20 W 300 - 4 W
1
1. mu2 µ t W = 0.028 kJ W = 0.0148 kJ
2
1
du - A
u µ t Þ µt 2
Y
dt 7. B
1-
1
F = ma µ t 2
Þµ NAND
t
2. Min force required to push up a body. A B Y
F1 = mg sin q + m mg cos q 0 0 1
Min. force required to prevent from sliding 0 1 0
F2 = mg sin q – m mg cos q 1 0 0
1 1 1 0
Given m =
tan q
2 Which is table for NOR gate.
F mg sin q + m mg cos q 8. D K = W = Q(VA – VB) q a 2aA q
The ratio 1 = =3 : 1
F2 mg sin q – m mg cos q
éæ 2kq 2kq ö ù
3. R = R1 + R2 + R3 + R4 = Q êç - ÷ - 0ú 2a B
ëè a a 5ø û
5
Þ DR = ´ 100 = 5W –q –q
100 Q VB = 0
DR = DR1 + DR2 + DR3 + DR4 = 20
E
For combination 2KqQ æ 1 ö
= 1-
DR 20 a çè ÷
5ø
4.
R
r
F
´ 100 =
ë
400
´ 100 = 5%
ur r r
= q éE + v ´ B ù (û
J )
9. Time constant for parallel combination = 2RC
Time constant for series combination =

E
RC
y
2
( ) (
=q é3iˆ + ˆj + 2kˆ + 3iˆ + 4ˆj + kˆ ´ î + ˆj - 3kˆ ù
ë û ) t1
r - V0
m V = V0 e = ...(i)
2RC
Fy = q éˆj + 9ˆj + ˆjù 2
ë û
r
Fy = 11q
d e In second case :
t2
a
5. AM of Projectile
- V0
V = V0 e ( RC / 2)
= ...(ii)
c
L = mu cos q H 2
v
From (i) and (ii),
æ u2 sin2 q ö
= mu cos q ç
s A
è 2g ø
mu3 cos 30° sin2 30°
÷
=
3mu 3
t1
=
t2
2RC (RC / 2)
6.
k e r 2g
æ T ö
Cp = 32 ç
è 400 ÷ø
16g
Specific heat at low temperature is
3
Þ
m2
ts =
tp
4
=
10
4
= 2.5 sec
a
Q=n ò m.c.dT 10.
Kerosene
m1
Water
h2
h1 Raise = hac ç1 - m ÷
æ
è
1ö
ø
R =
4 100
ò20 1000 ´ 32 çè 400 ÷ø
æ T ö
3
dT
Total apparent shift
æ
= h1 ç 1 -
è
1 ö
m1 ÷ø
æ
+ h2 ç 1 -
è
1 ö
m ÷
2 ø
32 1 æ T4 ö
= ´
ç ÷
10 (400) 3 è 4 ø
l 2 - l1
11. Strain =
l1
32 1
= ´ (204 - 44 )
10 ´ (400)3 4 Since l2 = l1 [1 + a t]
So strain = a t
32 1
= ´ ´ (160000 - 256 )
10 ´ (400)3 4 Stress
y=
2000 Strain
= 32 × 160000 =
4 ´ 108 Stress = Y. Strain
= 2000 × 10 –6 =Y at

12. y1 = A sin (wt – kx)
AIEEE 2012
y2 = A sin (wt + kx)
By superposition principle ANSWER KEY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
y = y1 + y2
2 2 1 1 4 1 1 1 2 2
= A sin (wt – kx) + A sin (wt + kx)
11 12 13
= 2A sin wt cos kx
1 3 1
Amplitude = 2A ws kx
At nodes displacement is minimum 1. By putting A = B = 0 we get Y = 0
2A cos kx = 0
and by putting A = B = 1 we get Y = 0
cos kx = 0
So correct answer is (2)
p 2. W = Area bounded by curve = P0V0
kx = (2n + 1)
2 3 3
2p p QAB = nCV DT = n × R × DT = P V
x = (2n + 1) 2 2 0 0
2 2 5
p QBC = nCP DT = n × R × DT = 5 P0V0
x = (2n + 1) æ 1ö p 2
Þ çn + ÷
4 è 2ø2 3 13
n = 0, 1, 2.... Total heat supplied = P V + 5P0V0 = P V
2 0 0 2 0 0
13. Magnetic moment of elements ring
dM = di × A W 2 P0V0
h = Q × 100 =
13P0 V0 × 100 = 15.4%
dq
= pr2 r dr
T (4)(3)
3. Number of lines = nC2 = 4C2 = = 6
sdA (2)
= pr2
T 4. Due to conducting nature of Al eddy currents are produced
=
s ´ 2prdr 2
T
pr
Total magnetic moment
5. Least count = MSD – VSD
where MSD = 0.5° & 30VSD = 29MSD
E E
J
o
æ 29 ö æ 0.5 ö
R 2
s ´ 2 prdrpr 4 so least count = 0.5° – ç ÷ ´ 0.5° = ç ÷
3
ò
M = spw r dr = w = spwR è 30 ø è 30 ø
2p
y
0 4
o
14. 5m M+ m m æ 0.5 ö
m
N
Reading = 58.5° + (09) × ç ÷ = 58.65°
l' l è 30 ø
P'
P' = P e P
According to Conservation of linear momentum
d 6. Imax = (
Im
I + 4I ) = 9I = Im Þ I = 9
2
16.
Therefore
c a
l' = l
Focal length of a lens is given by IP = I + 4I + 2 (I)(4I) cosf
1
f
1 1
s A
æ 1
= ( m - 1) ç -
1ö
è R1 R2 ø÷
= 5I + 4I cosf
= I + 4I (1 + cosf)
r
µmµ f
Þ fµl = I + 8I cos2
f l
lR > lB
k e Þ fR > fB
Focal length will increase =
Im æ
ç1 + 8cos
2
2
fö
÷
17.
n
In polarisation intensity changes as the crystal is rotated.
a
In scattering for Rayleigh's law
1
9 è 2ø
18.
RIµ
l4
l is minimum for Blue
so I is larget
Both statements are correct and reason is also correct
y1(x, t) = 2a sin (wt – kx)
7.
1 1 1 1 1 240
= - = - Þf=
y2(x, t) = a sin (2wt – 2kx) f v u 12 (-240) 21

But Intensity
I = 2p2n2 a2rv æ 1ö æ 1 ö 1
Shift = h ç 1 - ÷ = 1 èç 1 - ÷ = cm
è µø 1.5 ø 3
2
I1 æ 2a n ö 1 To get image at film, lens should form image at distance
=ç ´ ÷ =
I 2 è a 2n ø 1
1 35
Intensity depends on frequency and amplitude equal to 12 – = cm
3 3
So statement-1 is true statement-2 is false
Hence (2) is correct 1 1 1 21 3 1
= - Þ = – Þu = –560 cm
f v u 240 35 u

8. Value of potential drops by 63% its initial maximum value v
mM
2. M v'
= 0.37% of V0
= 0.37 × 25 = 9.25 volt
Which lies between 100 and 150 sec. Energy loss will be maximum when collision will be perfectly
inelastic
V DR æ DV DI ö
9. R= Þ = ±ç + ÷ mv
I R è V I ø By momentum conservation, v' =
= ±(3 + 3)% = ±6% ( + m)
M
10. Magnetic field at the centre due to element ring Maximum energy loss = Ki – Kf
1 1
= mv2 – (m + M)v'
2 2
w r 1 1 m 2v 2
dq = mv2 – (m + M)
2 2 (m + M)2
1 é m ù
µ 0 di µ 0 æ dq ö µ 0 sds = mv 2 ê1 - ú
dB = = ç ÷= 2 ë m + Mû
2r 2r è T ø 2rT
æ M ö1
µ 0 æ Q ö (2prdr) µ 0Qdrw = ç ÷ mv2
= ç ÷ = èm +Mø2
2r è pR 2 ø 2 p / w 2 pR 2
statement 1 is false.
R
µ 0 Qw µ Qw µ Qw 1 3. u= 5 and tan q = 2
pR 2 ò0
Þ B= dr = 0 2 R = 0 Þ Bµ
pR 2 pR R
gx2
so by y = x tan q – (1 + tan2q)
B
2u 2
R
Þ
Þ
y = 2x –
y = 2x – 5x2
10x 2
2´5
(1+4)
E E
11.
d2x
dt
By solving above equation
y J
Equation of damped simple pendulum
2 = –bv + g sinq Þ
d2x
dt 2
= –bv +
g
l
x = 0
4. Common voltage =
C1 V1 - C 2 V2
C1 + C 2
(+ive plate of one capacitor is connected with –ive plate of
second capacitor)
Þ 120 C1 = 200 C2 Þ 3C1 = 5C2.
x = A0 e
At t = t, A =
b
- t
2
A0
d e
so t =
m
sin (wt + f)
2
5. R1=0.2
R2=3×10–3
a
e b
r
12.
A c
The direction of polarization is represented by direction of E
and wave propagates ^ to the E and B such that k ||E ´ B
L2
=
(nh) 2
r r r r r
Mutual inductance =
0.15
m0 R12pR 22
2(R12 + X 2 )3 / 2
s
13. Energy = so flux through trigger coil
2I 2(mr 2 )
k e r
where µ = reduced mass =
n 2 h 2 (m 1 + m 2 )
m1m 2
m1 + m 2 = ç
æ m 0 ö 2p R1 R 2
÷ . 2
2 2 2
2 3/2 i
è 4 p ø (R1 + X )
a n
so energy =
2m 1 m 2 r 2
JEE(MAIN)-2013
=
10 -7 ´ (3.14)2 (2 ´ 10 –1 )2 (3 ´ 10 –3 )2 ´ 2 ´ 2
((0.2)2 + (0.15)2 )3/ 2
= 9.1 × 10–11 weber.
R 1
4
2
4
3
2
4
2
ANSWER KEY
5
1
6
3
7
2
8
3
9
4
10
2
6.
R
R-3mm
3cm
3mm
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
3 4 4 2 4 4 4 4
w
From trigonometry,
1. R2 = (3)2 + (R–0.3)2 Þ R » 15 cm
2l l
3 ´10 8
mlens = = 1.5
1 2 ´108
E.M.F. induced = Bw[(3l)2 - (2l)2 ]
2 \ from Lens–Maker formula,
1 1 æ mL öæ 1 1 ö
= Bw[5l ] æ1ö 1
2
2 =ç - 1 ÷ç - ÷ = 0.5 ç ÷ = Þ f = 30cm
f è ms ø è R1 R 2 ø è 15 ø 30
5
= Bwl2
2

1
7. For low pass filter, frequency greater than can't pass through filter
C
1 1
Þ f< Þ f < = 4 × 104 Hz = 40 KHz 13.
C RC
in given options maximum frequency below 40 KHz is
10.62 KHz For bright fringe S1P – S2P = nl
8. Since the incident light is unpolarized, intensity after light So fringes are concentric circles (centre of origin)
I0 E0
passes through polaroid A is 14. B0 = Þ E0 = 20 × 10–9 × 3 × 108 = 6 V/m
2 c
After this light passes through B, 15. For constant intensity as wavelength decreases energy of
Iemergent = Iin cos2f photons increases and number of photons decreases. So it may
æ I0 ö I0 seem that current should decrease. But the probability that a
= ç ÷ cos245°= photon will be successful in emitting an electron will also
è2ø 4 increase. So as wavelength decreases current increases.
16. If a layer of thickness dr is evaporates then change in surface
energy
9. 6W
240W = (change in surface area) T
= (d(4pr2))T = 8prdrT
energy required to evaporate layer of thickness dr = (4pr2dr)r.L
The process of evaporation only starts only if change in surface
energy is just sufficient to evaporate the water layer
2p
6W Þ (4pr 2dr)Lr = (8prdr) T Þ r=
240W rL
17.
2
Energy of E = hn = E 0 Z ê
ë (n - 1) n û
2
é 1
- 2 ú = E 0 Z2 ê 2
1 ù
2ú
ë n (n - 1) û
E E é 2n - 1 ù
R bulb =
(120)2
60
(120)2
y J
= 240W ,
60W
V1 =
120
246
120
´ 240 = 117.07
18. O
é 2n ù
hn » E 0 Z 2 ê 4 ú
ën û
Þ vµ
1
n3
dq = l dx =
Q
L
dx
10.
R heater =
240
e m
= 60W ,
So change in voltage = V1 – V2
2T 0
d 4T0
V2 =
54
»
´ 48 = 106.6
10.4 Volt
x
Potential at O =
ò
2L K èç
æQ ö
dx÷
L ø = Q
dx
a
2P0 ln(2)
L x 4 p Î0 L
P0
A cT0 2T0
1 2 3
JEE(MAIN)-2014
4
ANSWER K EY
5 6 7 8 9 10
r s V0 2V 0
heat supplied = nC v (2T0 - T0 ) + nC p (4T0 - 2T0 )
e
11
3
4
1
12
1
3
13
4
14
2
1
15
1
4
2
16
3
17
1
2
1
18
1
4 1
n k
n3RT0 n5R
2
+
2
13 13
(2T0 ) = nRT0 = P0 V0
2 2
1. Thermal strain =
Dl
l0
=aD T
11.
RA
a w
v0 = 0
By angular momentum conservation about point A

w
v
2.
Þ Thermal stress in Rod (Pressure due to
Thermal strain) = Y a DT
= 2 × 1011 × 1.1 × 10–5 × 100
= 2.2 × 108 Pa
Li = Lƒ
ævö w0 R
mR2w0 = mvR + mR 2 ç Þ v=
÷ 2 l
èRø
12. To increase the range of ammeter resistance should be
decreased (So additional shunt is connected in parallel)
rv
r r r
Angular momentum L = r ´ p = (mvl)nˆ
r
Here magnitude of L remains constant but direction changes.

1 æ 3/2 ö æ 1 1 ö 1æ 1 1 ö
= - 1÷ ç - = -
f çè 1
11. ø è R1 R 2 ÷ø 2 çè R1 R 2 ÷ø
8cm x 54cm
P0
3. 1 æ 3/2 ö æ 1 1 ö 1æ 1 1 ö
= -1 - = -
f1 çè 4 / 3 ø÷ çè R1 R 2 ÷ø 8 çè R1 R 2 ÷ø
1 æ 3/2 ö æ 1 1 ö 1 æ 1 1 ö
= -1 - =- ç -
P0 A(8) = P' A(54 – x) f2 çè 5 / 3 ÷ø èç R1 R 2 ø÷ 10 è R1 R 2 ø÷
P0 8 = P' (54 – x) .....(1)
12. Fundamental frequency of closed organ pipe
P' = P0 – rgx ......(2)
Comparing (P0)8 = (P0 – rgx) (54 – x) v 340
f0 = = = 100 Hz
(76)8 = (76 – x) (54 – x) 4l 4 ´ 0.85
Solving we get x = 38 cm So possible frequencies below 1250 Hz are
Air columb = 54 – 38 = 16 cm 100 Hz, 300 Hz, 500 Hz, 700 Hz, 900 Hz,
hence 3 option is correct. 1100 Hz
5. All devices are in parallel so total current drawn is given as Þ No. of frequencies = 6
13. Frequency of light (n) > n G
Total Power
inet = µ is also greater than µ G and critical angle of light is less than
220 green light therefore light will got total internal reflaction and
15 ´ 40 + 5 ´ 100 + 5 ´ 80 + 1000 not come out to the air.
inet = For frequency of light (n) < n G ; light will not suffer T.I.R.
220
Therefore light come out to the air
2500 14. In Bohr model
inet = » 11.36 A
220
1 é1 1ù
minimum capacity of main fuse should be more than 11.36 A = Rz 2 ê 2 - 2 ú Þ l µ 1
6. As particle starts its motion from rest so equation of SHM, l ë n1 n 2 û z2
X = A cos wt
For first t seconds, a = A – Acos wt
For first t seconds, 3a = A – Acos 2wt
l1 : l2 : l3 : l4 : :
1 1 1 1
: : :
1 1 4 9
E E
As cos 2wt = 2cos2 wt – 1
So 1 -
3a
A
æ aö
J
= 2 ç1 - ÷ - 1
è Aø
y
2
p
15.
Þ l1 = l2 = 4l3 = 9l4
In magnetic field, Radius R =

2m(K.E.)
qB
7.
Þ A = 2a
Coercivity =
B
d e m
and wt =
3
= 3 × 103 = nI
Þ T = 6t K.E. =
q 2 B2 R 2
2m
K.E. = 0.80 ev
Energy of photon for transition from 3 ® 2 in hydrogen atom
c aµ0
3 × 103 = 1000 I
VR
Þ I = 3A é1 1ù
E = 13.6 ê 2 - 2 ú = 1.88 ev
ë2 3 û
8. VR + VL = 0 Þ
s A VL = –1
mg – T = ma & T × R = mR ´
2 a
From Einstein photoelectric equation
E = K.Emax + f
Þ 1.88 = 0.8 + f Þ f = 1.08 ev
r
9. f » 1.1 ev
R
y
k e
a =
g
16.
q
2
os
gc
n t = t0
m
10. For motion A ® B
a
µ
B
by using v = u + at
R
we have 0 = u gt0 q
u sin y
u mg
Þ t0 = t=0
x
g x
A For equilibrium under limiting friction
For motion A ® C mg sin q = µ mg cos q Þ tan q = µ
H
1 x3
by using s = ut + at2 From the equation of surface y =

2 t = nt0 6
1 C dy 3x 2
- H = u(nt 0 ) + ( -g)(nt 0 ) 2 slope = = = tan q
2 dx 6
x2 1
æ uö 1 æ uö
2
Þ = µ = 0.5 Þ x = 1 So y =
Þ H = - nu ç ÷ + gn 2 ç ÷ 2 6
è gø 2 è gø 17. When polaroid is at Angle 30º with beam A, it makes 60º
with beam B
-2nu + u n
2 2 2
by malus law
Þ H=
2g
IA 1
Þ 2gH = nu2 (n – 2) IA cos2 30º = IB cos2 60º Þ I = 3
B

18. Given unit in options is wrong.
ur uuur d0 1.22l
5. =q=
By using dv = - E . dx d1 d
ur uur
DV = – ò E.dx d0 =
1.22 ´ 500 ´ 10 -9
´ 25 ´ 10 -2
0.5 ´ 10 -2
x= 2
3 x=2 d0 = 1.22 × 25 × 10–6
ò 30x dx = -10x
2
VA – V0 = –
x=0
x=0 d0 ; 30 µm
6. Decay of current
VA – V0 = – 10 [8 – 0] = – 80 V
10 -3 ´150
tR 15 - 1 -5 1
JEE(MAIN)-2015 I = I 0e
-
L = e 0.03
= e =
150 10 1500
ANSWER K EY = 6.66 × 10–4 = 0.666 × 10–3 = 0.67 mA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7. As damping is happening its amplitude would vary as
4 3 4 4 4 2 3 4 2 1 Q0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 3 1 1 1 4 1 3 3 1
1 P
1. Iav = e E2C =
2 0 4 pr 2
The oscillations decay exponentially and will be proportional
2P to e–gt where g depends inversely on L.
E=
4 pr 2 e0 c So as inductance increases decay becomes slower
\ for
On putting value we get = 2.45 V/m.
L L1 L2
2. T = 2p ...(1)
g
TM = 2p
L + DL
g
...(2)
E E
Y = DL
F
FL
A
L
y J 8.
DL =
AY
Putting (3) in (2)
d e m 1
...(3)
éæ TM ö2 ù A
æ
c a
solving the equation we get
v ö æ v ö
Y
= êç
ëè T ø
v - vS
÷ – 1ú
û mg Ceq =
3C
3+ C
Q = Ceq. E
A
2CE 3CE
3. f' = f ç ÷ and f" = f ç ÷ Þ f" = Q2 = =
è v - vS ø è v + vS ø f' v + vS (C + 3) (C + 3)
Þ
e r s
f "- f '
f'
´ 100 =
v - vS - v - v S
= -
v + vS
2v S
-
´10
2
é
= 2E ê1 -
ë
3 ù
C + 3 úû
k v + vS = × 100 ~ 12% é1 ù E
v
1+ Q2/when C = 1µF = 2E ê ú =
n vS ë4 û 2
4.
R a Q2/when C = 3µF = 2E ê ú = E
dQ
dC
=
6E
( C + 3)
2
2
é1ù
ë û
>0 Þ Q
d 2Q 6E ( -2 )
12E
= = - < 0 Þ Slope
( C + 3)
3
dC 2 ( C + 3)
2
µ0I µ 0I
B= = 2 p 2l sin q
2 pr ( ) 9. Normal
f µ2 µ increases
tanq = B where fB is force per unit length(Bi)
lg µ1
µ 0I
lg tanq = Í
2p ( 2l sin q ) m2 > m1
\ light bends towards normal
plgl \ light beam bends upwards (as µwith height)
on solving I = 2 sinq
µ 0 cos q

1æ U ö æ æ 1 öö
10. P = 3 çè V ÷ø
-1 -1
q = sin ç µ sin(A-sin ç ÷÷
è è µ øø
P µ T4 for all light transmitted through AC, e < 90°
using PV = nRT
æ æ 1 öö
Þ q > sin -1 ç µ sin(A-sin -1 ç ÷ ÷
1 1 è è µ øø
µ T3 Þ T µ
V R r r
13. For stable equilibrium B|| M
11. For particle 1
For unstable equilibrium
10m/s B = magnetic field
A M = magnetic moment
14. Before collison
y
240m m 2v
v
x
B
1 2 2m
–240 = + 10t – gt
2
5t2 – 10t – 240 = 0 1 1
Kinetic energy = m(2v) 2 ´ 2m(v)2 = 3 mv2
t1 = 8 sec 2 2
For particle 2 After collison
40m/s Applying momentum conservation for inelastic collision
A r
2mvjˆ + m2viˆ = 3m v f
r
vf =
1
8
9
v
4mv 2
E E
B
–240 = 40t –
1 2
gt
y J Kf =
2
% DK =
´ 3m ´ ( v 2f ) =
Ki
Volume
=
3
K i – K f 5mv 2 / 3 5
3mv 2
= = 56%
9
2
5t2 – 40t – 240 = 0
t2 = 12 sec
d e m
for 0 < t < 8 sec ® arel = 0
15. tµ
v avg
tµ V1 T
-1
2
c a
straight line x-t graph
for 8 < t < 12 sec ® arel = – g
For adiabatic process
T µ V1–g
g +1
A
downward parabola tµ V1 T –1/ 2 µ V 2
for t > 12 sec ® Both particles comes to rest comparing
12.
e r s 16.
q=
g +1
2
By principle of superosition
n k V= –
GM é 2 R 2 ù 3G M
2R 3 êë
3R –
4 úû
+
2 R
a
8
2
R
For all light to come out from face AC angle of emergence
e = 90 17.
=
–11 GM 3GM
8R
+
8R
=–
GM
R
f1 f2
Apply Snell's Law at face AC F A

µ sin r2 = 1 sin e
B 100
æ1ö
r2 = sin–1 ç ÷ (if e = 90)
èµø
20 f1 100
æ1ö for equllibrrium of A
r1 = A – sin–1 ç ÷ (\ r1 + r2 = A) f1 = 20
èµø
for equllibrrium of B
Apply Snell's law at face AB f2 = f1 + 100
1 sinq = µsin(r1 ) f2 = 120 N

18. It behaves as a dipole.
R
4. For PV n = constant, C = CV + but R = C P – CV
1- n
+
+ R C - CV C - CP
+ + Þ 1- n = = P Þn=
–– –– C - CV C - CV C - CV
– ––
1mA 100W
G
5. 10A
z2 10A
19. K = +13.6 2 as n decreases K increases
n
z2 R
U = -27.2
n2 üï as n decrease (100W) (1mA) = R(10) Þ R = 0.01W
ý 6. Charge in the region between a and r
z2 ïþ U & T decrease
T = -13.6
n2
20. (A) Franck-Hertz experiment explains disrete energy levels
of atom r
(B) Photo-electric experiment explain particle nature of light
(C) Davison Germer experiment explain wave nature of Q a
electron.
JEE(MAIN)-2016 b
ANSWER KEY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
E
4 2 1 3 2 2 4 1 1 r
æAö é r2 - a 2 ù
3µF Q1 = ò (4 pr 2 dr) ç ÷ = 4 pA ê 2 2
ú = 2 pA(r - a )
è r ø ë 2 û
E
1. a
4µF +6µc –6µc
+24µc –24µc
2µF
+16µc –16µc
y J
+18µc –18µc
9µF
Now E =
K éëQ + 2pA(r 2 - a 2 ) ùû
r2
It is constant if Q = 2pAa 2 Þ A =
= 2 pAK +
Q
K(Q - 2 pAa 2 )
2 pa 2
r2
+ –
8V
e m
Q 4mF = 24 µC and Q 9mF = 18 µC
d
KQ 9 ´ 109 (42 ´ 10 -6 )
P
h
=2h
2.
So E =
r2
=
c a 30 ´ 30
Equation of process AB,
N/C = 420 N/C
7.
h
sin30°
30°
s A
from y = mx + c,
P P
here m = - 0 and c = 3P0 Þ P = - 0 V + 3P0
V0 V0
Q x R
Energy lost by the ball, over the parts PQ and QR are euqal
k e r
Now by using PV = nRT
PV
We have T = 0 0
nR
æ 3V V2 ö
ç - ÷
ç V0 V2 ÷
mmgcos30°(2h) = mmgx Þ x = 2 3m = 3.5m
By using work energy theorem, W = DKE
mgh - mmgcos30°(2h) - mmgx = 0 Þ m =

1
= 0.29
a n
For maximum temperature,
è 0 ø
dT
dV
=0
8. At x =
2A æ 2A ö
,v = w A2 - ç ÷ =
5
Aw
2
2 3
R dT P0 V0 æ 3 2V ö
dV
= ç
Therefore, Tmax =
-
P0 V0 æ 9 9 ö 9P0 V0
ç - ÷=
nR è 2 4 ø 4nR
3
÷ = 0 Þ V = V0
nR çè V0 V02 ÷ø 2
3
Now v new = 3v = 5Aw

è 3 ø 3
So new amplitude is given by, v new = w A new - x

2 2
2
3. Given 2pR = l = 4a æ 2A ö 7A
Þ 5Aw = w A 2new - ç ÷ Þ A new =
è 3 ø 3
m0 I m0 Ip
BA = =
2R l 80V
9. Resistance of arc lamp, R = = 8W
10A
m0 I 8 2 m0 I Vrms
BB = 4 [sin 45° + sin 45°] = 220
4 p(a / 2) pl With AC supply, i rms = Þ 10 =
R 2 + X2L
82 + X 2L
BA p2 420
Therefore = Þ X L = 2pfL = 420 Þ L = » 0.065H (Q p2 ; 10)
BB 8 2 100 p

JEE(MAIN)-2017 2l m 2l pR 2 lr 2l R 2
Þ = 2 Þ = or =
ANSW ER K EY 3 pl r 3 pl r
2
3 l
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 l2
l2 3 3
4 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 4 3 Þ = or =
R2 2 R 2
11
1 5.
1. (1) 2
q q mgsinq
On interchanging Cell & Galvanometer.
mg
R1 R2
Taking torque about pivot t = Ia
G
l ml 2 3g
(2) mgsinq = aÞ a = sinq
R4
2 3 2l
R3
hC
6. Using DE =
l
hC
On balancing condition for l1 –E – (–2E) =
l1
R1 R 2
= ....(1)
R3 R4 hC
E
Þ l1 =
E
R1 R2
JG
for l2 –E – ç –
3hC
æ 4E ö
è 3 ø
l1 1
hC
÷ = l
2
E
R3
y
On balancing condition
m R1 R 3
R4
7.
Þ l2 =
Current
E
Þ
l 2
=r=
3
d e =
R2 R ....(2)
As we see both equation (1) & (2) are same. So 4th statement is
10A
2.
false.
c a
Refer NCERT Page No. 526
Three frequencies are contained wm + wc, wc – wm & wc
A
3. As parallel beam incident on diverging lens if forms virtual 0.5 sec time
image at v1 = –25 cm from the diverging lense which works as
s
a object for the converging lense (f = 20 cm)
Df
k e r q=
R
Df = change in flux
q= ò I dt = Area of current-time graph
a n f = –25 cm
15 cm
f = 20 cm
=
1
2
´ 10 ´ 0.5 = 2.5 coloumb
R
So for converging lens u = –40 cm, f = 20 cm
Df
1 1 1 q=
\ Final image - = R
V -40 20
Df = 2.5 × 100 = 250 wb
V = 40 cm from converging lenses.
I
ml 2 mR 2 m æ l2 2ö 8. T = 2p
4. I= + or I= ç + R ÷ ....(1)]
12 4 MB
4è3 ø
I = 7.5 × 10–6 kg – m2
Also m = pR2l r Þ R 2 =
m Put in equation (1)
plr M = 6.7 × 10–2 Am2
By substituting value in the formula

m æ l2 m ö
I= ç + ÷ T = .665 sec
4 è 3 plr ø
for 10 oscillation, time taken will be
dI m æ 2l m ö
For maxima & minima = ç - ÷=0 Time = 10 T = 6.65 sec
d l 4 è 3 pl 2 r ø
Answer option 3

s
After collision 2. C
V M M –s
9. m m V1 V2
B
2 2 s
rest a A
By conservation of linear momentum
b
m
mv = mv1 + v2
c
2
2v = 2v1 + v2 ....(1) K qA K qB K qC
by law of collision VB = + +
rb rb rc
v2 - v1
e= 1 é s4pa 2 s4pb 2 s4pc 2 ù
u1 - u 2 VB = ê - + ú
4p Î0 ë b b c û
u = v2 – v1 ....(2)
By equation (1) and (2) s é a 2 - b2 ù
VB = ê + cú
v 4v Î0 ë b û
v1 = ; v2 =
3 3
¶U k
h h 3. F= - =
l1 = ; l2 = ¶r r 3
p1 p2
Since it is performing circular motion
l1 2
= mv 2 k 1 k
l2 1 F= = 3 Þ K.E., k = mv 2 =
r r 2 2r 2
Option (4)
k k
10 . Due to thermal expansion Total energy = U + k = - 2 + 2 = Zero o
2r 2r
Dv
= 3aDT æ5 ö
Q = (kC) V = ç ´ 90pF ÷ (20V) = 3000 pC = 3nC
v
Due to External pressure
Dv P
=
4.
è3 ø
induced charges on dielectric
E E
v K
Equating both w 1 get
3aDT =
P
K
y J 5.
Qind
Frequency =
æ 1ö æ 3ö
= Q ç1 - ÷ = 3nC ç1 - ÷ = 1.2nC
è Kø è 5ø
1 k
2p m
= 1012
11 .
DT =
P
3aK
d e m
Doppler effect in light (speed of observer is not very small
compare to speed of light)
where m = mass of one atom =
108
( 6.02 ´10 ) 23
´10-3 kg
a
1 k
´ 6.02 ´1023 = 10 12 Þ K = 7.1 N/m
2p 108 ´ 10-3
f1 =
A c
1+ v / c
1- v / c
fsource =
1 + 1/ 2
1 - 1/ 2
JEE(MAIN)-2018
(10 GHz )
= 17.3 GHz
6. Let initial speed of neutron is v 0 and kinetic energy is K.
Case I : Collision with deutrorium:
n
v0
d Þ n
v1
d
v2
1 2
e r s 3 4
ANSW ER K EY
5 6 7 8 9 10
m
by momentum conservation
2m m
mv0 = mv1 + 2mv 2 Þ v1 + 2v2 = v 0

2m
4
11
n k1
12 13
2
14
4
15
1 4
16 17
1 2
18
2
19
2
20
by e = 1
Þ
v2 – v 1 = v 0
v2 =
2v0
; v1 = –
v0
a
4 1 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 3
2
21 22 23 1 1 æv ö
mv20 - m ç 0 ÷
1.
R
4 4 3
In diffraction
d sin 30º = l
d d 60º
Fractional loss, Pd =
n
2
1
2
c Þ n
2 è 3 ø
mv02
Case II : Collision with carbon nucleus
v0 v1
c
=
v2
8 .
9
» 89
Þ l=
2 m 12m m 12m
Young's fringe width by momentum conservation
[d' – separation between two slits] mv 0 = mv1 + 12mv 2 Þ v1 + 12v 2 = v0
l´D d 50 ´ 10 -2 by e = 1 v2 – v1 = v0
b= -2
Þ 10 = ´
d' 2 d' 2v -11v 0
v2 = 0 ; v1 =
13 13
10-6 ´ 50 ´ 10-2 Now fractional loss of energy
Þ 10 –2 = Þ d' = 25 mm 2
2 ´ d' 1 1 æ 11v 0 ö
mv 20 - m ç
2 2 è 13 ÷ø 48
» 0.28
Pe = =
1 169
mv 20
2

7. Without shunting condition : 12 . Initial Final
ep
m m m m
52cm v0 v1 v2
1 1 3æ 1 2 ö
G mv12 + mv 22 = ç mv0 ÷
2 2 2è 2 ø
Es,r
Es = 52 × x ...(1) 3
Þ v1 + v 2 = v 0
2 2 2
...(1)
when balanced 2
where, x = potential gradient of wire. from momentum conservation
with shunting condition ep mv 0 = m(v 1 + v 2 ) ...(2)
(v 1 + v 2 ) 2 = v 0 2
On balancing
40cm v 20
Þ v12 + v 22 + 2v1 v2 = v02 Þ 2v 1 v 2 = -
Es 2
Es - r = 40 ´ x ....(2)
(r + R ) G 3 2 v20
Es,r (v 1 – v 2 ) = v1 + v2 – 2v 1 v 2 = v0 +
2 2 2 = 2v 20
On solving :
2 2
v 1 – v 2 = 2v0
R
(1) 1 52 c
Þ = \ r = 1.5 W 13 . Speed of light in medium, v =
(2) r 40 2
1-
r+R 1 1 c
But v = m Î = m m Î Î = Î
8. Sin ce the carrier frequen cy is distributed as band width r 0 r 0 r
frequency, so ( Q m r = 1 as medium is non-magnetic)

10% of 10 GHz = n × 5 kHz Îr1 1
where n = no of channels So =
Îr2 4
10 14 . In this question option (2) and (4) are the corresponding
´ 10 ´ 109 = n ´ 5 ´ 103
100
n = 2 × 10 5 telephonic channels (3) and its distance – time graph is given as
distance
E E
position - time graph and velocity –position graph of option
9.
I I
2
y J I cos2q
2
I cos4q
2 time 12V 1W
I I
d e
1 m
cos4 q = Þ cos 4 q = Þ cos q =
1
Þ q = 45°
Hence incorrect graph is option (1)
12 13
+
1 2 = 37 volt
13V 2W
a
2 8 4 2 15 .
1 1 3
10 .
c
Say resistances are R and 1000 – R
A R 1000–R
+
1 2
req =
2 ´1 2
= W
2 +1 3
10W
s
G 37 V
Now its equivalent circuit is : 2/3W
3
k
Case I :
e r R
=
l
l
1000 - R 100 - l
...(i)
100–l
i=
37 / 3 37
10 +
3
=
2 32
A
10W
a n
Case II :
R
=
l - 10
1000 - R (100 - l) + 10
by multiplying (i) and (ii)
...(ii)
37
\ V 10W = i × 10 =
32
´ 10 =
370
32
= 11.56 volt
R 1=
l(l - 10)
(100 - l)(110 - l )
Þ 11000l - 210 + l 2 = l 2 - 10 l Þ l = 55 cm
16 .
Time period T =
1
R
2p
w
2
R
1
Force = mw2 R = µ n Þ w µ n +1 Þ w µ
n +1
µ R 2
R
1
n +1
2
R 55 é1 1ù
=
by putting in (i) Þ R = 550W - 2ú

1000 - R 45 17 . hv = E0 ê 2
ë n1 n 2 û
11 . MOI of removed part about axis passing through COM & ^ for Lyman series for series limit n 2 = ¥, n 1 = 1
to plane of disc = I cm + Md 2 hv L = E0 [1] ...(1)
(M) (R / 3)2 é 4R 2 ù MR 2 for p-fund series
= +Mê ú= 2 for series limit n 2 = ¥, n 1 = 5
2 ë 9 û
so MOI of remaining portion é1ù
hv p = E0 ê
ë 25 úû
...(2)
= [MOI of whole disc – MOI of removed part]
By dividing equation (1) and (2)
R 2 MR 2 MR 2
= (9M) - = [8] Þ Iremaining = 4MR2 n L 25
2 2 2 =
np 1 Þ v p = v L/25

æ 100 öæ 20 ö 1000 JEE(MAIN)-2019
18 . Pavg = Vrms I rms cosf = ç ÷ç ÷ cos 45º = watt
è 2 øè 2 ø 2 ANSWER KEY
I 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
wattless current = I rms sinq = 0 sin f = sin45º = 10 A
2 2 2 4 2 3 2 1 2 1 1 4
19 . In an adiabatic process : PV g = constant

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
and, PV = nRT, gives 2 3 1 1 3 4 4 2 2 2
g -1 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
1 æ V1 ö æT ö g -1
V g-1 µ Þç ÷ = ç 2 ÷ Þ T = T æ V1 ö 4 4 2 4 2 3 3 2 1 2
T è V2 ø ç ÷
è T1 ø 2 1
è V2 ø 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
-1
5 4 3 4 3 3 4 2 4 2 2
5 æ V ö3
monoatomic gas : g = Þ T2 = (300 K) ç ÷ 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
3 è 2V ø
2 1 3 2 4 2 3 3 4 1
= 189 K (final temperature) 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Change in internal energy
1 4 1 4 4 1 4 2 3 2
f æ 3 öæ 25 ö 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
DU = n RDT = 2 ç ÷ç ÷ ( -111) = –2.7 kJ
2 è 2 øè 3 ø 3 3 4 3 3 2 1 2 2 3
P 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
20 . Bulk Modulus, K =
dV 2 4 1 3 4 1 4 4 1 4
-
V 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
mg 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 2 4 4 3 1
here P = , dV = –4pr 2 dr & V = pr
a 3 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
So K=
mg / a
4
4 pr dr / pr 3
2
Þ
dr mg
=
r 3Ka
1
101 102
3 3 3 4 3 3 2 2
E E 4
J
3 3
3
1. 20V i1 xV i2 10V
Y
y
21 . Velocity of wave = A 2W C 4W B
r
2W
=
( ) e m
9.27 ´ 1010
2.7 ´103
æ 30 ö
d
= 10
; 103 ç ÷ » 6 ´ 103 m / s
3 927
27 i
0
Let voltage at C is equal to xV
follow
è 5ø
c a
Since rod is clamped at middle fundamental wave shape is as KCL : i1 + i2 = i
20 - x 10 - x x - 0
+ = Þ x = 10
s A
l/2
N A
2.
2 4
Color code :
2
Therefore i = 5 A.
r
Red violet orange silver
l R = 27 × 103 W ± 10%
e
= L Þ l = 2L Þ 1.2 m
2 = 27 kW ± 10%
k
v = fl Þ f =
n
v 6 ´103
l
=
1.2
= 4.9 kHz
3. Coercivity = H =
B
m0
N
= ni = i =
l
100
0.2
´ 5.2 = 2600 A/m
22 .
R a
F=
Dp
Dt
Pressure =
= 2n mvcos45º
F 2n mv cos 45º
A
=
Area
45º
45º
4. Maximum speed is at mean position (equilibrium). F = kx
x=
F
k
WF + Wsp = DKE
1 2 1 2
Fx – kx = mvmax - 0
-27 æ 1 ö 2 2
2 ´ 10 ´ 3.3 ´ 10
23
´ 10 ´ ç
3
÷
è 2ø 2
= = 2.35 × 10 3 N/m 2 æFö 1 æFö 1 2 Þv = F
2 ´ 10-4 Þ Fç ÷ - k ç ÷ = mvmax max
èkø 2 èkø 2 mk
23 . IP = I 0 = + 7M(3R) 2 vd
5. j = sE = nevd Þ s = ne = nem
E
é MR 2
ù 181
= ê7 ´ + 6 ´ M(2R)2 ú + 63MR 2 = MR 2 1 1 1
ë 2 û 2 Now r = = =
s n e eme 1019 ´ 1.6 ´ 10 -19 ´ 1.6 = 0.4 Wm

( )
1/ 2
ln2
6. Here 60 =
Mg
& 60.5 =
M g2 + a 2 12. Half life of A = ln2 = t1/2 = Þ lA = 1
m l
m
R B N 0 e -l Bt
60.5 g2 + a 2
4
æ 0.5 ö g 2 + a 2 at t = t = = e -3t
Þ = Þ ç1 + = R A N 0 e - lA t
60 g 2
è 60 ÷ø g2
e -l Bt = e -4t Þ l B = 4
a2 1 g g
Þ1+ 2 » 1+ Þa = » ln2 ln2
g 30 30 5 So t1/2 = =
lB 4
dx dy
7. = ky, = kx
dt dt initial position
l
dy
dy dt x
Now, = = Þ ydy = xdx 13.
dx dx y 30°
dt final position
Integrating both side y2 = x2 + c Work done by gravity from initial to final position is,
l mgl
W = mg sin 30° =
2 4
S According to work energy theorem W =
1 2
8. Iw
2
Screen
10cm 10cm 1 ml2 2 mgl 3g 3 ´ 10
1 1 1 1 1 1 Þ w = Þ w= = = 30 rad / sec
- = Þ - = Þ f = 5cm 2 3 4 2l 2 ´ 0.5
v u f 10 -10 f
14. B = B0sin (p × 107ct) + B0sin (2p × 107ct)
æ
è
1ö
Shift due to slab = t ç 1 - ÷ in the direction of incident ray
m ø
since there are two EM waves with different frequency, to get
maximum kinetic energy we take the photon with higher
E E
J
frequency
æ 2ö 1 1 1 95
= 1.5 ç1 - ÷ = 0.5 again, - = Þ v = = 10.55cm n2 = 107c
è 3ø v -9.5 5 9
(6.6 ´ 10 -34 )(107 ´ 3 ´ 108 )
9.
1
K i = mv02
2
m y
From linear momentum conservation 15.
E ph = hn =
1.6 ´ 10 -19
KE max = E ph – f = 12.375 – 4.7 = 7.675 eV » 7.7 eV
vx = –awsinwt ; vy = awcoswt ; vz = aw
= 12.375 eV
d e
mv0 = (2m + M) vf Þ v f =
mv 0
2m + M
Þ v = v 2x + v 2y + v 2z = 2aw
Ki
=6 Þ
c1
2amv 20
=6
16. For A & B let time taken by A is t0
x
Kf 1
2
2m + M
s AM
æ mv 0 ö
( 2m + M ) ç ÷
è 2m + M ø
2
u=0
from ques.
vA = a1t0
vB = a2(t0 + t)
10.
Þ
m
k e r=6 Þ =4
m
I = neAvd Þ vd =
I
vA – vB = v = (a1 – a2)t0 – a2t ....(i)
xB = xA =
1 2 1
2
a 1t 0 = a 2 ( t 0 + t )
2
2
n
neA Þ a1 t 0 = a 2 ( t 0 + t )
R a
Þ vd =
1.5
9 ´ 1028 ´ 1.6 ´10 -19 ´ 5 ´ 10 -6
= 0.02 m/s Þ ( a2 - a2 t0 = a 2 t
putting t0 in equation
v = (a1 – a2)
)
a2t
a1 - a 2
- a 2t
....(ii)
= ( a1 + a 2 ) a2 t - a2t = a1a 2 t
11. d q Central maxima

Pout VS I S 23 ´ I S
17. h= = Þ 0.9 = Þ IS = 45A
Pin VP I P 230 ´ 5
18. In flow volume = outflow volume
Path difference : dsinq = nl
0.74 74 ´ 100 740
where d = seperation of slits & l = wave length
n = no. of maximas
Þ
60
(
= p´ 4 ´ 10 -4 ´ 2gh Þ 2gh = )
240 p
=
24 p
0.32 × 10–3 sin 30° = n × 500 × 10–9 Þ n = 320
740 ´ 740 74 ´ 74
Hence total no. of maximas observed in angular range Þ 2gh =
24 ´ 24 ´ 10
p2 = 10 Þ h = (
2 ´ 24 ´ 24
)
–30° £ q £ 30° is = 320 + 1 + 320 = 641
Þ h » 4.8m

GM 1 1 æ1 1 ö 1 æ 1 1ö
19. At height r from center of earth. orbital velocity =
r 28. = = ( m1 - 1) ç - ÷ Þ f = ( m 2 - 1) ç -R - ¥ ÷
2f2 f1 è ¥ - R ø 2 è ø
\ By energy conservation
æ GMm ö ( m1 - 1) = ( m 2 - 1)
KE of 'm' + ç - = 0+0 Þ Þ 2m 2 – m 2 = 1
è r ÷ø R 2R
(At infinity, PE = KE = 0) T2 T T
2
29. Here 1 - = 1- 3 = 1- 4
GMm æ GM ö T1 T2 T3
Þ KE of 'm' = = çç ÷ m = mv
2
r è r ÷ø T2 T3 T
Þ = = 4 Þ T22 = T1 T3 & T32 = T2 T4
1 T1 T2 T3
20. Path difference = d sinq » dq = 0.1 × mm = 2500nm
40 Þ T24 = T12 T32 = T12 T2 T4 Þ T2 = (T12 T4 )1/ 3
or bright fringe, path difference must be integral multiple of l. and similiarly T3 = (T1 T42 )1/ 3
\ 2500 = nl1 = ml2
\ l1 = 625, l2 = 500 (from m=5) V R RV
(for n = 4) 30. Measured value 0.95 R = =
V V R + RV
+
R RV
Qin
Þ 0.95 × 30 = 0.05 R V Þ RV = 19 × 30 = 570 W
I mR 2 1 / 2mR 2
21. h 31. T = 2p Þ Th = 2p & TC = 2p
mB ( 2m ) B mB
Qout 32. Ne20 ® 2He4 + C12
Since height of water column is constant therefore, water inflow 8.03 × 20 2 × 7.07 × 4 + 7.86 × 12
rate (Qin ) = water outflow rate
Qin = 10–4 m3s–1
Q out = Au = 10 -4 ´ 2gh 33.
\ EB = (BE)react – (BE)product = 9.72 MeV
5d - 2d =
l
Þd=
l
E E
Þ 10 –4 = 10 –4
y
128kg 128 ( 50g )( 20 ) 128
=
J 1
20 ´ h Þ h = 20 m = 5cm
( 20 ) = 40 units
2
R = 7 .8 m m
2( 5 - 2)
22.
23.
m3 ( 25cm ) ( 4 )
N - mg =
3
mg
2
d
ÞN=
e m
3 =
3mg
2
64 34.
m = 1 m = 1 .3 4
1.34 1 1.34 - 1
v
- =
¥ 7.8
Þ v = 30.7 mm
Now, work done
c a
r r æ 3mg öæ 1 2 ö
W = NS = ç ÷ç gt ÷ Þ W =
3mg t 2 2
35. For closed organ pipe, resonate frequency is odd multiple of
fundamental frequency.
\ (2n + 1) f0 £ 20,000
24. R= Aè 2 øè 2
u 2 sin 2q
g
s
ø 4
and A = p R2 Þ A µ R2 Þ A µ u4
(f o is fundamental frequency = 1.5 KHz)
\n = 6
\ Total number of overtone that can be heared is 7. (0 to 6).
e
Therefore
k rA1 u14 é 1 ù
= = =
1
A 2 u 42 êë 2 úû 16
4
36. Thermal energy of N molecule
= Nç
æ 3 ö = N 3 RT 3
kT ÷
è 2 ø NA 2 2
3
= ( nRT ) = PV
2
25.
a n
Velocity of wave on string V = T
m
=
v 40
8
5
´ 1000 = 40m / s 3 æmö 3 2
= P ç ÷ = ´ 4 ´ 10 4 ´ = 1.5 × 104
2 è8ø 2 8
RNow, wavelength of wave l =
l 20
=
2 100
m = 20 cm
=
n 100
Separation between successive nodes,
m
37.
order will 104
R1 = 32 × 10 = 320
for wheat stone bridge
Þ
R1 R 2
=
320 80
=
R 3 R 4 Þ R3 = 160W Þ R 3 40
ì 6.6 ´ 10 -34 ü
í ý R3 = 160
P 2
(h / l) 7.5 ´ 10 -12 þ
2
26. KE = = =î -31
J = 25 KeV
2m 2m 2 ´ 9.1 ´ 10
Brown Blue Brown
12500
27. F 38. Energy of photon = = 12.75eV
980
\ Electron will excite to n= 4
3 2F Since 'R' µ n2
t = Ia Þ FR = MR a Þ a =
2
2 3MR \ Radius of atom will be 16a0

39. Momentum per second carried by liquid per second is rAv2
I 20 ´ 10 -6
é1 2ù 48. c= Where I = = 20 N / m 2
net force due to reflected liquid = 2 ´ ê rAv ú H 10 -6
ë4 û
20 1
1 c= = ´ 10 -3 = 0.33 × 10–3 = 3.3 × 10–4
net force due to stopped liquid = rAv 2 60 ´ 10+3 3
4 49. Potential difference across AB will be equal to battery
3 equivalent across CD
Total force = rAv 2
4 E1 E 2 E 3 1 2 3
3 2 + + + +
net pressure = rv r r2 r3 1 1 1 6
4 VAB = VCD = 1 = = = 2V
1 1 1 1 1 1 3
+ + + +
1 r1 r2 r3 1 1 1
40. c=
m 0 Î0 50. Rg = 20W
NL = NR = N = 30
1
v= [For transparent medium µ r »µ 0 ] I
k Î0 m0 FOM = = 0.005 A/Div.
f
c
\ = k =n æ 1 ö f
v Current sentivity = CS = ç ÷=
è 0.005 ø I
1 1 Igmax = 0.005 × 30 = 15 × 10–2 = 0.15
Î0 E 20c = intensity = Î0 kE 2 v
2 2 Now 15 = 0.15 [20 + R] Þ 100 = 20 + R = 80
2
E kv n 2 E0 æ PV ö
\ E 20 v = kE 2 v Þ 02 = = Þ = n 51. VT = K Þ V ç ÷ = K Þ PV2 = constant
E c n E è nR ø
B20 c B2 v B 1 R
= Þ 0 =
similarly
2m 0 2m 0 B n Q C = 1 - x + CV (For polytropic process)
41. y = 0.03 sin(450 t – 9x)
E
R 3R R
C= + =
w 450 T T 1- 2 2 2
= 50m / s Þ v = Þ = 2500
E
v= =
k 9 m m R
J DQ = nC DT =
Þ T = 2500 × 5 × 10 –3 = 12.5 N \ ´ DT
2
42. v0 = g ( R + h ) » gR 52. Only electric field do work
ve =
Dv = ve - v0 = (
m
2 -1)y
2g ( R + h ) » 2gR
gR
r r (1,1)
So W = ò qE.dS = q ò (2iˆ + 3j).(dxi

ˆ ˆ + dyj)
(0,0)
ˆ
43. K=
1
2
d
mw2 A 2 cos 2 wt
e 1 1
= q ò 2dx + ò 3dy = 5q
a
0 0
c
2
U = mw A sin wt
2 2 2 1 Q
2 53. U i = CE 2 =
2 2C
44.
K
U
s A p
= cot 2 wt = cot 2 ( 210 ) =
90
Let amount of ice be m
1
3 Uf =
( CE )
2 ´ 4c
2
=
1 CE 2 Q 2
2 4
=
8C
r
According to principal of calorimeter Q 2 Q 2 3Q 2
Energy dissipated = - =
e
heat taken by ice = heat given by water 2C 8C 8C
\ 20 × 2.1 × m + (m – 20) × 334 = 50 × 4.2 × 40
k
dU
376 m = 8400 + 6680 Þ m = 40.1g 54. F= - = - kr
dr
45.
n
Since voltage across zener diode must be less than 10V
a
therefore it will not work in breakdown region, & its resistance
will be infinite & current through it = 0
So
mv 2
r
= kr Þ v µ r
46.
47.
R
\ correct answer is (4)
Since D m = (µ – 1)A & on increasing the wavelength,
µ decreases & hence Dm decreases. Therefore correct answer
is (2)
From lens equation
55.
But mvr =
Case I
nh
2p
so r µ n1/ 2 and E µ n
ig =
æ
E
220 + R g
= Cq0
ö
..(i)
1 1 1 1 1 1 60 ç ÷
- = Þ - = Þ v= m E 5 Cq0
v u f v (-20) 0.3 197 ig = ç ÷´ =
Case II ç 5R g ÷ ( R g + 5) 5
æ 60 ö çç 220 + ÷÷
ç ÷ è 5 + Rg ø
æ v ö è 197 ø
m =ç ÷=
èuø 20 5E Cq0
velocity of image wrt. to lens is given by vI/L = m2vO/L Þ 225R + 1100 = 5 ..(ii)
direction of velocity of image is same as that of object g
vO/L = 5 m/s
225R g + 1100
æ 60 ´1 ö
2
Þ = 5 Þ R = 22W
1100 + 5R g g
vI/L = ç ÷ (5) = 1.16 × 10–3 m/s towards the lens
è 197 ´ 20 ø

iC
1 æ 1 1 ö
56. From = (m rel – 1) ç – ÷
f R
è 1 R 2 ø iB C 1000W
Focal length of lens will change hence image disappears from B E
the screen. 65.
VB 10V
æ pö
57. y = 5 éësin(3pt) + 3 cos(3pt) ùû = 10sin ç 3pt + ÷
è 3ø At saturation state, VCE becomes zero
10V
2p 2 p 2 Þ iC = = 10mA
Amplitude = 10 cm & T = = = s 1000 W
w 3p 3
iC
58. At saturation, VCE = 0 now current gain factor b =
iB
VCC
VCE = VCC – ICRC Þ IC = 10mA
R C = 5 × 10 A
–3
Þ iB = = 40mA
250
IC i
5 ´10 –3
Given bdc = So IB = = 25 mA 4W
IB 200 3V; 1W
66. 1W
At input side
VBB = IB RB + VBE = (25mA) (100kW) + 1V
VBB = 3.5 V Resistance of wire AB = 400 × 0.01 = 4W
59. Ig = 4 × 10–4 × 25 = 10–2 A
3
i= = 0.5A
G ig 6
E
Now voltmeter reading = i (Resistance of 50 cm length)
50W R = (0.5A) (0.01 × 50) = 0.25 volt
E
2.5V 1.22l
67. Limit of resolution of telescope =
60.
Brms =
I
» 10-4 T
y J
Q 2.5 = (50 + R) 10–2 \ R = 200 W
I = e0c E 2rms = E0c(cBrms)2 q=
1.22 ´ 500 ´ 10 -9
200 ´ 10 -2
m
=305 × 10–9 radian
D
61.
Î0 c3
Reynolds Number =
d e m rvd
h
68. M
100 ´ 10-3
c a
Volume flow rate = v × pr 2
1 2
minimum energy required (E) = – (Potential energy of object
at surface of earth)
Þ v=
60
s A ´ = m/s
p ´ 25 ´ 10-4 3p
103 ´ 2 ´ 10 ´ 10-2
= -ç -
æ GMm ö GMm
è R ÷ø
=
R
r ; 2 ´ 10 4
Reynolds Number =
10-3 ´ 3p Now Mearth = 64 Mmoon
62.
k e
order 10 4
When red is replaced with green 1st digit changes to 5 so new
resistance will be 500W
4 4
r. pR 3e = 64. pR 3m Þ Re = 4Rm
3 3
63.
a
Cd
n
e0 A
-12 -6
= k Þ k = 15 ´ 10 ´ 500 ´ 10 = 15 ´ 5 = 8.465
-
8.86 ´ 10 ´ 10
12 4
8.86
Now
E moon Mmoon R earth
= .
1 4
= ´ E
E earth Mearth R moon 64 1 Þ Emoon = 16
R p/6
q
69. A = A0e–gt
A =
A0
2
after 10 oscillations
Q After 2 seconds
64. A0 ln2
A/2 = A 0e –g(2) Þ 2 = e2g Þ l n2 = 2g Þ g =
2 2
Q A = A 0e –gt
A0 ln2
\ ln = gt Þ ln1000 = t
V(t) = 220 sin(100pt) volt A 2
p æ 3ln10 ö 6ln10
time taken, t =
q
= 3 =
1
sec = 3.3 ms
Þ 2ç
ln2 ÷ = t Þ ln2 = t
è ø
w 100p 300
Þ t = 19.931 sec Þ t » 20 sec

r 75. Input current = 15 × 10–6
70. E = ( 20x + 10 ) î
output current = 3 × 10–3
1
ò ( 20x + 10 ) dx = - (10x )
1
V1 – V2 = - 2
+ 10x resistance output = 1000
-5
-5
Vinput = 10 × 10–3
= 10(25 – 5 – 1 – 1) = 180 V
f = 2 0 cm Now Vinput = rinput × iinput
10 × 10–3 = rinput × 15 × 10–6
20cm
I 2000
71. O rinput = = 0.67 KW.
3 0 cm 6 0 cm 3
Voutput 1000 ´ 3 ´ 10 –3
8 0 cm voltage gain = V = =300
Image formed by lens input 10 ´10–3
76. Momentum p = mv .....(1)
1 1 1
- = 2 2
v u f u –v
and for MUG h = ...(2)
1 1 1 2g
+ =
v 30 20 p
v = +60 cm
2 2 2
If image position does not change even when mirror is removed u – p /m
h=
it means image formed by lens is formed at centre of curvature 2g h
of spherical mirror.
Radius of curvature of mirror = 80 – 60 = 20 cm
1
E
Þ focal length of mirror f = 10 cm 77. Kinetic energy KE = Iw2 = kq2
2
for virtual image, object is to be kept between focus and pole.
Þ maximum distance of object from spherical mirror for
v0
J
which virtual image is formed, is 10cm.
C B
Þ
Þ
w2 =
dw
=
2kq2
2k
I
Þw=
Þ w
dw 2k
=
2k
I
q
q =µ
E
y
72. 2m v dq I dq I
A v /2 m m
78. Maximum Electric field E = (B) (c)
m
let mass of B and C is m each.
r
By momentum conservation ˆ
E 0 = (3 × 10–5)c – j ( )
2mv0 = mv –
mv
2
Þ
d e v = 4v0 r
E1 = (2 × 10–6 )c ( –iˆ )
pA = 2mv0
c a
De-Broglie wavelength l =
h
pB = 4mv0 pc = 2mv0
Maximum force
r r –5 ˆ
( –6 ˆ
Fnet = qE = qc –3 ´ 10 j – 2 ´ 10 i )
A
p
r
h h h F0max = 10–4 × 3 × 108 (3 ´ 10 –5 ) 2 + (2 ´ 10 –6 )2
lA = ; lB = ; lC =
73.
e r s
2mv 0 4mv 0
For a simple pendulum T = 2p

2mv 0
L
g eff
Frms =
= 0.9N
F0
= 0.6 N (approx)
k
2
situation 1 : when pendulum is in air ® geff =g r r r Þ Cq = i N A B
n
79. t = M´B
situation 2 : when pendulum is in liquid
R a
® geff = g ç1 –
So,
T'
2p
æ
ç
è
rliquid ö
rbody ÷ø
L
15g /16
æ 1 ö 15g
÷ = g ç1 – ÷ =
è 16 ø 16
4T
80.
-6
Þ 10 ´
p
180
= 10–3 × 10–4 × 175 × B Þ B = 10–3
Force on the surface (25% reflecting and rest absorbing)
25 æ 2I ö 75 æ I ö 125 æ I ö
= ÞT ' = F= + =
T L 15 100 çè C ÷ø 100 çè C ÷ø 100 çè C ÷ø
2p
g
74. Speed of wave from wave equation 125 æ 50 ö

´
100 çè 3 ´ 108 ÷ø
= = 20.83 × 10–8 N.
(coeffecient of t) 1000 1000
v= – =– =
(coeffecient of x) (–3) 3 81. Total Area = A1 + A2 + ...... A7
since speed of wave µ = A + A + ......... 7 times

T
= 37.03 m2.
1000 273 Addition of 7 terms all having 2 terms beyond decimal, so final
so = = Þ T = 277.41 K
3 T answer must have 2 terms beyond decimal (as per rules of
336
significant digits.)
T = 4.41°C

89. P0 + rgd1 = P1
vc P0 + rgd2 = P2
m
v M = 4m vc
82. m h rg(d2 – d1) = P2 – P1
rest
103 × 10 (d2 – d1) = 3.03 × 106
Applying Linear momentum conservation
mv = (m + M)vc d2 – d1 = 303 m ; 300 m
v
vc = 2
5 æ qE ö
90. geff = g2 + ç ÷
applying work energy theorem èmø
1 1
–mgh = (m + M)vc2 – mv2 l
2 2 l
2
T = 2 p g = 2p
2v eff
æ qE ö
2
solve, h = g +ç ÷
2
5g èmø
m 91. Numerical aperature of the microscope is given as
83. r= = 1.67 × 10–8Wm
ne 2 t
0.61l
84. As q = CV NA =
d
Hence slope of graph will give capacitance. Slope will be more
Where d = minimum sparation between two points to be seen
in parallel combination. Hence capacitance in parallel should
be 50mF & in series combination must be 8mF. as distinct
Only in option 40mF & 10 mF 0.61l (0.61) ´ (5000 ´ 10m-10 )

d= =
Cparallel = 40 + 10 = 50mF NA 1.25
Cseries =
40 ´ 10
40 + 10
= 8 mF
= 2.4 × 10–7 m = 0.24 mm
E E
J
y t=0
Vd x
85. m= E = rJ
=
E
m y
1.1 ´ 10 -3
92.
1.7 ´ 10 -8 ´
d e 5
p ´ 25 ´ 10 -6
y = A sin (kx - wt + f)
at x = 0, t = 0, y = 0 and slope is negative Þ f = p
r rr
=
c a
1.1 ´ 10 -3 ´ p´ 25 ´ 10 -6
1.7 ´ 10 -8 ´ 5
»1.01m 2 / Vs 93. E = E 0 nˆ sin(wt + (6y - 8z)) = E 0 nˆ sin (wt + k.r)
r rr r
where r = xiˆ + yjˆ + zkˆ and k.r = 6y - 8z Þ k = 6jˆ - 8kˆ
86.
s A
A = A0e–0.1t =
A0
2
Þ ln2 = 0.1t
Direction of propagation
æ -3jˆ + 4kˆ ö
ŝ = - kˆ = çç
5
÷÷
r
Þ t = 10 ln2 = 6.93 » 7 sec è ø
87.
k e
Av × b = Pgain
æ Pö 94.
æ DI ö R
Vgain = ç C ÷ out = ç
æ 5 ´ 10-3 ö
-6 ÷ × 103 =
è DIB ø R in è 100 ´ 10 ø
1
´ 106 = 5 ×104
a n
60 = 10 log10 ç ÷
è P0 ø
æ DI ö æ 5 ´ 10-3
20
R Pgain = ç C ÷ (Vgain ) = ç ÷ (5 ´ 10 ) = 2.5 × 106

4
R 10 4 -6
2
P = 106 = b2 ´ out = b ´ Þ b2 = 104 Þ b = 100 è DI b ø è 100 ´10 ø
R in 100
95. 20 × 50 × 10–6 = 10–3 A
1 1 1 v v v v 2
88. - = Þ 1- = Þ 1–m = Þ m=1–
v u f u f f f V1 = = 100 + R 1 Þ R1 = 1900W
10-3
a
At v = a, m1 = 1 – 10
f V2 = = (2000 + R 2 ) Þ R2 = 8000W
10 -3
a+b
At v = a + b, m2 = 1 – 20
f V3 = = 10 × 103 + R3 Þ R3 =10000W
10 -3
é a + bù é aù
m2 – m1 = c = ê1 - - 1- = b Þ f = b
ë f úû êë f úû f c

V 101. Loudness of sound is given by
96.
E r I æ I is intensity of sound ö
internal
dB = 10 log
I 0 çè I 0 is reference intensity of sound ÷ø
Resistance Ammeter
æ I ö
\ 120 = 10 log ç ÷ Þ 120 = 10logI + 120
R è I0 ø
V = E – Ir
when V = V0 = 0 Þ 0 = E – Ir Þ I = 1 W/m2
\ E = r
when I = 0, V = E = 1.5V P 2
\ r = 1.5W. Also I= =
4 pr 2 4pr 2
97. 45º 30º
2 1
B1 B2 \ r= = m = 0.399 m » 40 cm
4p 2p
102. Magnetic field when electromagnetic wave propagates in +z
direction
1 mB1 cos 45º 1 mB2 cos30º
f1 = f2 = B = B0 sin (kz – wt)
2p I 2p I
where
f1 B1 cos 45º B
= \ 1 ; 0.7
f2 B2 cos 30º B2 60
B0 = = 2 × 10–7
98. When galvanometer is used as an ammeter shunt is used in 3 ´ 108
parallel with galvanometer.
Ig
G k =
2p
l
= 0.5 ´ 103
E E
J
I0
I0–Ig
\ w = 2pf = 1.5 × 1011
m
IgG = (I0 – Ig)RA y RA JEE(MAIN)-2020
ANSWER KEY
\
æ Ig
RA = çç
d e
è I0 - Ig
ö
÷÷ G
ø 11
1
3
12
2
3
13
3
3
4
2
14
5
2
15
6
2
16
7
1
17
8
3
18
9
2
19
10
4
20
c a
When galvanometer is used as a voltmeter, resistance is used
in series with galvanometer.
21
3
22
1
23
1 4
24
4
25
3
26
3
27
3
28
2
29
1
30
s A Ig
Ig(G + RV) = V = GI0 (given V = GI0 )
G
RV 31
3
1
32
3
3
33
2
4
1
34
4
3
35
4
2
36
4
3
37
3
2
38
1
2
39
2
1
40
1
\
k e r
RV =
(I 0 - I g )G
Ig
R A æ Ig ö
2
41
51
4
42
52
3
43
53
2
44
1
54
45
2
55
46
4
56
47
4
57
48
1
58
49
1
59
50
4
60
a n RARV = G2 & =ç ÷
R V çè I 0 - I g ÷ø 61
3
3
62
4
1
63
2
1
1
64
1
4
65
1
3
66
2
1
67
2
2
68
1
3
69
4
2
70
1
99.
Rq = ò I dt
q=
L/R
ò
0
Eé
ê1 - e
R êë
- Rt
L
ù
úû
EL 1
ú dt = 2 =
EL
R e 2.7 R
2 1.
71
1
72
3
73
1
Time period of revolution of electron in nth orbit
æ n2 ö
100. We have 2pa 0 çç ÷÷
T=
2pr
= è Zø n3
2 r2 Tµ
VT = (r0 - rl )g Þ vT µ r2 V æ Zö Þ
9 h V0 ç ÷ Z2
ènø
since mass of the sphere will be same
T2 ( 2 )
3
4 4 R = =8 Þ T2 = 8 × 1.6 × 10–16
\ r pR3 = 27. pr3r Þ r = T1 (1)3
3 3 3
v1 R 2 1 1016
\ = =9 Now frequency f2= =
T2 8 ´1.6
» 7.8 × 1014 Hz.
v2 r 2

2. T
9. B (T)
1.5
lift
1 Saturation
Retentivity magnetization
–50 H
A/m
fr Co-ercivity
2000 g
Let elevator is moving upward with constant speed V.
Tension in cable
T = 2000 g + f r = 20000 + 4000
T = 24000 N Retentivity = 1.0 T
Power P = TV Þ 60 × 746 = (24000) V Co-ercivity = 50 A/m
Saturation = 1.5 T
60 ´ 746 » 1.9 m/s. 10. A1v1 = A2v2
V= = 1.865
24000
v min A min
=
v max Amax
1 1 1 v2 3 2
3. mgh = mv 2 + ´ mr 2 ´ 2 = mv
2 2 2 r 4 vmin æ 4.8 ö2
vmax = çè 6.4 ÷ø
4
v= gh
3
vmin 9
v vmax = 16
l2
w=
l2
r
+ m = mk 2
E E
J
5. m
12 16
QH
11.
y
7l 2
= k2 W
48
6.
y
(0,4) 2.5 kg
d e m QL
Q H T1
c a =
Q L T and W = QH – QL ....(1)
A
4 cm QL T
=
Q 'L T2 and W = QL – Q'L ....(2)
e r s
(0,0) 1.0 kg 3 cm 1.5 kg
(3,0)
x
12.
+Q
C ÞC
Q/2 Q/2
C Q = CV
n k
Let 1 kg as origin and x-y axis as shown
=
1( 0 ) + 1.5 ( 3) + 2.5 ( 0 ) DQL =
Q 2 é (Q / 2) 2 ù Q 2
-
2C êë 2C
´ 2ú = =
û 4C 4
1
CV2
a
x cm = 0.9 cm
5 1
1( 0 ) + 1.5 ( 0 ) + 2.5 ( 4 ) = × 60 × 10–12 × 4 × 102 = 6nJ
7. R y cm =
5
= 2 cm
A non-isotropic solid metal cube has coefficients of linear

g = ax + a y + az
13.
14.
4
M × 540 + M + 60 = 200 × 80 + 200 × 1× (40– 0) Þ M = 40
Gravitational field on the surface of a solid sphere I g =

GM
R2
= 5 × 10–5 + 5 × 10–6 + 5 × 10–6 GM1 GM2
= (50 + 5 + 5) × 10–6 By the graph = 2 and =3

(1)2 (2)2
g= 60 × 10–6
M1 1
On solving =
C = 60. M2 6
8. T elevater moving with constant speed hence
1 1
T = 6800 + 9200 + 6000 15. sin q C = =
T = 22000 N
m 3´ 4 / 3
6000
power = T·v = 22000 × 3 qC = 30°
= 66000 W
9200
6800

r
r r
rg
16. A B Y
24. W = ò F.dr
r
0 0 1 ri
0 1
1 0 0
W = ò -xdx + ò ydy
0 1 0 1 0
1 1 0 -x 2 0
y2
1
æ 0 2 12 ö æ 12 02 ö
W= + = -ç - ÷ + ç - ÷
B
2 1
2 0 è 2 2ø è2 2ø
W = 1J
17. 1000 r
25. E1 = E 0 ˆjcos(wt - kx)
Its corresponding magnetic field will be
500 r E
B1 = 0 kˆ cos(wt - kx)
c
r
E 2 = E 0 kˆ cos(wt - ky)
5 t
r E
dB B2 = 0 î cos(wt - ky)
= 100 c
dt Net force on charge particle
r r r r r
A = 16 ×4 – 4 × 2 = 56 cm2 = qE1 + qE 2 + qv ´ B1 + qv ´ B2
dB ˆ ´ æ E 0 kˆ ö + q(0.8cj)
ˆ ´ æ E 0 î ö
e= A = 100 ´ 10 -4 ´ 56 ´ 10 -4 = qE 0 ˆj + qE0 kˆ + q(0.8cj) ç c ÷ ç c ÷
dt è ø è ø
= qE 0 ˆj + qE 0 kˆ + 0.8qE 0 î - 0.8qE 0 kˆ
gP r
18. vs =
r
26.
Þ F = qE 0 [0.8iˆ + 1jˆ + 0.2k]
ˆ
E E
Degree of freedom of a diatomic molecule if vibration is absent=5
J
vgas rair v gas 1 300 Degree of freedom of a diatomic molecule if vibration is
= Þ = Þ v gas = present = 7
vair rgas 300 2 2
fA 5 f 7
\ v gas = 150 2
m y
vgas 150 2
\
\
CAv =
C Av 5
=
2
R = R & C vB = B R = R
2 2 2
Now n 2 - n1 =
Þ
d
Dn = 106.06 Hz e 2l
=
2(1)
= 75 2 CBv 7
h
=l
a
27. Given, de-Broglie wavelength =
2mE
r r r
19.
20.
A c
E = B ´ V = (5 × 10 –8 ˆj) × (3 × 10 8 k)
ig = 1 mA , Rg = 100 W
V = ig(R + Rg )
ˆ = 15 î V / m
ig R Rg
V
Also,
\
E + DE
=4
h
2m (E + DE)
=
Þ DE
l
2
s
= 3E.
10 = 1 × 10–3 (R + 100) E
21.
R = 9.9 kW
T = 2p
kl
e r 28. Given on six rotation, reading of main scale changes by 3mm.
\ 1 rotation corresponds to
1
2
mm
n
g Also no. of division on circular scale = 50.
g=
R
g
a
=
l
+
4 p2 l
T2
Dg Dl 2 DT 0.1 2 ´ 1
T
= +
25 50
29.
\ Least count of the screw gauge will be
h
m=Ö2
0.5
50
mm = 0.001cm.
Dg
= 4.4%
g h m=2Ö2
22. Refrigerator cycle is :

For near normal incidence,
W W
h= = h actual
Q + W + Q- happ =
æ m in ö
1 10 ç ÷
= è m ref . ø
10 10 + Q -
h
Q– = 90 J +h
æ2 2 ö
Heat absorbed from the reservoir at lower temperature is 90J
çç 2 ÷÷ 3h 3
23. Y = AB.A = AB + A = 0 + 0 = 0 \ h apparent =è ø = = h 2
2 2 2 4
1

30. Let amplitude of each wave is A.
(C) V = w A 2 – x 2
Resultant wave equation
Vmax at x = 0
æ pö æ pö Vmax = Aw
= A sin wt + A sin ç wt - ÷ + A sin ç wt + ÷
è 4ø è 4ø
T
at t = , x = 0, So Vmax.
= A sin wt + 2 A sin wt = ( 2 + 1 Asin wt) (D) KE = PE
4
Resultant wave amplitude = ( 2 +1 A ) \ at x=

A
.
2
I
( )
2
as I µ A2 so = 2 +1 T
I0 at t= x = -A (So not possible)
2
I = 5.8 I0 Work done
37. h=
di V 100 Heat supplied
31. V= L Þ L= =
0.25
= 10mH
dt di
-3 1 1915 - 40 + 125 - Q
dt 0.025 ´ 10 = h=
2 1915 + 125
D1 D2
A 4V 1 2000 - Q
32. 12.7V =
2 2040
2040 = 4000 – 2Q
2Q = 1960
Q = 980 J
0V
38. Let the length of segment is " l "
E
Diode D1 is forward biased and D2 is reverse biased.
\ VA = 12.7 – 0.7 = 12V. Let N is the no. of fringes in " l "
33. f=
-8
2
J
= -4cm , u = –10 cm, v = ?
and w is fringe width.
® We can write
æ lD ö NlD NlD
E
as
1 1 1
+ =
v u f
so
m y 1 æ 1 ö 1
+ =
v çè -10 ÷ø -4
N w = l Þ Nç
è d ÷ø
=lÞ 1 1 =l Þ 2 2 =l
d d
Þ N1l1 = N2l2 Þ 16 × 700 = N2 × 400 Þ N2 = 28
1 1 1
Þ =
1 4 - 10
- Þ =
v 10 4 v 40
Þ v=
d e40
-6
Þv =
-20
3
39. In hydrogen atom,
-E0
a
En =
æ 20 ö n2
m=
-v
u
=
-ç- ÷
-10
A c
è 3 ø Þ m = -2
3
or image will be real, inverted and unmagnified.
Where E0 is Ionisation Energy of H.
® For transition from (n + 1) to n, the energy of emitted
radiation is equal to the difference in energies of levels.
s
D E = E n +1 - E n
34. As for permanent magnet large retentivity and large coercivity
35.
required
TA
k e r 50 cm 50 cm
TB
æ 1
DE = E 0 ç 2 -
1 ö
2 ÷
è n (n + 1) ø
a n mg
25cm
2mg
B æ (n + 1)2 - n 2 ö
DE = hv = E 0 ç 2
è n (n + 1)2 ÷ø
RtB = 0 (torque about point B is zero)

(TA) × 100 – (mg) × 50 – (2mg) × 25 = 0
100 TA = 100 mg
TA = 1 mg
é 2n + 1 ù
hv = E 0 ê
ëê è n ø ûú
2ú
ê n 4 æç 1 + 1 ö÷ ú
é æ 1ö ù
36. (A) F = ma ê n çè 2 + n ÷ø ú
hv = E 0 ê 2ú
ê 4 æ 1ö ú
a = –w2 x n ç 1 +
êë è n ø úû ÷
3T
at displacement zero (x = 0), so a = 0 1
4 Since n >>> 1 Þ Hence, ;0
n
F= 0
(B) at t = T displacement (x) = A 1
é2ù
x maximum, So acceleration is maximum. hv = E 0 ê 3 ú Þ vµ
ën û n3

40. Ê = kˆ V2 T2
ur l2 = l = ´ l1
ur ˆ ˆ V1 1 T1
ˆ = B = 2i – 2 j Þ B̂ = 1 (iˆ – ˆj)
B = 2iˆ – 2ˆj Þ B
| B| 2 2 2
ˆ ´B
ˆ 8g
Direction of wave propagation = Ĉ = E = l = 2 ´ 6 = 12 cm
2g 1
ˆ = kˆ ´ é 1 (iˆ – ˆj) ù = 1 (kˆ ´ î – kˆ ´ ˆj) = 1 (iˆ + ˆj)
C ê 2 ú
ë û 2 2 æ l 180 ö
0
46. Dq0 = ç ´ ÷ = 0.57°

pitch 0.1 cm èd p ø
41. LC = = = 0.002 cm
CSD 50 47. DOF = 3 + 3 = 6
So any measurement will be integral f
Multiple of LC. U= nRT = 3RT
2
So ans. will be 2.124 cm
48. A perfect diamagnetic substance will completely expel the
magnetic field. Therefore, there will be no magnetic field inside
I
the cavity of sphere. Hence the paramagnetic substance kept
inside the cavity will experience no force.
42.
E Q
r 1
æ R 2 L2 ö 49. R
I = Mç + ÷ .....(1) 4R
è 4 12 ø
as mass is constant Þ m = rV = constant
V = constant
pR2L = constant Þ R2L = constant E=
KQ1
r2
E E
2RL + R 2
dL
dR
=0
From equation (1)

dI æ 2R 2L dL ö
= Mç + ´ ÷= 0
y J .....(2)
50.
DV = ò
R
4R
E dr =
At equilibrium position
3KQ1
4R
dR
R L dL
+
2 6 dR
è 4 12 dR ø
=0
d e m V0 = w0 A =
K
m
A .....(i)
c a
Substituting value of
dL
dR
from eqution (2)
V = wA1 =
K 1
m
2
A
.....(ii)
R L æ –2L ö
+
2 6 çè R ÷ø
=0
s A \ A1 =
A
2
Þ A1 = fA Þ f =
1
2
43.
R L2
=
2 3R
L
Þ =
R
k e r 3
2
Bursting of helium balloon is irreversible & adiabatic.
DP1 =
E(j)
44.
a n
DP2 =
0.01 = 4T/R1
0.02 = 4T/R2
¸
.....(1)
.....(2) 51.
c(i)
R
Equation (1) (2)
\ B (k)
1 R2
= r
2 R1 Þ R1 = 2R2 Þ B = B0 cos(wt - kx)kˆ
Now put t = 0.
V1 R13 8R 32
= = =8
so P ML2 T -3
V2 R 23 R 32 52. S= = = MT -3
A L2
45. V µl
T2
T2 = 8g Cal H2O Sterm
53.
T1 = 2g (12m, 6kg) 20gm 180gm m
V1 l1 25o C 25o C 100 o C
=
V2 l 2 l = 6cm T1 200 × 1 × (31 – 25) = m × 540 + m × 1 × (100 – 31)
2 kg

54. r r r 59. R = R0 e–lt
t = m ´B
t = NI ´ A ´ B ln R = ln R0 –lt
6 10
105 = 500 × 3×10 –4 ×
1
´B lA = Þ TA = ln 2
2 10 6
6 5 ln2
B = 20 lB = Þ TB =
55. Given T to C 1.5 m
5 6
C to C 5m 2 5 ln2
lC = Þ TC =
l 5 2
T to C = (2n1 + 1)
2
10 5 15
: : ::2:1:3
C to C = n2l 6 6 6
60. vi = 103
1.5 (2n1 + 1)
= Þ 3n 2 = 10n1 + 5 1000
5 2n 2 i=
220
n1 = 1, n2 = 5 ® l = 1
2
n1 = 4, n2 = 15 ® l = 1/3 æ 50 ö
n1 = 7, n2 = 25 ® l = 1/5
loss = i2 R = ç ÷ ´2
è 11 ø
56. When bar magnet is entering with constant speed, flux will
change and an e.m.f. is induced, so galvanometer will deflect 1000
efficiency = ´ 100 = 96%
in positive direction. 1000 + i2 R
When magnet is completely inside, flux will not change, so
reading of galvanometer will be zero.
61. Potential of centre = V = S ç
æ kq ö
÷
E E
y J
When bar magnet is making on exit, again flux will change
and on e.m.f. is induced in opposite direction to not of (a),
so galvanometer will deflect in negative direction.
Looking at options, option (3) is correct.

VC =
K(Sq)
R
èRø
m
+q
–q
e
O –q
A
57. B
c a dQ
+q
–q
2E
2E
2E
2E
+q
–q
A P 2E
C
+q +q
A B C
0 0
e r s
0 0 VC =
K(0)
R
=0
–q
1
0
0
n k0
1
0
0 0
0 0
1 0 Electric field at centre E B = S E
r r
a
1 1 0 0 Let E be electric field produced by each charge at the centre,
1 0 1 0 then resultant electric field will be zero by symmetry.
0 1 1 0
58. R 1 1 1 1
For paramagnetic material

According to curies law
62. A
T1
T2
B
1
cµ 1 1 1
T = +
Teff T1 T2
1
cµ Þ c1 T1 = c2 T2 T1T2 1000 100
T Teff = = = = 9.09
T1 + T2 110 11
6 I
Þ ´4 = ´ 24 Teff @ 9
0.4 0.3
0.3
I= = 0.75 A / m
0.4

i 68.
63. Figure of Merit = C =
q P Q
6 ´ 10 -3
=C= = 3 ´ 10 -3 Am 2
2 Ldi
=5
dt
v min
VP – 5 – 30 + 2 × 1 = VQ
rmin rmax
VP – VQ = 33 volt
64. planet
vmax
Ans. 33.00
By angular momentum conservation R

rminvmax = rmaxvmin ... (i)
v max
Given v min = 69.
6 µl
from equation (i)
rmin v min 1
= =
rmax v max 6 R1 = R2 = R
Ans. (1) Power (P)
Refractive index is assume (µ l )
1 æ2ö
P= = (ml - 1) ç ÷ ....(i)
E
f èRø
V 0(t)
65.
Vin
J
10µF R'
µl
E
æ -
m
t
y ö
V0 ( t ) = Vin çç 1 - e RC ÷÷ 1 æ 1 ö
e
P' = = (m l - 1) ç ÷ ....(ii)
è ø f' è R' ø
at t = 5µs
æ
ç
c a d
- 3
V0 ( t ) = 5 ç 1 - e 10 ´10´10
-9
5´10 -6 ö
÷ = 5 (1 – e–0.5) = 2V
÷
P' =
3
2
P
æ 1 ö 3 æ2ö
(ml - 1) ç ÷ = m (m l - 1) ç ÷
A
è ø
è R' ø 2 èRø
Now Vin = 0 means discharging
s
R
t \ R' =
r
-
V0 ( t ) = 2e RC
= 2e -0.5 = 1.21 V 3
e
70. Conceptual
Now for next 5 µs Option (1) is correct
n k
V0 ( t ) = 5 - 3.79 e
-
t
RC
Ammeter :- In series connection, the same current flows
through all the components. It aims at measuring the curent
a
flowing through the circuit and hence, it is connected in series.
after 5 µs again
Voltmeter :- A voltmeter measures voltage change between
» 3V
R
V0(t) = 2.79 Volt
two points in a circuit, So we have to place the voltmeter in
Most approperiate Ans. (1) parallal with the circuit component.
66. Least count of screw gauge 71. Only in case-I, MLHS > MRHS i.e.
Pitch total mass on reactant side is greater then that on the product
= 0.5
= mm = 1 ´ 10 -5 m side. Hence it will only be allowed.
no. of division on circular scale 50
72. Use significant figures. Answer must be upto three significant

= 10 µm
figures.
Zero error in positive
Ans. (2) 73. DI B = (30 – 20) = 10µA
DIC = (4.5 – 3) mA = 1.5mA
1 L 1 80 ´ 10 -3 1 200
67. Q= = = 40 ´ 103 = =2 DI C 1.5mA
R C 100 2 ´ 10 -6 100 100 bac = = = 150
DI B 10mA
bac = 150

Important JEE Main Physics PYQs 2002-20 @JEEAdvanced - 202

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Important JEE Main Physics PYQs 2002-20 @JEEAdvanced - 202

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Important JEE Main Physics PYQs 2002-20 @JEEAdvanced - 202

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

ALLEN Physics Gutka 99

CBSE }kjk CONDUCT AIEEE ds dq N egRoiw. kZ QUESTIONS

7. One end of massless rope, which passes over a massless and

(1) q/4 pe0 L (2) zero

(3) q/2 pe0 L (4) q/3y pe0 L

R(2) Find ideal sources (vkn'kZ L=ksr

(?k"kZ. k dks 'kwU; ugha dj ldrs)

i1i2dl cos q (4)

10. Formation of covalent bonds in compounds exhibits-

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

6. Two identical photocathodes receive light of frequencies f 1

s (2) 50 N (3) 100 N (4) 2 N

thermodynamic state of matter?(fuEufyf[kr izkpyksa esa ls dkSu nzO;

(nksuksa dq.Mfy;ksa esa izokfgr /kkjkvksa ij)

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

7. The maximum number of possible interference maxima

(1) Yes, 60° (2) Yes, 30° (3) No

(4) Yes, 45°

The upper half of an inclined plane with inclination f is perfectly

An annular ring with inner and outer radii R1 and R2 is rolling

pressure (P1 , P2 ) respectively. If the valve joining the

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

(,d vkorhZ xfr] ysfdu ljy vkorZ xfr ugha ftldk

a reversible engine cycle is given in the

(2) remain unchanged (vifjofrZr jgsx k)

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

If the lattice constant of the semiconductor is decreased, then

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

8. The anode voltage of a photoce ll is ke pt fixed. The

2. An electric charge 10 –3 mC is placed at the origin (0,0) of X - Y

11. A coin is placed on a horizontal platform which undergoes

A sound absorber attenuates the sound level by 20 dB. The

R(4) At the mean position of the platform

12. The work of 146 kJ is performed in order to compress one

net work done by the system in this process is :-

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

(1) gM/g E (2) 1 (3) 0 (4) gE /g M

If a strong diffraction peak is observed when electrons are

k ç ÷ where n can be zero or any positive number. If the

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

Statement 2 : If the direction of a field due to a point source

(;g ,d npn V¡kª ftLVj gS ftlesa R vk/kkj gS)

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

afdlh inkFkZ dh lkisf{kd fo|qr'khyrk rFkk pqEcd'khyrk Øe'k% er rFkk mr gSA

other chamber has volume V2 and contains ideal gas at pressure I1 I é p ù

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

(iii) D + E ® F + e (iv) F ® D + E + e (dFku-1 xyr gS vkSj dFku-2 lgh gSA)

A mixture of light, consisting of wavelength 590 nm and an

R a Statement–1 : For a charged particle moving from point P

of the rod is :- ,d ikjn'kZd Bksl csyukdkj NM+ dk viorZuk¡d

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

pØ ABCDA dk vuqlj.k djrs gAaS tl

fuxZe rjax :i dk p;u djsa) (2) t1 2t1 3t1 4t1

For More Material Join: @JEEAdvanced_2024

a n (v{k ds lehi mÙky vkSj ifjf/k ds lehi vory)

R (1) maximum on the axis of the beam